WO2014100764A2 - Methods of inhibiting prmt5 - Google Patents

Methods of inhibiting prmt5 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014100764A2
WO2014100764A2 PCT/US2013/077308 US2013077308W WO2014100764A2 WO 2014100764 A2 WO2014100764 A2 WO 2014100764A2 US 2013077308 W US2013077308 W US 2013077308W WO 2014100764 A2 WO2014100764 A2 WO 2014100764A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
compound
ring
prmt5
optionally substituted
certain embodiments
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2013/077308
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2014100764A3 (en
Inventor
Kenneth W. Duncan
Richard Chesworth
Paula Ann Boriack-Sjodin
Lei Jin
Original Assignee
Epizyme, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Epizyme, Inc. filed Critical Epizyme, Inc.
Priority to CA2894230A priority Critical patent/CA2894230A1/en
Priority to US14/654,213 priority patent/US20150344457A1/en
Priority to EP13824250.8A priority patent/EP2935242A2/en
Priority to JP2015549843A priority patent/JP2016511744A/en
Publication of WO2014100764A2 publication Critical patent/WO2014100764A2/en
Publication of WO2014100764A3 publication Critical patent/WO2014100764A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/04Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/06Antianaemics
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D217/00Heterocyclic compounds containing isoquinoline or hydrogenated isoquinoline ring systems
    • C07D217/02Heterocyclic compounds containing isoquinoline or hydrogenated isoquinoline ring systems with only hydrogen atoms or radicals containing only carbon and hydrogen atoms, directly attached to carbon atoms of the nitrogen-containing ring; Alkylene-bis-isoquinolines
    • C07D217/04Heterocyclic compounds containing isoquinoline or hydrogenated isoquinoline ring systems with only hydrogen atoms or radicals containing only carbon and hydrogen atoms, directly attached to carbon atoms of the nitrogen-containing ring; Alkylene-bis-isoquinolines with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/06Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/12Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/14Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D409/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04Ortho-condensed systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/04Ortho-condensed systems
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/53Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
    • G01N33/573Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor for enzymes or isoenzymes
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F30/00Computer-aided design [CAD]
    • GPHYSICS
    • G16INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16BBIOINFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR GENETIC OR PROTEIN-RELATED DATA PROCESSING IN COMPUTATIONAL MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
    • G16B15/00ICT specially adapted for analysing two-dimensional or three-dimensional molecular structures, e.g. structural or functional relations or structure alignment
    • GPHYSICS
    • G16INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16BBIOINFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR GENETIC OR PROTEIN-RELATED DATA PROCESSING IN COMPUTATIONAL MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
    • G16B15/00ICT specially adapted for analysing two-dimensional or three-dimensional molecular structures, e.g. structural or functional relations or structure alignment
    • G16B15/30Drug targeting using structural data; Docking or binding prediction
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N2333/00Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature
    • G01N2333/90Enzymes; Proenzymes
    • G01N2333/91Transferases (2.)
    • G01N2333/91005Transferases (2.) transferring one-carbon groups (2.1)
    • G01N2333/91011Methyltransferases (general) (2.1.1.)

Definitions

  • Epigenetic regulation involves heritable modification of genetic material without changing its nucleotide sequence.
  • epigenetic regulation is mediated by selective and reversible modification (e.g., methylation) of DNA and proteins (e.g., histones) that control the conformational transition between transcriptionally active and inactive states of chromatin.
  • methylation e.g., methylation
  • proteins e.g., histones
  • methyltransferases e.g., PRMT5
  • PRMT5 methyltransferases
  • Figure 1 shows examples of PRMT5-MEP50-compound crystals.
  • Figure 2 depicts a stick-and-ribbon representation of the active site of PRMT5- Compound-Fig2.
  • Figure 3 depicts a stick-and-ribbon representation of the active site of PRMT5- Compound A6.
  • Figure 4 depicts a stick-and-ribbon representation of the active site of PRMT5- Compound-Fig4.
  • Figure 5 depicts a stick-and-ribbon representation of the active site of PRMT5- Compound-Fig5.
  • Figure 6 depicts a stick-and-ribbon representation of the active site of PRMT5- Compound-Fig6.
  • PRMT5 is an attractive target for modulation given its role in the regulation of diverse biological processes. It has now been found that compounds described herein, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and compositions thereof, are effective as inhibitors of PRMT5. Inhibitors of PRMT5 may be useful in the treatment of a wide variety of diseases including proliferative disease (e.g., cancer), inflammatory diseases, autoimmune diseases, metabolic diseases (e.g., diabetes, obesity), and hematological diseases (e.g.,
  • hemoglobinopathies such as sickle cell disease
  • Ring AA, M and Ring BB are as defined herein.
  • Ring AA is an optionally substituted aryl moiety
  • Ring BB is an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl moiety
  • M is an acyclic linker moiety 3-10 atoms in length
  • the planes of Ring AA and Ring BB to be between 75° and 105° relative to each other.
  • the compounds of Formula (I) inhibit PRMT5 with an IC5 0 less than 100 nM.
  • the disclosure provides compounds that inhibit PRMT5.
  • the disclosure provides the structural parameters of a class of compounds that inhibit PRMT5.
  • the disclosure provides compounds with structural elements for binding in the active site of PRMT5, thereby inhibiting the function (e.g., enzymatic activity) of PRMT5.
  • the disclosure also provides structural elements of a compound that interact with S-adenosyl methionine (SAM) in the active site of PRMT5, thereby inhibiting the function of PRMT5.
  • SAM S-adenosyl methionine
  • the compounds disclosed herein possess an aryl moiety that interacts with SAM through a pi-cation interaction.
  • the compounds disclosed herein possess an aryl moiety that interacts with Phe327 of PRMT5 through a pi-stacking interaction.
  • the disclosure provides methods for designing and/or identifying compounds that bind PRMT5 comprising generating, on a computer, a three-dimensional structure of PRMT5 having the structural coordinates of Table A, followed by identifying amino acid residues forming the active site.
  • the identified amino acids can be used to generate a three-dimensional model of the active site for further designing and/or selecting a compound that potentially binds to the active site.
  • the active site of PRMT5 is modeled using S-adenosyl methionine (SAM), or an analog thereof, and amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Glu435, Leu437, Glu444, and Phe580.
  • SAM S-adenosyl methionine
  • the disclosure provides methods for designing and identifying compounds that bind protein arginine N-methyltransferase 5 (PRMT5) comprising the steps of: (a) generating, on a computer, a three-dimensional structure of methyltransferase PRMT5 having the structural coordinates of Table A; (b) identifying amino acid residues forming the active site of PRMT5 in three-dimensions from step (a), wherein the active site comprises S- adenosyl methionine (SAM) , or an analog thereof, and amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Glu435, Leu437, Glu444, and Phe580, according to Table A; (c) generating a three- dimensional model of the active site; (d) designing and/or selecting a compound that potentially binds to the active site using the three-dimensional model of the active site; and (e) optionally, synthesizing and/or choosing the potential binding compound.
  • SAM S- adenosyl methionine
  • the disclosure provides methods of identifying a compound that binds protein arginine N-methyltransferase 5 (PRMT5), the method comprising
  • SAM S-adenosyl methionine
  • the disclosure provides methods of identifying a compound that binds protein arginine N-methyltransferase 5 (PRMT5), the method comprising
  • SAM S-adenosyl methionine
  • the disclosure provides a method of identifying a binding compound of protein arginine N-methyltransferase 5 (PRMT5), the method comprising: computationally identifying a binding compound that binds to PRMT5 using the atomic coordinates of S-adenosyl methionine (SAM) and amino acids Leu312, Leu319, Thr323, Tyr324, Phe327, Glu328, Lys333, Tyr334, Glu435, Leu437, Gly438, Ser439, Glu444, Val503, Ser578, Trp579, Phe580, and Pro581, according to the atomic coordinates provided in Table A.
  • SAM S-adenosyl methionine
  • the disclosure provides compounds that inhibit PRMT5.
  • the disclosure describes structural elements useful for a compound to bind in the active site of PRMT5.
  • the disclosure provides what structural elements are needed for a compound of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB to act as an inhibitor of PRMT5. It was surprisingly found that compounds of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB, wherein M is a linker that allows for the planes of Ring AA and Ring BB to be at about 90° relative to each other, inhibit the enzymatic activity of PRMT5. Compounds of the formula Ring AA-M- Ring BB with the recited geometry fit into the PRMT5 active site, thereby inhibiting the enzymatic activity of PRMT5.
  • compounds of the formula Ring AA- M-Ring BB, ring BB can form a pi-cation interaction with one more amino acids in the active site. In some embodiments, compounds of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB, ring BB can form a pi-stacking interaction with one more amino acids in the active site. In some embodiments, compounds of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB with the recited geometry fit in the active site because they are capable of a pi-cation interaction with the PRMT5-bound S-adenosyl methionine (SAM) of the active site.
  • SAM S-adenosyl methionine
  • compounds of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB with the recited geometry fit in the active site because they are capable of undergoing a pi-stacking interaction with Phe327.
  • compounds of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB with the recited geometry fit in the active site because the flexibility of the linker allows Ring BB to interact with SAM and Phe327, while at the same time allowing Ring AA to interact with Ring BB.
  • the active site of PRMT5 comprises amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Glu435, Leu437, Glu444, and Phe580.
  • the active site of PRMT5 comprises S-adenosyl methionine (SAM) and amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Glu435, Leu437, Glu444, and Phe580.
  • the active site of PRMT5 comprises S-adenosyl methionine (SAM) and amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Lys333, Glu435, Leu437, Gly438, Ser439, Glu444, Val503, Ser578, Trp579, and Phe580.
  • the active site of PRMT5 comprises S-adenosyl methionine (SAM) and amino acids Leu312, Leu319, Thr323, Tyr324, Phe327, Glu328, Lys333, Tyr334, Glu435, Leu437, Gly438, Ser439, Glu444, Val503, Ser578, Trp579, Phe580, and Pro581.
  • SAM S-adenosyl methionine
  • SAM S-adenosyl methionine
  • the disclosure provides PRMT5 inhibitors having molecular dimensions compatible with the shape of the PRMT5-active site as defined by the atomic coordinates of amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Glu435, Leu437, Glu444, and Phe580 and, optionally, further including s-adenosyl methionine (SAM), according to Table A, wherein the compound has an IC 50 for PRMT5 of less than 100 nM.
  • SAM s-adenosyl methionine
  • the disclosure provides compositions comprising PRMT5 and a compound of the formula Ring AA -M- Ring BB.
  • the composition is an isolated composition comprising PRMT5 and a compound of the formula Ring AA -M- Ring BB.
  • the composition is a co-crystal comprising PRMT5 and a compound of the formula Ring AA -M- Ring BB.
  • the disclosure provides a computer readable medium comprising the atomic coordinates of the complex of PRMT5, and Compound A6 as set forth in Table Al
  • the disclosure provides a crystal structure of the complex PRMT5- Compound A6.
  • kits comprising any of the disclosed compounds, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and instructions for use.
  • the disclosure provides methods of inhibiting PRMT5 comprising contacting a cell with an effective amount of a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or composition thereof.
  • the disclosure provides methods of altering gene expression comprising contacting a cell with an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a composition thereof.
  • the disclosure provides methods of altering transcription in a call comprising contacting a cell with an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a composition thereof.
  • the disclosure provides methods of treating a PRMT5 -mediated disorder comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof.
  • compounds described herein inhibit activity of PRMT5 by interacting with the S-adenosyl methionine (SAM) in the active site of PRMT5.
  • SAM S-adenosyl methionine
  • the compounds described herein are designed in silico.
  • the compounds are designed based on the crystal structure coordinates provides herein (See e.g., Table A)
  • compounds described herein inhibit activity of PRMT5.
  • methods of inhibiting PRMT5 comprise contacting PRMT5 with an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) or (II), or a
  • the PRMT5 may be purified or crude, and may be present in a cell, tissue, or a subject. Thus, such methods encompass inhibition of PRMT5 activity in vitro and in vivo.
  • the PRMT5 is wild-type PRMT5.
  • the PRMT5 is overexpressed.
  • the PRMT5 is a mutant.
  • the PRMT5 is in a cell.
  • the PRMT5 is in an animal, e.g., a human.
  • the PRMT5 is in a subject that is susceptible to normal levels of PRMT5 activity due to one or more mutations associated with a PRMT5 substrate.
  • the PRMT5 is in a subject known or identified as having abnormal PRMT5 activity (e.g., overexpression).
  • a provided compound is selective for PRMT5 over other methyltransferases.
  • a provided compound is at least about 10-fold selective, at least about 20-fold selective, at least about 30-fold selective, at least about 40-fold selective, at least about 50- fold selective, at least about 60-fold selective, at least about 70-fold selective, at least about 80-fold selective, at least about 90-fold selective, or at least about 100-fold selective relative to one or more other methyltransferases.
  • methods of altering gene expression in a cell comprise contacting a cell with an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a composition thereof.
  • the cell is cultured in vitro.
  • the cell is in an animal, e.g., a human.
  • methods of altering transcription in a cell are provided which comprise contacting a cell with an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a composition thereof.
  • the cell in culture in vitro.
  • the cell is in an animal, e.g., a human.
  • methods of treating a PRMT5 -mediated disorder comprise administering to a subject suffering from a PRMT5-mediated disorder an effective amount of a compound described herein (e.g., a compound of Formula (I)), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the PRMT5 -mediated disorder is a proliferative disorder, a metabolic disorder, or a blood disorder.
  • compounds described herein are useful for treating cancer.
  • compounds described herein are useful for treating hematopoietic cancers, lung cancer, prostate cancer, melanoma, or pancreatic cancer.
  • compounds described herein are useful for treating a hemoglobinopathy.
  • compounds described herein are useful for treating sickle cell anemia.
  • compounds described herein are useful for treating diabetes or obesity.
  • the "active site" of an enzyme refers to the catalytic site of the enzyme (i.e., where the reaction catalyzed by the enzyme occurs).
  • the active site is where the transfer of the methyl group from SAM is transferred to the arginine of a histone protein occurs.
  • the structure and chemical properties of the active site typically allow the recognition and binding of a substrate.
  • the active site typically includes residues responsible for the binding specificity (e.g., charge, hydrophobicity, and/or steric hindrance) and catalytic residues of the enzyme.
  • the active site of PRMT5 comprises amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Glu435, Leu437, Glu444, and Phe580.
  • the active site of PRMT5 comprises amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Lys333, Glu435, Leu437, Gly438, Ser439, Glu444, Val503, Ser578, Trp579, and Phe580.
  • the active site of PRMT5 comprises amino acids Leu312, Leu319, Thr323, Tyr324, Phe327, Glu328, Lys333, Tyr334, Glu435, Leu437, Gly438, Ser439, Glu444, Val503, Ser578, Trp579, Phe580, and Pro581.
  • the active site of PRMT5 comprises amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Lys333, Glu435, Leu437, Gly438, Ser439, Glu444, Val503, Phe577, Ser578, Trp579, and Phe580.
  • the active site of PRMT5 comprises amino acids Phe300, Tyr304, Gln309, Ser310, Pro31 1, Leu312, Leu319, Phe327, Lys333, Glu435, Leu437, Gly438, Ser439, Glu444, Val503, Ser578, Trp579, and Phe580.
  • the active site of PRMT5 comprises amino acids Phe300, Leu312, Leu319, Gln322, Thr323, Tyr324, Val326, Phe327, Glu328, Lys333, Tyr33, Glu435, Leu437, Gly438, Ser439, Glu444, Val503, Phe577, Ser578, Trp579, Phe580, and Pro581.
  • the active site of PRMT5 comprises amino acids Phe300, Tyr304, Gln309, Ser310, Pro31 1, Leu312, Leu319, Thr323, Tyr324, Val326, Phe327, Glu328, Lys333, Tyr33, Glu435, Leu437, Gly438, Ser439, Glu444, Val503, Phe577, Ser578, Trp579, and Phe580.
  • the cofactor is S-adenosyl methionine (SAM), or an analog thereof.
  • phenylalanine is Phe or F; leucine is Leu or L; isoleucine is He or I; methionine is Met or M; valine is Val or V; serine is Ser or S; proline is Pro or P; threonine is Thr or T; alanine is Ala or A; tyrosine is Tyr or Y; histidine is His or H; glutamine is Gin or Q; asparagine is Asn or N; lysine is Lys or K; aspartic acid is Asp or D; glutamic Acid is Glu or E; cysteine is Cys or C; tryptophan is Trp or W; arginine is Arg or R; and glycine is Gly or G.
  • amino acids see Proteins: Structure and Molecular Properties by Creighton T. E. (1983), W. H. Freeman & Co., New York,
  • atomic coordinates refers to mathematical coordinates derived from mathematical equations related to the patterns obtained on diffraction of a
  • the diffraction data are used to calculate an electron density map of the repeating unit of the crystal.
  • the electron density map is then used to establish the positions of the individual atoms within the unit cell of the crystal.
  • the coordinates can also be obtained by the aid of computational analysis.
  • a "binding compound” refers to a compound that reversibly or irreversibly binds to PRMT5.
  • the binding compound binds in the active site of PRMT5.
  • a binding compound may be an inhibitor of PRMT5 (e.g., eliciting inhibition or reduction in enzymatic activity) or an activator of PRMT5 (e.g.., eliciting an increase in enzymatic activity).
  • a small molecule binding compound is of Formula (I):
  • choosing is meant picking a chemical compound from a chemical library or commercially available source.
  • design or “designing” is meant to provide a novel molecular structure of, for example, a compound, such as a small molecule, or a polypeptide or nucleic acid that has desired properties or characteristics.
  • identify or “identifying” is meant to determine a condition, compound, polypeptide, amino acid, or nucleic acid that corresponds to or exhibits a desired
  • inhibit means to reduce the amount of PRMT5 activity to a level or amount that is statistically significantly less than an initial level, which may be a baseline level of PRMT5 activity.
  • modulate means to increase or decrease PRMT5 enzymatic activity.
  • screening or “screening” is meant to test for in silico, in vitro, or in vivo a compound with a particular characteristic or desired property. These characteristics or desired properties may be chemical, biological, or physical in nature or a combination thereof.
  • desired characteristics may include, but are not limited to, high affinity intracellular binding to PRMT5, high specificity for binding to one or multiple binding sites on PRMT5, low specificity for binding to one or multiple binding sites on PRMT5, high degree of inhibition of PRMT5 activity, high bioavailability of the compound, efficient cellular uptake of the compound, high solubility of the compound in pharmacological carriers, low pharmacological toxicity of the compound, etc.
  • Screening may be performed in vitro or in vivo using compound libraries, such as small molecule libraries, peptide libraries, DNA libraries, or RNA libraries. Screening in silico may be performed using predefined or randomized screening parameters and data sets, for example, of known test compounds and/or test conditions.
  • compound libraries such as small molecule libraries, peptide libraries, DNA libraries, or RNA libraries.
  • Screening in silico may be performed using predefined or randomized screening parameters and data sets, for example, of known test compounds and/or test conditions.
  • select or “selecting” is meant to provide a pre-existing molecular structure and to choose, for example, from a group of pre-existing compounds, such as a small molecules, polypeptides, or nucleic acids one or more members that have or exhibit a desired property or characteristic.
  • subject refers to any animal. In certain embodiments, the subject is a mammal. In certain embodiments, the term “subject”, as used herein, refers to a human (e.g., male, female, adult, or child). The subject may be at any stage of development. The subject may be a transgenic animal and/or experimental animal, e.g.
  • a mammal a mammal (mouse, rat, hamster, pig, goat, cow, camel, sheep, cat, dog, etc.), a fish (zebrafish etc.), a nematode (Caenorhabditis elegans etc.), an insect (Drosophila melanogaster etc.), a frog (Xenopus laevis).
  • synthesizing is meant making a chemical structure from precursors by chemical processes. Synthesizing implies making at least one compound, but is not limited to one compound. In certain aspects, synthesizing implies making more than one compound, such as a series of compounds synthesized in an effort to study structure-activity relationships (SAR) using standard chemistry methods, and/or a series of structurally similar compounds made using standard combinatorial techniques.
  • SAR structure-activity relationships
  • compounds that modulate PRMT5 activity may have chemical structures that can be altered.
  • one or more substituents of identified compounds may be substituted with any number of other substituents or functional moieties.
  • the substituent may be either the same or different at every position.
  • substituted is contemplated to include substitution with all permissible substituents of organic compounds, any of the substituents described herein (for example, aliphatic, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaliphatic, heterocyclic, aryl, heteroaryl, acyl, oxo, imino, thiooxo, cyano, isocyano, amino, azido, nitro, hydroxyl, thiol, halo, etc.), and any combination thereof (for example, aliphaticamino,
  • heteroaliphaticamino alkylamino, heteroalkylamino, arylamino, heteroarylamino, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, aliphaticoxy, heteroaliphaticoxy, alkyloxy, heteroalkyloxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, aliphaticthioxy, heteroaliphaticthioxy, alkylthioxy, heteroalkylthioxy, arylthioxy, heteroarylthioxy, acyloxy, and the like) that results in the formation of a stable moiety.
  • Heteroatoms such as nitrogen may have hydrogen substituents and/or any suitable substituent as described herein which satisfy the valencies of the heteroatoms and results in the formation of a stable moiety.
  • Compounds described herein can comprise one or more asymmetric centers, and thus can exist in various isomeric forms, e.g., enantiomers and/or diastereomers.
  • the compounds described herein can be in the form of an individual enantiomer, diastereomer or geometric isomer, or can be in the form of a mixture of stereoisomers, including racemic mixtures and mixtures enriched in one or more stereoisomer.
  • Isomers can be isolated from mixtures by methods known to those skilled in the art, including chiral high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) and the formation and crystallization of chiral salts; or preferred isomers can be prepared by asymmetric syntheses. See, for example, Jacques et ah,
  • structures depicted herein are also meant to include compounds that differ only in the presence of one or more isotopically enriched atoms.
  • compounds having the present structures except for the replacement of hydrogen by deuterium or tritium, replacement of 19 F with 18 F, or the replacement of a carbon by a 13 C- or 14 C-enriched carbon are within the scope of the disclosure.
  • Such compounds are useful, for example, as analytical tools or probes in biological assays.
  • aliphatic includes both saturated and unsaturated, nonaromatic, straight chain (i.e., unbranched), branched, acyclic, and cyclic (i.e., carbocyclic) hydrocarbons.
  • an aliphatic group is optionally substituted with one or more functional groups.
  • "aliphatic” is intended herein to include alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, and cycloalkenyl moieties.
  • Ci_6 alkyl is intended to encompass, Ci, C 2 , C3, C 4 ,
  • Alkyl refers to a radical of a straight-chain or branched saturated hydrocarbon group having from 1 to 20 carbon atoms (“Ci_2o alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 10 carbon atoms (“Ci_io alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 9 carbon atoms (“Ci_9 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 8 carbon atoms (“Ci_8 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 7 carbon atoms (“Ci_7 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 6 carbon atoms (“Ci_6 alkyl”).
  • an alkyl group has 1 to 5 carbon atoms (“Ci_5 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 4 carbon atoms ("Ci ⁇ alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 3 carbon atoms (“Ci_ 3 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 2 carbon atoms (“Ci_2 alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 carbon atom (“Ci alkyl”). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms (“C2-6 alkyl”).
  • Ci_6 alkyl groups include methyl (Ci), ethyl (C2), n-propyl (C 3 ), isopropyl (C 3 ), n-butyl (C 4 ), tert-butyl (C 4 ), sec-butyl (C 4 ), iso-butyl (C 4 ), n-pentyl (C5), 3- pentanyl (C 5 ), amyl (C 5 ), neopentyl (C 5 ), 3-methyl-2-butanyl (C 5 ), tertiary amyl (C 5 ), and n- hexyl (Ce).
  • alkyl groups include n-heptyl (C 7 ), n-octyl (C 8 ) and the like.
  • each instance of an alkyl group is independently optionally substituted, e.g. , unsubstituted (an "unsubstituted alkyl") or substituted (a "substituted alkyl") with one or more substituents.
  • the alkyl group is unsubstituted Ci_i 0 alkyl (e.g., -CH 3 ).
  • the alkyl group is substituted Ci_io alkyl.
  • an alkyl group is substituted with one or more halogens.
  • Perhaloalkyl is a substituted alkyl group as defined herein wherein all of the hydrogen atoms are independently replaced by a halogen, e.g., fluoro, bromo, chloro, or iodo.
  • the alkyl moiety has 1 to 8 carbon atoms ("Ci_8 perhaloalkyl”).
  • the alkyl moiety has 1 to 6 carbon atoms (“Ci_6 perhaloalkyl”).
  • the alkyl moiety has 1 to 4 carbon atoms ("C ⁇ perhaloalkyl").
  • the alkyl moiety has 1 to 3 carbon atoms ("Ci_ 3 perhaloalkyl”). In some embodiments, the alkyl moiety has 1 to 2 carbon atoms ("Ci_2 perhaloalkyl”). In some embodiments, all of the hydrogen atoms are replaced with fluoro. In some embodiments, all of the hydrogen atoms are replaced with chloro. Examples of perhaloalkyl groups include - CF 3 , -CF 2 CF 3 , -CF 2 CF 2 CF 3 , -CC1 3 , -CFC1 2 , -CF 2 C1, and the like.
  • alkenyl refers to a radical of a straight-chain or branched hydrocarbon group having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms, one or more carbon-carbon double bonds, and no triple bonds ("C 2 _ 2 o alkenyl”).
  • an alkenyl group has 2 to 10 carbon atoms ("C 2 _io alkenyl”).
  • an alkenyl group has 2 to 9 carbon atoms ("C 2 _9 alkenyl”).
  • an alkenyl group has 2 to 8 carbon atoms (“C 2 _8 alkenyl”).
  • an alkenyl group has 2 to 7 carbon atoms (“C 2 _7 alkenyl”).
  • an alkenyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms ("C 2 _6 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms (“C 2 _5 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms ("C 2 ⁇ alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 3 carbon atoms (“C 2 _ 3 alkenyl”). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 carbon atoms ("C 2 alkenyl”). The one or more carbon-carbon double bonds can be internal (such as in 2-butenyl) or terminal (such as in 1- butenyl).
  • Examples of C 2 ⁇ alkenyl groups include ethenyl (C 2 ), 1-propenyl (C 3 ), 2-propenyl (C 3 ), 1-butenyl (C 4 ), 2-butenyl (C 4 ), butadienyl (C 4 ), and the like.
  • Examples of C 2 _6 alkenyl groups include the aforementioned C 2 ⁇ alkenyl groups as well as pentenyl (C5), pentadienyl (C5), hexenyl (Ce), and the like. Additional examples of alkenyl include heptenyl (C 7 ), octenyl (C 8 ), octatrienyl (C 8 ), and the like.
  • each instance of an alkenyl group is independently optionally substituted, e.g., unsubstituted (an "unsubstituted alkenyl") or substituted (a "substituted alkenyl") with one or more substituents.
  • the alkenyl group is unsubstituted C 2 _io alkenyl.
  • the alkenyl group is substituted C 2 _io alkenyl.
  • Alkynyl refers to a radical of a straight-chain or branched hydrocarbon group having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms, one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds, and optionally one or more double bonds ("C 2 _ 2 o alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 10 carbon atoms ("C 2 _io alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 9 carbon atoms (“C 2 _9 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 8 carbon atoms (“C 2 _8 alkynyl”).
  • an alkynyl group has 2 to 7 carbon atoms ("C 2 _7 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms ("C 2 _6 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms ("C 2 _5 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms ("C 2 ⁇ alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 3 carbon atoms (“C 2 _ 3 alkynyl”). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 carbon atoms ("C 2 alkynyl”).
  • the one or more carbon- carbon triple bonds can be internal (such as in 2-butynyl) or terminal (such as in 1-butynyl).
  • alkynyl groups include, without limitation, ethynyl (C 2 ), 1-propynyl (C 3 ), 2-propynyl (C 3 ), 1-butynyl (C 4 ), 2-butynyl (C 4 ), and the like.
  • C2-6 alkenyl groups include the aforementioned alkynyl groups as well as pentynyl (C5), hexynyl (C 6 ), and the like.
  • alkynyl examples include heptynyl (C 7 ), octynyl (C 8 ), and the like.
  • each instance of an alkynyl group is independently optionally substituted, e.g. , unsubstituted (an "unsubstituted alkynyl") or substituted (a "substituted alkynyl") with one or more substituents.
  • the alkynyl group is unsubstituted C2-1 0 alkynyl.
  • the alkynyl group is substituted C2-10 alkynyl.
  • Carbocyclyl or “carbocyclic” refers to a radical of a non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group having from 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms ("C 3 _io carbocyclyl") and zero heteroatoms in the non-aromatic ring system.
  • a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms ("C 3 _8 carbocyclyl”).
  • a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms ("C 3 _6 carbocyclyl”).
  • a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C 3 _6 carbocyclyl”).
  • a carbocyclyl group has 5 to 10 ring carbon atoms ("Cs-io carbocyclyl").
  • Exemplary C 3 _6 carbocyclyl groups include, without limitation, cyclopropyl (C 3 ), cyclopropenyl (C 3 ), cyclobutyl (C 4 ), cyclobutenyl (C 4 ), cyclopentyl (C5), cyclopentenyl (C5), cyclohexyl (Ce), cyclohexenyl (Ce), cyclohexadienyl (Ce), and the like.
  • Exemplary C 3 _s carbocyclyl groups include, without limitation, the aforementioned C 3 _6 carbocyclyl groups as well as cycloheptyl (C 7 ), cycloheptenyl (C 7 ), cycloheptadienyl (C 7 ), cycloheptatrienyl (C 7 ), cyclooctyl (C 8 ), cyclooctenyl (C 8 ), bicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptanyl (C 7 ), bicyclo[2.2.2]octanyl (C 8 ), and the like.
  • Exemplary C 3 _i 0 carbocyclyl groups include, without limitation, the aforementioned C 3 _s carbocyclyl groups as well as cyclononyl (C 9 ), cyclononenyl (C 9 ), cyclodecyl (C1 0 ), cyclodecenyl (C1 0 ), octahydro-lH-indenyl (C 9 ), decahydronaphthalenyl (Cio), spiro[4.5]decanyl (C1 0 ), and the like.
  • the carbocyclyl group is either monocyclic ("monocyclic carbocyclyl”) or contain a fused, bridged or spiro ring system such as a bicyclic system ("bicyclic
  • carbocyclyl and can be saturated or can be partially unsaturated.
  • Carbocyclyl also includes ring systems wherein the carbocyclyl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more aryl or heteroaryl groups wherein the point of attachment is on the carbocyclyl ring, and in such instances, the number of carbons continue to designate the number of carbons in the carbocyclic ring system.
  • each instance of a carbocyclyl group is independently optionally substituted, e.g. , unsubstituted (an "unsubstituted carbocyclyl") or substituted (a "substituted carbocyclyl") with one or more substituents.
  • the carbocyclyl group is unsubstituted C3_io carbocyclyl.
  • the carbocyclyl group is a substituted C3_io carbocyclyl.
  • “carbocyclyl” is a monocyclic, saturated carbocyclyl group having from 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms ("C3_io cycloalkyl”). In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms ("C3_s cycloalkyl”). In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms (“C3_6 cycloalkyl”). In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has 5 to 6 ring carbon atoms ("C5_6 cycloalkyl").
  • a cycloalkyl group has 5 to 10 ring carbon atoms ("Cs-io cycloalkyl").
  • C5-6 cycloalkyl groups include cyclopentyl (C 5 ) and cyclohexyl (C 5 ).
  • Examples of C3-6 cycloalkyl groups include the aforementioned C5-6 cycloalkyl groups as well as cyclopropyl (C 3 ) and cyclobutyl (C 4 ).
  • Examples of C 3 _ 8 cycloalkyl groups include the aforementioned C 3 _ 6 cycloalkyl groups as well as cycloheptyl (C 7 ) and cyclooctyl (C 8 ).
  • each instance of a cycloalkyl group is independently unsubstituted (an "unsubstituted cycloalkyl") or substituted (a "substituted cycloalkyl") with one or more substituents.
  • the cycloalkyl group is unsubstituted C3_io cycloalkyl. In certain embodiments, the cycloalkyl group is substituted C3_io cycloalkyl.
  • Heterocyclyl refers to a radical of a 3- to 10-membered non- aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1 to 4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur ("3-10 membered heterocyclyl”).
  • the point of attachment can be a carbon or nitrogen atom, as valency permits.
  • a heterocyclyl group can either be monocyclic ("monocyclic heterocyclyl”) or a fused, bridged or spiro ring system such as a bicyclic system (“bicyclic heterocyclyl”), and can be saturated or can be partially unsaturated.
  • Heterocyclyl bicyclic ring systems can include one or more heteroatoms in one or both rings.
  • Heterocyclyl also includes ring systems wherein the heterocyclyl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more carbocyclyl groups wherein the point of attachment is either on the carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl ring, or ring systems wherein the heterocyclyl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more aryl or heteroaryl groups, wherein the point of attachment is on the heterocyclyl ring, and in such instances, the number of ring members continue to designate the number of ring members in the heterocyclyl ring system.
  • each instance of heterocyclyl is independently optionally substituted, e.g. , unsubstituted (an "unsubstituted heterocyclyl") or substituted (a "substituted heterocyclyl") with one or more substituents.
  • the heterocyclyl group is unsubstituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl. In certain embodiments, the heterocyclyl group is substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl.
  • a heterocyclyl group is a 5-10 membered non-aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur ("5-10 membered heterocyclyl").
  • a heterocyclyl group is a 5-8 membered non-aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is
  • a heterocyclyl group is a 5-6 membered non-aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is
  • the 5-6 membered heterocyclyl has 1-3 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In some embodiments, the 5-6 membered heterocyclyl has 1-2 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In some embodiments, the 5-6 membered heterocyclyl has one ring heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
  • Exemplary 3-membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, azirdinyl, oxiranyl, and thiorenyl.
  • Exemplary 4-membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, and thietanyl.
  • Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl,
  • Exemplary 5- membered heterocyclyl groups containing two heteroatoms include, without limitation, dioxolanyl, oxasulfuranyl, disulfuranyl, and oxazolidin-2-one.
  • Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclyl groups containing three heteroatoms include, without limitation, triazolinyl, oxadiazolinyl, and thiadiazolinyl.
  • Exemplary 6-membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, piperidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dihydropyridinyl, and thianyl.
  • Exemplary 6-membered heterocyclyl groups containing two heteroatoms include, without limitation, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, dithianyl, and dioxanyl.
  • Exemplary 6- membered heterocyclyl groups containing two heteroatoms include, without limitation, triazinanyl.
  • Exemplary 7-membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, azepanyl, oxepanyl and thiepanyl.
  • Exemplary 8-membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, azocanyl, oxecanyl, and thiocanyl.
  • Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclyl groups fused to a Ce aryl ring include, without limitation, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, dihydrobenzothienyl, benzoxazolinonyl, and the like.
  • Exemplary 6-membered heterocyclyl groups fused to an aryl ring include, without limitation, tetrahydroquinolinyl,
  • Aryl refers to a radical of a monocyclic or polycyclic (e.g., bicyclic or tricyclic) 4n+2 aromatic ring system (e.g., having 6, 10, or 14 ⁇ electrons shared in a cyclic array) having 6-14 ring carbon atoms and zero heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system ("C6-14 aryl").
  • an aryl group has six ring carbon atoms ("C6 aryl”; e.g., phenyl).
  • an aryl group has ten ring carbon atoms ("Ci 0 aryl”; e.g., naphthyl such as 1-naphthyl and 2-naphthyl). In some embodiments, an aryl group has fourteen ring carbon atoms ("CM aryl”; e.g., anthracyl).
  • CM aryl e.g., anthracyl
  • Aryl also includes ring systems wherein the aryl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl groups wherein the radical or point of attachment is on the aryl ring, and in such instances, the number of carbon atoms continue to designate the number of carbon atoms in the aryl ring system.
  • each instance of an aryl group is independently optionally substituted, e.g., unsubstituted (an "unsubstituted aryl") or substituted (a "substituted aryl") with one or more substituents.
  • the aryl group is unsubstituted C 6 -i 4 aryl.
  • the aryl group is substituted C6-i 4 aryl.
  • Heteroaryl refers to a radical of a 5-10 membered monocyclic or bicyclic 4n+2 aromatic ring system (e.g., having 6 or 10 ⁇ electrons shared in a cyclic array) having ring carbon atoms and 1 ⁇ 1 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur ("5-10 membered heteroaryl").
  • the point of attachment can be a carbon or nitrogen atom, as valency permits.
  • Heteroaryl bicyclic ring systems can include one or more heteroatoms in one or both rings.
  • Heteroaryl includes ring systems wherein the heteroaryl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl groups wherein the point of attachment is on the heteroaryl ring, and in such instances, the number of ring members continue to designate the number of ring members in the heteroaryl ring system.
  • Heteroaryl also includes ring systems wherein the heteroaryl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more aryl groups wherein the point of attachment is either on the aryl or heteroaryl ring, and in such instances, the number of ring members designates the number of ring members in the fused (aryl/heteroaryl) ring system.
  • Bicyclic heteroaryl groups wherein one ring does not contain a heteroatom e.g., indolyl, quinolinyl, carbazolyl, and the like
  • the point of attachment can be on either ring, e.g., either the ring bearing a heteroatom (e.g., 2-indolyl) or the ring that does not contain a heteroatom (e.g., 5-indolyl).
  • a heteroaryl group is a 5-10 membered aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur ("5-10 membered heteroaryl").
  • a heteroaryl group is a 5-8 membered aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur ("5-8 membered heteroaryl").
  • a heteroaryl group is a 5-6 membered aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur ("5-6 membered heteroaryl").
  • the 5-6 membered heteroaryl has 1-3 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
  • the 5-6 membered heteroaryl has 1-2 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
  • the 5-6 membered heteroaryl has 1 ring heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
  • each instance of a heteroaryl group is independently optionally substituted, e.g., unsubstituted ("unsubstituted heteroaryl") or substituted ("substituted heteroaryl") with one or more substituents.
  • the heteroaryl group is unsubstituted 5-14 membered heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, the heteroaryl group is substituted 5-14 membered heteroaryl.
  • Exemplary 5-membered heteroaryl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, pyrrolyl, furanyl and thiophenyl.
  • Exemplary 5-membered heteroaryl groups containing two heteroatoms include, without limitation, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, and isothiazolyl.
  • Exemplary 5-membered heteroaryl groups containing three heteroatoms include, without limitation, triazolyl, oxadiazolyl, and thiadiazolyl.
  • Exemplary 5-membered heteroaryl groups containing four heteroatoms include, without limitation, tetrazolyl.
  • Exemplary 6-membered heteroaryl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, pyridinyl.
  • Exemplary 6-membered heteroaryl groups containing two heteroatoms include, without limitation, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, and pyrazinyl.
  • Exemplary 6-membered heteroaryl groups containing three or four heteroatoms include, without limitation, triazinyl and tetrazinyl, respectively.
  • Exemplary 7-membered heteroaryl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, azepinyl, oxepinyl, and thiepinyl.
  • Exemplary 5,6-bicyclic heteroaryl groups include, without limitation, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzothiophenyl, isobenzothiophenyl, benzofuranyl, benzoisofuranyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzthiadiazolyl, indolizinyl, and purinyl.
  • Exemplary 6,6- bicyclic heteroaryl groups include, without limitation, naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, cinnolinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, and quinazolinyl.
  • Partially unsaturated refers to a group that includes at least one double or triple bond.
  • the term “partially unsaturated” is intended to encompass rings having multiple sites of unsaturation, but is not intended to include aromatic groups (e.g., aryl or heteroaryl groups) as herein defined.
  • saturated refers to a group that does not contain a double or triple bond, i.e., contains all single bonds.
  • aliphatic, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl groups, as defined herein, are optionally substituted (e.g., "substituted” or “unsubstituted” aliphatic, "substituted” or “unsubstituted” alkyl, "substituted” or
  • substituted carbocyclyl, "substituted” or “unsubstituted” heterocyclyl, "substituted” or “unsubstituted” aryl or “substituted” or “unsubstituted” heteroaryl group).
  • substituted whether preceded by the term “optionally” or not, means that at least one hydrogen present on a group (e.g., a carbon or nitrogen atom) is replaced with a permissible substituent, e.g., a substituent which upon substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., a compound which does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, or other reaction.
  • a “substituted” group has a substituent at one or more substitutable positions of the group, and when more than one position in any given structure is substituted, the substituent is either the same or different at each position.
  • substituted is contemplated to include substitution with all permissible substituents of organic compounds, including any of the substituents described herein that results in the formation of a stable compound.
  • heteroatoms such as nitrogen may have hydrogen substituents and/or any suitable substituent as described herein which satisfy the valencies of the heteroatoms and results in the formation of a stable moiety.
  • R is, independently, selected from d-10 alkyl, d-10 perhaloalkyl, d-10 alkenyl, d-10 alkynyl, d-10 carbocyclyl, 3-14 membered heterocyclyl, C6-14 aryl, and 5-14 membered heteroaryl, or two R groups are joined to form a 3-14 membered heterocyclyl or 5-14 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3,
  • each instance of R cc is, independently, selected from hydrogen, d-10 alkyl, d-10 perhaloalkyl, d-10 alkenyl, d-10 alkynyl, d-10 carbocyclyl, 3-14 membered heterocyclyl, C6-14 aryl, and 5-14 membered heteroaryl, or two R cc groups are joined to form a 3-14 membered heterocyclyl or 5-14 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R dd groups;
  • each instance of R ee is, independently, selected from d-6 alkyl, d-6 perhaloalkyl, C 2 _ 6 alkenyl, d-6 alkynyl, d-io carbocyclyl, ⁇ - ⁇ aryl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, and 3-10 membered heteroaryl, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R gg groups;
  • each instance of R ff is, independently, selected from hydrogen, d-6 alkyl, d-6 perhaloalkyl, d-6 alkenyl, d-6 alkynyl, d-io carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, d- io aryl and 5-10 membered heteroaryl, or two R ff groups are joined to form a 3-14 membered heterocyclyl or 5-14 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R gg groups; and
  • a "counterion” or “anionic counterion” is a negatively charged group associated with a cationic quaternary amino group in order to maintain electronic neutrality.
  • exemplary counterions include halide ions (e.g., F ⁇ CI “ , Br “ , ⁇ ), N0 3 ⁇ , C10 4 , OFT, H 2 P(V, HSCV, sulfonate ions (e.g., methansulfonate, trifluoromethanesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, 10-camphor sulfonate, naphthalene-2-sulfonate, naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid-5-sulfonate, ethan-l-sulfonic acid-2-sulfonate, and the like), and carboxylate ions (e.g., acetate, ethanoate, propanoate,
  • Halo or "halogen” refers to fluorine (fluoro, -F), chlorine (chloro, -CI), bromine (bromo, -Br), or iodine (iodo, -I).
  • Nitrogen atoms can be substituted or unsubstituted as valency permits, and include primary, secondary, tertiary, and quarternary nitrogen atoms.
  • the substituent present on a nitrogen atom is a nitrogen protecting group (also referred to as an amino protecting group).
  • Nitrogen protecting groups are well known in the art and include those described in detail in Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, 3 rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1999, incorporated herein by reference.
  • Amide nitrogen protecting groups include, but are not limited to, formamide, acetamide, chloroacetamide, trichloroacetamide, trifluoroacetamide,
  • Carbamate nitrogen protecting groups include, but are not limited to, methyl carbamate, ethyl carbamante, 9-fluorenylmethyl carbamate (Fmoc), 9-(2- sulfo)fluorenylmethyl carbamate, 9-(2,7-dibromo)fluoroenylmethyl carbamate, 2,7— di— i— butyl-[9-( 10, 10-dioxo-l 0, 10, 10, 10-tetrahydrothioxanthyl)] methyl carbamate (DBD-Tmoc), 4-methoxyphenacyl carbamate (Phenoc), 2,2,2-trichloroethyl carbamate (Troc), 2- trimethylsilylethyl carbamate (Teoc), 2-phenylethyl carbamate (hZ), l-(l-adamantyl)-l- methyl ethyl carbamate
  • Sulfonamide nitrogen protecting groups include, but are not limited to, -toluenesulfonamide (Ts), benzenesulfonamide, 2,3,6,-trimethyl-4- methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mtr), 2,4,6-trimethoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mtb), 2,6- dimethyl-4-methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Pme), 2,3,5,6-tetramethyl ⁇ l- methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mte), 4-methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mbs), 2,4,6- trimethylbenzenesulfonamide (Mts), 2,6-dimethoxy-4-methylbenzenesulfonamide (iMds), 2,2,5,7,8-pentamethylchroman-6-sulfonamide (Pmc), methanesulfonamide (Ms),
  • Ts -toluenesulfonamide
  • nitrogen protecting groups include, but are not limited to, phenothiazinyl-(lO)- acyl derivative, N - -toluenesulfonylaminoacyl derivative, N'-phenylaminothioacyl derivative, N-benzoylphenylalanyl derivative, N-acetylmethionine derivative, 4,5-diphenyl- 3-oxazolin-2-one, N-phthalimide, N-dithiasuccinimide (Dts), N-2,3-diphenylmaleimide, N-2,5-dimethylpyrrole, N-l, l,4,4-tetramethyldisilylazacyclopentane adduct (STABASE), 5-substituted l,3-dimethyl-l,3,5-triazacyclohexan-2-one, 5-substituted 1,3-dibenzyl- l,3,5-triazacyclohexan-2-one, 5-
  • benzenesulfenamide o-nitrobenzenesulfenamide (Nps), 2,4-dinitrobenzenesulfenamide, pentachlorobenzenesulfenamide, 2-nitro ⁇ -methoxybenzenesulfenamide,
  • triphenylmethylsulfenamide triphenylmethylsulfenamide
  • 3-nitropyridinesulfenamide Npys
  • the substituent present on an oxygen atom is an oxygen protecting group (also referred to as a hydroxyl protecting group).
  • Oxygen protecting groups are well known in the art and include those described in detail in Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, 3 rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1999, incorporated herein by reference.
  • oxygen protecting groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, methoxylmethyl (MOM), methylthiomethyl (MTM), i-butylthiomethyl,
  • DPMS diphenylmethylsilyl
  • TMPS i-butylmethoxyphenylsilyl
  • the substituent present on a sulfur atom is a sulfur protecting group (also referred to as a thiol protecting group).
  • “Pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to those salts which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and other animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response, and the like, and are
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well known in the art. For example, Berge et al. describe pharmaceutically acceptable salts in detail in J. Pharmaceutical Sciences (1977) 66: 1-19. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds describe herein include those derived from suitable inorganic and organic acids and bases. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable, nontoxic acid addition salts are salts of an amino group formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and perchloric acid or with organic acids such as acetic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid, or malonic acid or by using other methods used in the art such as ion exchange.
  • inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and perchloric acid
  • organic acids such as acetic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid, or malonic acid or by using
  • salts include adipate, alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate, glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, gluconate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate, lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonate, 2- naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pectinate
  • Salts derived from appropriate bases include alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, ammonium and salts.
  • Representative alkali or alkaline earth metal salts include sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and the like.
  • Further pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, when appropriate, quaternary salts.
  • a "subject" to which administration is contemplated includes, but is not limited to, humans (e.g., a male or female of any age group, e.g., a pediatric subject (e.g, infant, child, adolescent) or adult subject (e.g., young adult, middle-aged adult or senior adult)) and/or other non-human animals, for example, non-human mammals (e.g., primates (e.g., cynomolgus monkeys, rhesus monkeys); commercially relevant mammals such as cattle, pigs, horses, sheep, goats, cats, and/or dogs), birds (e.g., commercially relevant birds such as chickens, ducks, geese, and/or turkeys), rodents (e.g., rats and/or mice), reptiles, amphibians, and fish.
  • the non-human animal is a mammal.
  • the non-human animal may be a male or female at any stage of development.
  • Treating encompasses an action that occurs while a subject is suffering from a condition which reduces the severity of the condition or retards or slows the progression of the condition ("therapeutic treatment”).
  • Treating encompasses an action that occurs while a subject is suffering from a condition which reduces the severity of the condition or retards or slows the progression of the condition (“therapeutic treatment”.
  • treatment also encompasses an action that occurs before a subject begins to suffer from the condition and which inhibits or reduces the severity of the condition (“prophylactic treatment”).
  • An "effective amount" of a compound refers to an amount sufficient to elicit the desired biological response, e.g., treat the condition.
  • the effective amount of a compound described herein may vary depending on such factors as the desired biological endpoint, the pharmacokinetics of the compound, the condition being treated, the mode of administration, and the age and health of the subject.
  • An effective amount encompasses therapeutic and prophylactic treatment.
  • a “therapeutically effective amount” of a compound is an amount sufficient to provide a therapeutic benefit in the treatment of a condition or to delay or minimize one or more symptoms associated with the condition.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of a compound means an amount of therapeutic agent, alone or in combination with other therapies, which provides a therapeutic benefit in the treatment of the condition.
  • the term "therapeutically effective amount” can encompass an amount that improves overall therapy, reduces or avoids symptoms or causes of the condition, or enhances the therapeutic efficacy of another therapeutic agent.
  • a prophylactically effective amount of a compound is an amount sufficient to prevent a condition, or one or more symptoms associated with the condition or prevent its recurrence.
  • a prophylactically effective amount of a compound means an amount of a therapeutic agent, alone or in combination with other agents, which provides a prophylactic benefit in the prevention of the condition.
  • the term “prophylactically effective amount” can encompass an amount that improves overall prophylaxis or enhances the prophylactic efficacy of another prophylactic agent.
  • methyltransferase represents transferase class enzymes that are able to transfer a methyl group from a donor molecule to an acceptor molecule, e.g., an amino acid residue of a protein or a nucleotide of a DNA molecule.
  • Methytransferases typically use the reactive methyl group bound to sulfur in S-adenosyl methionine (SAM) as the methyl donor.
  • SAM S-adenosyl methionine
  • a methyltransferase described herein is a protein methyltransferase.
  • a methyltransferase described herein is a histone methyltransferase.
  • Histone methyltransferases are histone-modifying enzymes, (including histone-lysine N-methyltransferase and histone-arginine N-methyltransferase), that catalyze the transfer of one or more methyl groups to lysine and arginine residues of histone proteins.
  • a methyltransferase described herein is a histone-arginine N-methyltransferase.
  • Protein arginine methyltransferase 5 catalyzes the addition of two methyl groups to the two ⁇ -guanidino nitrogen atoms of arginine, resulting in ⁇ -NG, N'G symmetric dimethylation of arginine (sDMA) of the target protein.
  • PRMT5 functions in the nucleus as well as in the cytoplasm, and its substrates include histones, spliceosomal proteins, transcription factors (See e.g., Sun et al, 2011, PNAS 108: 20538-20543).
  • PRMT5 generally functions as part of a molecule weight protein complex. While the protein complexes of PRMT5 can have a variety of components, they generally include the protein MEP50 (methylosome protein 50). In addition, PRMT5 acts in conjunction with cofactor SAM (S- adenosyl methionine).
  • the disclosure provides compounds of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB, wherein Ring AA and Ring BB are aromatic ring systems, and wherein M is a linker that allows for the planes of Ring AA and Ring BB to be at about 90° relative to each other.
  • compounds of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB that can minimally interact with certain moieties (e.g., SAM and certain amino acids) in the active site of PRMT5 can inhibit the function of PRMT5.
  • compounds of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB can form a pi-cation interaction with one or more amino acids in the active site of PRMT5.
  • Ring BB can form a pi-cation interaction with one or more amino acids in the active site of PRMT5.
  • compounds of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB can form a pi-stacking interaction with one or more amino acids in the active site of PRMT5.
  • Ring BB can form a pi-stacking interaction with one or more amino acids in the active site of PRMT5.
  • the compounds interact with SAM or Phe327 of the active site of PRMT5.
  • the compounds interact with SAM and Phe327 of the active site of PRMT5.
  • compounds of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB can undergo a cation-pi interaction with SAM through the aromatic ring system in Ring BB.
  • compounds of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB can interact with Phe327 (e.g., through pi stacking) through the aromatic ring system in Ring BB.
  • compounds of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB can inhibit the action of PRMT5 because Ring BB interacts with SAM and Phe327 and because the flexible linker allows for the second aromatic ring system (Ring AA) to interact with other residues in the active site of PRMT5 (e.g., Phe580).
  • such compounds can inhibit PRMT5 with an IC5 0 of 100 nM or lower.
  • such compounds can inhibit PRMT5 with an IC5 0 of 50 nM or lower.
  • such compounds can inhibit PRMT5 with an IC5 0 of 10 nM or lower.
  • such compounds can inhibit PRMT5 with an IC5 0 of 1 nM or lower.
  • the disclosure provides a compound that can bind PRMT5, wherein the compound has the formula:
  • Ring AA is an optionally substituted aromatic moiety
  • M is an aliphatic linker
  • Ring BB is an aromatic moiety capable of undergoing a pi-cation interaction with S- adenosyl methionine (SAM) and capable of undergoing a pi-stacking interaction with Phe327 of PRMT5;
  • SAM S- adenosyl methionine
  • the compound has an IC5 0 for PRMT5 of less than 100 nM.
  • Ring AA-M-Ring BB compounds provided herein may interact with additional amino acids in the active site of PRMT5 such as Leu319, Glu435, Leu437, Glu444, and Phe580.
  • the active site of PRMT5 comprises the amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Glu435, Leu437, Glu444, and Phe580.
  • cofactors such as SAM or SAM analogs (e.g., SAH) may also be present in the active site of PRMT5.
  • SAM or SAM analogs e.g., SAH
  • the numbering of the PRMT5 amino acids as provided herein relates to human PRMT5 isoform A (SEQ ID NO: 1) depicted (in part) in Table A.
  • SEQ ID NO: 1 depicted (in part) in Table A.
  • the interactions between the compounds of formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB provided herein and the active site of PRMT5 should be applicable to homologous versions of PRMT5, just as long as the active site is conserved.
  • active site (or "binding pocket”) relates to the three-dimensional structure of the portion of the protein responsible for the methyltransferase activity, e.g., the region of the protein that acts on the substrate(s) of the protein or catalyze the transfer of a methyl group from SAM to a protein substrate.
  • the active site of PRMT5 comprises the amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Glu435, Leu437, Glu444, and Phe580.
  • the Ring AA-M-Ring BB compounds described herein interact with glutamic acid residues Glu435 and Glu444.
  • the Ring BB portion of the compound interacts with Glu435 and Glu444.
  • the linker M interacts with Glu435 and Glu444.
  • the Ring BB portion of the compound and the linker interact with Glu435 and Glu444.
  • the interaction of the compounds with glutamic acid residues Glu435 and Glu444 is in addition to the pi-cation interaction with SAM and the pi-stacking interaction with Phe327.
  • the interaction of the compound with Glu435 and Glu444 is a hydrogen bonding interaction.
  • the interaction of the compound with Glu435 and Glu444 is mediated through a water molecule.
  • the Ring BB of the compounds provided herein comprises a heteroatom such as a nitrogen atom.
  • the nitrogen atom is tetrahedrally coordinated.
  • the nitrogen atom of Ring BB interacts with the Glu435 and Glu444, either directly or through a coordinated water molecule (See e.g., Figure 3).
  • compounds of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB described herein interact with Leu437.
  • the Ring AA-M-Ring BB compounds described herein interact with the carbonyl group of Leu437.
  • the Ring BB of the compounds provided herein comprises a heteroatom such as a nitrogen atom.
  • the nitrogen atom of Ring BB is tetrahedrally coordinated.
  • the nitrogen interacts with the carbonyl group of Leu437, either directly or through a coordinated water molecule.
  • the nitrogen interacts with the Leu437, Glu435 and Glu444, either directly or through a coordinated water molecule.
  • the linker M interacts with Leu437.
  • the active site of PRMT5 comprises SAM and the amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Glu435, Leu437, Glu444, and Phe580.
  • compounds of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB described herein interact with Leu319.
  • Ring BB interacts with Leu319.
  • the interaction with Leu319 is in addition to the interaction with one or more of the interactions of the compound with SAM and amino acids Phe327, Glu435, Leu437 and Glu444.
  • compounds of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB described herein interact with Phe580.
  • Ring AA of the compound interacts with Phe580.
  • the interaction with Phe580 is in addition to the interaction with one or more of the interactions of the compound with SAM and amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Glu435, Leu437 and Glu444.
  • compounds of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB described herein interact with SAM and Phe327 through Ring BB and with Phe580 through Ring AA.
  • the compounds described herein can interact with SAM and Phe327 through Ring BB and with Phe580 through Ring AA at the same because the linker M allows for the planes of Ring AA and Ring BB to be at an angle between 75° and 105°.
  • the angle of the planes of Ring AA and Ring BB is between 80° and 100°.
  • the angle of the planes of Ring AA and Ring BB is between 85° and 95°.
  • the angle of the planes of Ring AA and Ring BB is 70°, 71°, 72°, 73°, 74°, 75°, 76°, 77°, 78°, 79°, 80°, 81°, 82°, 83°, 84°, 85°, 86°, 87°, 88°, 89°, 90°, 91°, 92°, 93°, 94°, 95°, 96°, 97°, 98°, 99°, 100°, 101°, 102°, 103°, 104°, 105°, 106°, 107°, 108°, 109°, or 1 10°.
  • the linker M is a flexible linker. In some embodiments, linker M is unbranched. In some embodiments, linker M is flexible enough to allow Ring BB of the compound to get sufficiently close to SAM to engage in a pi-cation interaction.
  • the disclosure provides a compound of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB wherein the planes of Ring AA and Ring BB are at an angle of between 75° and 105° when the compound is bound to PRMT5. In some embodiments, the angle of the planes of Ring AA and Ring BB is between 80° and 100° when the compound is bound to PRMT5. In some embodiments, the angle of the planes of Ring AA and Ring BB is between 85° and 95° when the compound is bound to PRMT5.
  • the disclosure provides a compound of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB wherein the planes of Ring AA and Ring BB are at an angle of between 75° and 105° when the compound is co-crystallized with PRMT5. In some embodiments, the angle of the planes of Ring AA and Ring BB is between 80° and 100° when the compound is co-crystallized with PRMT5. In some embodiments, the angle of the planes of Ring AA and Ring BB is between 85° and 95° when the compound is co-crystallized with PRMT5.
  • the active site of PRMT5 is identified by amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Lys333, Glu435, Leu437, Gly438, Ser439, Glu444, Val503, Ser578, Trp579, and Phe580.
  • the active site of PRMT5 further includes SAM or a SAM analog.
  • compounds of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB described herein interact with SAM, Phe327, and one or more additional amino acids selected from the group consisting of amino acids Leu319, Lys333, Glu435, Leu437, Gly438, Ser439, Glu444, Val503, Ser578, Trp579, and Phe580.
  • the active site of PRMT5 is identified by amino acids Leu312, Leu319, Thr323, Tyr324, Phe327, Glu328, Lys333, Tyr334, Glu435, Leu437, Gly438, Ser439, Glu444, Val503, Ser578, Trp579, Phe580, and Pro581.
  • the active site of PRMT5 further includes SAM or a SAM analog.
  • compounds of formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB described herein interact with SAM, Phe327, and one or more additional amino acids selected from the group consisting of amino acids Leu312, Leu319, Thr323, Tyr324, Glu328, Lys333, Tyr334, Glu435, Leu437, Gly438, Ser439, Glu444, Val503, Ser578, Trp579, Phe580, and Pro581.
  • rings AA-M-Ring BB described herein inhibit the enzymatic activity of PRMT5 (i.e., have a low IC 50 value). It is believed that the low IC 50 is due to the well-defined interactions within the active site the compounds can engage in. Thus, it is believed that the Ring AA-M-Ring BB compounds described herein have a low IC 50 because they can engage in a stabilizing pi-cation interaction with SAM and pi-stacking interaction with Phe327. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits PRMT5 at an IC 50 less than or equal to 10 ⁇ .
  • a provided compound inhibits PRMT5 at an IC 50 less than or equal to 1 ⁇ . In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits PRMT5 at an IC 50 less than or equal to 0.1 ⁇ . In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits PRMT5 at an IC 50 less than or equal to 50 nM. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits PRMT5 at an IC 50 less than or equal to 10 nM. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits PRMT5 at an IC 50 less than or equal to 1 nM. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits PRMT5 in a cell at an EC5 0 less than or equal to 10 ⁇ .
  • a provided compound inhibits PRMT5 in a cell at an EC5 0 less than or equal to 1 ⁇ . In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits PRMT5 in a cell at an EC5 0 less than or equal to 0.1 ⁇ . In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits PRMT5 in a cell at an EC5 0 less than or equal to 50 nM. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits PRMT5 in a cell at an EC5 0 less than or equal to 10 nM. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits PRMT5 in a cell at an EC5 0 less than or equal to 1 nM.
  • a provided compound inhibits cell proliferation at an EC5 0 less than or equal to 10 ⁇ . In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits cell proliferation at an EC5 0 less than or equal to 1 ⁇ . In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits cell proliferation at an EC5 0 less than or equal to 0.1 ⁇ . In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits cell proliferation at an EC5 0 less than or equal to 20 nM. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits cell proliferation at an EC5 0 less than or equal to 10 nM. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits cell proliferation at an EC5 0 less than or equal to 1 nM. In certain embodiments, the IC 50 and EC5 0 values are calculated according to the methods provided in the Examples herein.
  • the disclosure provides PRMT5 inhibitors with the shape of the PRMT5-active site.
  • the PRMT5 active site is defined by amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Glu435, Leu437, Glu444, and Phe580.
  • the PRMT5 active site is defined by and amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Lys333, Glu435, Leu437, Gly438, Ser439, Glu444, Val503, Ser578, Trp579, and Phe580.
  • the PRMT5 active site is defined by and amino acids Leu312, Leu319, Thr323, Tyr324, Phe327, Glu328, Lys333, Tyr334, Glu435, Leu437, Gly438, Ser439, Glu444, Val503, Ser578, Trp579, Phe580, and Pro581.
  • the active site may also include a SAM or an analog of SAM.
  • the active site may include SAH (S-adenosyl-L- homocysteine).
  • the active site may also include sinefungin (another SAM analog).
  • the active site is defined by S-adenosyl methionine (SAM) and amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Glu435, Leu437, Glu444, and Phe580, according to the atomic coordinates in Table A provided herein.
  • SAM S-adenosyl methionine
  • Table A provides the coordinates of an exemplary crystal structure of the complex PRMT5-SAM-compound 6A.
  • Figure 3 provides a representation of the active site, including SAM, and amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Glu435, Leu437, Glu444, and Phe580, based on the coordinates provided in Table A.
  • Figures 2 and 4-6 provide additional examples of representations of compounds of formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB as described herein based on the coordinates of co-crystals of these compounds with PRMT5 (Compound Fig 2, Compound Fig 4, Compound Fig 5, Compound Fig 6, depicted below). As can be seen in the Figures all active sites have a similar geometry. It is also evident from the figures that the five exemplary compounds of formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB all show similar binding motifs. Thus, the compounds are characterized by a pi-cation interaction between Ring BB and SAM (or sinefungin or other SAM analog) and a pi-stacking interaction with Phe327.
  • SAM sinefungin or other SAM analog
  • all compounds show the geometry of having planes of Rings A and B that are between 75° and 105° relative to each other.
  • the compounds also show the interaction of the nitrogen of Ring AA with Glu435, Leu437, and Glu444, the interaction of the compounds with Leu319 and the interaction of Ring AA with Phe580.
  • compositions comprising PRMT5 and a compound of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB as described herein.
  • the disclosure provides a composition comprising PRMT5 and a compound of the formula:
  • Ring AA is an optionally substituted aromatic moiety
  • M is an aliphatic linker
  • Ring BB is an aromatic moiety capable of undergoing a pi-cation interaction with SAM of the PRMT5-SAM complex and capable of undergoing a pi-stacking interaction with Phe327 of PRMT5;
  • the compound has an IC5 0 for PRMT5 of less than 100 nM. In some embodiments, the compound has an IC5 0 for PRMT5 of less than 50 nM. In some embodiments, the compound has an IC5 0 for PRMT5 of less than 10 nM. In some embodiments, the compound has an IC5 0 for PRMT5 of less than 1 nM. In some embodiments, the compositions also includes a co-factor, such as SAM.
  • composition comprising PRMT5 and the compound of the formula Ring AA- M-Ring BB may include additional components such as additional proteins, including proteins with which PRMT5 is associated intracellularly (e.g., MEP50).
  • additional proteins including proteins with which PRMT5 is associated intracellularly (e.g., MEP50).
  • the complex is isolated or partially isolated.
  • An isolated form of the complex for instance, is a complex comprising PRMT5 and a compound as the main components, optionally with buffers, salts, etc. in addition to the main components. Such complexes are formed for instance in vitro.
  • an isolated complex is a complex purified from the cell.
  • an isolated complex does not include any major cellular components except for PRMT5.
  • the complexes may be administered as a complex, for instance to compete out active PRMT5 with the inactive complexed PRMT5.
  • the complex is in vivo (e.g., intracellular and/or in a subject).
  • the complex may be formed for instance upon addition of the compound of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring to a subject or cell resulting in the formation of the complex in vivo. Because of the ability of the compounds to inhibit the enzymatic activity of PRMT5 (e.g., IC5o ⁇ 100 nM), it is expected that the complexes provide herein will be particularly stable. The affinity of the compound for PRMT5 is typically correlated to the ICso.
  • the present invention provides three-dimensional structural information for PRMT5 or for PRMT5 variants that comprise one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions, or duplications.
  • the invention provides methods for constructing models of these variants using the three-dimensional structural information for PRMT5 as a template. The method may include adjusting the backbone dihedral angles and the side chains of each amino acid that is modeled until a low energy conformation is obtained, (e.g., by using AMoRe, Phaser, MolRep or other crystallography software programs)
  • X-ray diffraction data collection is performed in an
  • the crystals of the present invention diffract to a resolution limit of at least approximately 8 angstrom (A). In certain embodiments, the crystals diffract to a resolution limit of at least approximately 6 A. In certain embodiments, the crystals diffract to a resolution limit of at least approximately 4 A. In certain embodiments, the crystals diffract to a resolution limit of at least approximately 2.5 A. In certain embodiments, the crystal diffracts x-rays for a determination of structural coordinates to a maximum resolution of about 3.9 A, of about 3.2 A, or of about 2.9 A. The crystals may diffract to a maximum resolution of about 2.5 A to about 3.5 A, of about 2.0 A to about 3.0 A, of about 2.5 A to about 3.0 A, or of about 3.0 A to about 3.5 A.
  • Diffraction data can be collected at variable oscillation angles, number of frames and exposure times that all depend on the equipment used and on the quality of the crystal(s) used to collect the data.
  • One of ordinary skill would know how to optimize these parameters (Principles of protein X-ray crystallography by J. Drenth. 2nd ed. (1999) Springer- Verlag, Heidelberg, Germany; Structure Determination by X-ray Crystallography by M. Ladd and R. Palmer. 4th ed. (2003) Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers, New York, NY).
  • diffraction data can be collected with 1° oscillation. Other oscillation may be used, e.g. oscillations of less than or greater than 1°.
  • diffraction data can be collected with 0.1°, 0.3°, 0.5°, 1°, 1.5°, 2°, 3°, 4°, 5°, or 10° oscillation, or any oscillation angle in between these angles.
  • 120 frames are collected. More or fewer than 120 frames may be collected. For example, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 300. 400, 500, 1000, or 5000 frames may be collected, or any number of frames in between these numbers. In certain embodiments, the exposure is 5 minutes per frame.
  • Frame exposure times may also be used, such as, for example 5 seconds, 10 seconds, 20 seconds, 30 seconds, 40 seconds, 50 seconds, 60 seconds, 120 seconds, 180 seconds, 3 minutes, 4 minutes, 10 minutes, 20 minutes, 30 minutes per frame or any exposure time in between these times.
  • Data merging and scaling can be done, for example, using HKL2000 software suite (HKL Research, Inc., Charlottesville, VA). Structure determination, model building, and refinement can be performed, for example, using software such as Molrep, coot and Refmac that are part of CCP4 software suite.
  • MolRep is a program for automated molecular replacement (e.g., MolRep, version 10.2.35).
  • Coot Graphical Interface by Paul Emsley (www.ysbl.york.ac.uk/ ⁇ emsley) for model building includes an interface to refmac5 (Gnu Public License; refmac5, e.g. version 5.5.0072 or version 5.5.0109).
  • refmac5 Garib Murshudov et al.
  • CCP4 program suite www.ccp4.ac.uk, CCP4, version 6.1.3
  • Structural analyses may be performed using molecular viewer software PYMOL (pymol.org).
  • the atomic coordinates of crystalline PRMT5 are provided.
  • the coordinates are provides on a computer readable medium or in the memory of a computer.
  • the three-dimensional structure of the active site of PRMT5 is provided by the atomic coordinates listed in Table A.
  • Table A provides atomic coordinates for crystalline PRMT5
  • the present invention also contemplates structural modifications thereof, for example, as having significant structural homology (e.g., significant structural overlap), particularly in the areas recognized as active, and thus providing the same or similar structural information as provided herewith.
  • Significant structural homology refers to at least one of the following criteria: (i) at least 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99% structural homology with crystalline PRMT5; or (ii) at least 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99% structural homology with a recognized active binding site of crystalline PRMT5.
  • significant structural homology may also refer to at least 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99% structural homology with the primary amino acid sequence of PRMT5.
  • the primary amino acid sequence of PRMT5 may be a sequence included as a segment in a larger amino acid sequence, or may be a fragment thereof.
  • a fragment of a full-length, wild-type PRMT5 protein is provided or used in an inventive method or system provided herein.
  • a PRMT5 fragment comprises a PRMT5 sequence of 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 50-75, 75-100, 100-150, 150-200, 200- 250, 250-500, or more than 500 amino acids.
  • a fragment of PRMT5 does not comprise a full-length PRMT5 sequence, for example, a full-length human PRMT5 sequence.
  • a fragment of PRMT5 comprises all or at least part of the protein responsible for the enzymatic activity of full-length PRMT5.
  • the invention provides methods and/or uses of PRMT5 structural information, for example, and methods for designing, identifying, and/or screening binding compounds to PRMT5 that may be useful in treating a diseaseln certain
  • methods for designing, identifying, and/or screening binding compounds to PRMT5 are provided.
  • the compound may also affect aspects of intracellular trafficking of PRMT5 or aspects of enzymatic function, such as substrate recognition and/or PRMT5 catalytic activity.
  • methods are provided for the in silico design, identification, and/or screening of PRMT5 binding compounds using the three-dimensional structural information provided herein.
  • methods are provided that can be used to identify inhibitors, reversible inhibitors, and/or activators of PRMT5 activity.
  • methods are provided that can be used to identify binding compounds.
  • methods are provided that can be used to identify binding compounds that modulate PRMT5 activity. In certain embodiments, methods are provided that can be used to test potential binding compounds for their ability to modulate PRMT5 activity. In certain embodiments, these methods include in silico, in vitro, and in vivo methods. In certain embodiments, methods are provided, solving the structure of PRMT5 homologs or orthologs using the three-dimensional structural information provided herein. In certain embodiments, methods are provided, solving the (partial) structure of proteins comprising structurally or functionally homologous domains using the three-dimensional structural information for PRMT5 provided herein.
  • the present disclosure provides PRMT5 inhibitors having molecular dimensions compatible with the shape of a PRMT5 -active site as defined by the atomic coordinates of S-adenosyl methionine (SAM) and amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Glu435, Leu437, Glu444, and Phe580, according to Table A, wherein the compound has a biochemical IC50 for PRMT5 of less than 100 nM.
  • the PRMT5 inhibitor is capable of undergoing a pi-cation interaction with SAM.
  • the PRMT5 inhibitor is capable of undergoing a pi-stacking interaction with Phe327.
  • the PRMT5 inhibitor is capable of interacting with Glu444.
  • a programmed computer comprising a processor, a data storage system, an input device, and an output device
  • the methods include a) inputting into the programmed computer through said input device data comprising the atomic coordinates of a subset of the atoms generated from a complex of PRMT5 and a binding compound, thereby generating a criteria data set; b) comparing, using said processor, said criteria data set to a computer database of chemical structures stored in said computer data storage system; c) selecting from said database, using computer methods, chemical structures having a portion that is structurally similar to said criteria data set; and d) outputting to said output device the selected chemical structures having a portion similar to said criteria data set.
  • the subsets of atomic coordinates used in such methods may include one or more of amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Glu435, Leu437, Glu444, and Phe580, and optionally one or more of amino acids Leu312, Thr323, Tyr324, Glu328, Lys333, Tyr334, Gly438, Ser439, Val503, Ser578, Trp579, and Pro581 as set forth in Table A.
  • computer readable media that include the atomic coordinates of PRMT5 as set forth in Table A and may optionally further include programming for displaying a molecular model of PRMT5, programming for identifying a binding compound to PRMT5, and/or a database of structures of drug candidates. Further provided herein are computer systems that include such computer-readable media.
  • a memory unit comprising atomic coordinates defining PRMT5 as set forth in Table A; and a processor in electrical communication with the memory unit; wherein the processor generates a molecular model having a three dimensional structure representative of at least a portion of PRMT5.
  • a memory unit comprising atomic coordinates of amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Glu435, Leu437, Glu444, and Phe580, of PRMT5 as set forth in Table A; and a processor in electrical communication with the memory unit; wherein the processor generates a molecular model having a three dimensional structure representative of at least a portion of PRMT5.
  • the memory unit may optionally further comprise the atomic coordinates of one or more of amino acids Leu312, Thr323, Tyr324, Glu328, Lys333, Tyr334, Gly438, Ser439, Val503, Ser578, Trp579, and Pro581 as set forth in Table A.
  • the present disclosure provides a computer readable medium comprising the atomic coordinates of the complex PRMT5- Compound A6 as set forth in Table Al .
  • the present disclosure provides compounds or pharmaceutical compositions to treat a proliferative disorder, cancer metabolic disorder, diabetes, obesity, blood disorder, hemoglobinopathies, sickle cell anemia, or ⁇ -thalessemia.
  • the present disclosure provides compounds or pharmaceutical compositions to treat hematological cancers, lung cancer, prostate cancer, melanoma, or pancreatic cancer.
  • Ring AA is an optionally substituted aryl moiety
  • Ring BB is an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl moiety, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl moiety is capable of forming a cation-pi interaction with S-adenosyl methionine (SAM);
  • SAM S-adenosyl methionine
  • M is an acyclic linker moiety 3-10 atoms in length, which allows for the planes of Ring A and Ring B to be between 75° and 105° relative to each other, and includes a carbonyl group, wherein Ring A is attached directly to the carbonyl group, or to the alpha- carbon of the carbonyl group;
  • the compound has a biochemical IC5 0 for PRMT5 of less than 100 nM.
  • Ring AA is a monocyclic or bicyclic, saturated, partially unsaturated, or aromatic ring having 0, 1,2, 3, 4, or 5 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, wherein Ring AA is substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R y groups.
  • Ring AA is a monocyclic aryl moiety.
  • Ring AA is an optionally substituted, fused bicyclic heteroaryl moiety.
  • Ring AA is an unsubstituted, fused bicyclic heteroaryl moiety.
  • Ring AA is a phenyl moiety fused to a heterocyclic moiety.
  • Ring AA is a phenyl moiety fused to a heteroaryl moiety.
  • Ring AA is a phenyl moiety fused to a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl moiety.
  • Ring AA is a phenyl moiety fused to a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl moiety with one nitrogen. In certain embodiments, Ring AA is a phenyl moiety fused to a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl moiety with two nitrogen.
  • Ring AA is of formula (Ia-1):
  • Ring AA is of formula (Ia-2):
  • Ring A is an optionally substituted, 5- to 14- membered, monocyclic or bicyclic, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur;
  • Y is O or S.
  • Ring AA is of formula (Ia-3):
  • Y is O or S
  • G is NR 2C , CR 3C R 4C , O or S;
  • R 4C is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, or optionally substituted aliphatic;
  • p 0, 1, or 2;
  • n 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
  • Ring AA is of formula (Ia-3):
  • Y, N, R y , m and p are as described herein;
  • R is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Ring AA is of formula (Ia-4):
  • each R A is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
  • each R B is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl, or two R B groups are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring;
  • each R B is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl, or two R B groups are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring;
  • n 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
  • Ring AA is of formula (Ia-5):
  • each R y is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -CN, -N0 2 , optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, -OR A , -N(R B )2,
  • each R A is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
  • each R B is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl, or two R B groups are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring;
  • each R B is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl, or two R B groups are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring;
  • n 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
  • Ring AA is of formula (Ia-6):
  • Ring AA is of formula (Ia-7):
  • Ring AA is of formula (Ia-8):
  • Ci_6 aliphatic chain wherein one, two, or three methylene units of Li are optionally and independently replaced by -0-, -S-, - N(R)-, -C(O)-, -C(0)N(R)-, -N(R)C(0)N(R)-, -N(R)C(0)0- - OC(0)N(R)-, -S0 2 - -S0 2 N(R)-, -N(R)S0 2 - -OC(O)-, - C(0)0-, or an optionally substituted, straight or branched, Ci_6 aliphatic chain wherein one, two, or three methylene units of Li are optionally and independently replaced by -0-, -S-, - N(R)-, -C(O)-, -C(0)N(R)-, -N(R)C(0)N(R)-, -N(R)C(0)0- - OC(0)N(R)-, -
  • Cy D is an optionally substituted, monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic, saturated, partially unsaturated, or aromatic ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur;
  • Xi, X 2 , X 3 , and X 4 are independently selected from the group consisting of N, CH, and CR y , provided that at least one of X 2 , X3, and X 4 is not N;
  • each R A is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl; and each R is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl, or two R B groups are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring.
  • Ring AA is of formula (Ia-9):
  • Ring AA is of formula (Ia-10)
  • Ring AA is of formula (Ia-11):
  • Ring AA is of formula (Ia-12):
  • Ring AA is of formula (Ia-13): (Ia-13)
  • Ring AA is of formula (la
  • Ring AA is of formula (Ia-15):
  • Ring AA is of formula (Ia-16):
  • Ring AA is of formula (Ia-17):
  • Ring AA is of formula (Ia-18):
  • Ring AA is of formula (Ia-19):
  • Ring AA is of formula (Ia-20):
  • Ring AA is of formula (Ia-21):
  • Ring AA is of formula (Ia-22):
  • Ring AA is of formula (Ia-23):
  • X x is NR 2 , O, or S; and R 2 , R y and m each are independently described herein.
  • Ring AA is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Ring BB is an optionally substituted, bicyclic heteroaryl moiety. In certain embodiments, Ring BB is an optionally substituted, bicyclic heteroaryl moiety with 1-4 nitrogen atoms. In certain embodiments, Ring BB is an unsubstituted bicyclic heteroaryl moiety. In certain embodiments, Ring BB is optionally substituted bihydroisoquinoline. In certain embodiments, Ring BB is optionally substituted
  • Ring BB is unsubstituted
  • Ring BB is optionally substituted isoindoline. In certain embodiments, Ring BB is unsubstituted isoindoline. In certain embodiments, Ring BB is an optionally substituted amino-aryl moiety. In certain embodiments, Ring BB is optionally substituted benzylamine. In certain embodiments, Ring BB is unsubstituted benzylamine. [00161] In certain embodiments, Ring BB is of formula (Ib-1)
  • R x is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -CN, optionally substituted aliphatic, and -OR';
  • R is hydrogen or optionally substituted aliphatic
  • n 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8.
  • R x is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -CN, optionally substituted aliphatic, and -OR';
  • R is hydrogen or optionally substituted aliphatic
  • n 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8.
  • M is with the 4-8 atoms in length.
  • M is a linker 4 atoms in length. In certain embodiments, M is a linker 5 atoms in length. In certain embodiments, the atoms of M are selected from the group consisting of C, N, O, and S. In certain embodiments, the atoms of M are selected from the group consisting of C, N, and O. In certain embodiments, M comprises an amide moiety. In certain embodiments, M comprises a hydroxyl moiety. In certain embodiments, M comprises a sulfonamide moiety. In certain embodiments, M comprises an ester moiety. In certain embodiments, M provides a distance between Ring A and Ring B ranging from
  • M provides a distance between Ring A and Ring B ranging from approximately 8 Angstroms to approximately 9 Angstroms. In certain embodiments, M allows for the planes of Ring A and Ring B to be at an angle ranging from 85° to approximately 95°. [00164] In certain embodiments, :
  • R is hydrogen, R z , or -C(0)R z , wherein R z is optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl;
  • L is a bond, -N(R)C(0)-, -C(0)N(R)-, -N(R)C(0)N(R)-,-N(R)C(0)0-, - OC(0)N(R)-, -0-, -N(R)-,-C(R 2 )(R 3 )-, -0-CR 2 R 3 , -N(R)-CR 2 R 3 -, -0-CR 2 R 3 -0-, -N(R)-CR 2 R 3 -0, -N(R)-CR 2 R 3 -N(R)-, -0-CR 2 R 3 -N(R)-, -CR 2 R 3 -0-, -CR 2 R 3 -N(R)-, -0-CR 2 R 3 -N(R)-, -CR 2 R 3 -0-, -CR 2 R 3 -N(R)-, -0-CR 2 R 3 -CR 9 R 10 -, -N(R)
  • R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are independently hydrogen, halo, or optionally substituted aliphatic;
  • R 9 and R 10 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, -CN, -N0 2 , optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl;
  • M is of formula (Id):
  • R 1 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 and R 8 are as described herein.
  • M is of formula (Ie):
  • M is of formula (If):
  • M is of formula (Ic-4).
  • M is of formula (Ic-5).
  • M is of formula (Ic-6).
  • M is of formula (Ic-7).
  • M is of formula (Ic-8).
  • M is of formula (Ic-9).
  • M is of formula (Ic-10):
  • M is of formula (Ic-11):
  • M is of formula (Ic-12):
  • R 1 and R ⁇ are each independently hydrogen, R z , or -C(0)R z , wherein R z is optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl;
  • X A is a bond, -0-, -N(R)-, -CR 4A R 5A -, -0-CR 4A R 5A , -N(R)-CR 4A R 5A -, -O- CR 4A R 5A -0-, -N(R)-CR 4A R 5A -0, -N(R)-CR 4A R 5A -N(R)-, -0-CR 4A R 5A -N(R)-, -CR 4A R 5A -0-, - CR 4A R 5A -N(R)-, -0-CR 4A R 5A -CR 6A R 7A -, -N(R)-CR 4A R 5A -CR 6A R 7A -, -CR 6A R 7A -CR 4A R 5A -0-, -CR 6A R 7A -CR 4A R 5A -CR 4A R 5A -CR 4A R 5A
  • each R A is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
  • each R is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl, or two R B groups are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring.
  • M is of formula (Ie-1):
  • M is of formula (Ie-2):
  • X A is C, O or N
  • R 2A , R 3A , R ⁇ , and R 1 are as described herein.
  • X A is C, O or N
  • R 2A , R 3A , R ⁇ , and R 1 are as described herein.
  • M is of formula (Ie-1):
  • X A is C, O or N
  • R AA and R 1 are H, R 2A , and R > J 3 A A a. re as described herein.
  • M is of formula (Ie-2):
  • X A is C, O or N
  • R AA and R 1 are H
  • R 2A , and R 3A are as described herein.
  • M is of formula (Ie-3):
  • X A is C, O or N
  • R and R are H
  • R , and R are as described herein.
  • a provided compound is of Formula (II):
  • Q is -N(R)C(0)-, -C(0)N(R)-, -N(R)C(0)N(R)-,-N(R)C(0)0- S0 2 NR- or - OC(0)N(R)-;
  • each R is independently hydrogen, nitrogen protecting group or optionally substituted Ci_6 aliphatic;
  • Ar' is a monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, wherein Ar' is substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R x groups, as valency permits;
  • each R x is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -CN, optionally substituted aliphatic, -OR', and -N(R")2;
  • R Y is hydrogen, nitrogen protecting group or optionally substituted aliphatic;
  • R z is hydrogen or hydroxyl group;
  • R' and R" are independently hydrogen, nitrogen or oxygen protecting group, optionally substituted Ci_6 aliphatic;
  • A, B, C, and D are independently 0, 1, or 2;
  • n 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5;
  • the nitrogen substituted by R Y optionally forms a ring system with the carbon linked with R z , or forms a ring system with the phenyl group substituted by (R x )n.
  • Ring AA is of formula (Ia-1);
  • Ring BB is of formula (Ib-1) or formula (Ib-2):
  • Ring AA is of formula (Ia-4):
  • Ring BB is of formula (Ib-1) or frmula (Ib-2):
  • R x , R y , R 1 , R 5 , R 7 , R 8 , R 2A , R 3A , R ⁇ , X A , G, Y are indepdently described herein.
  • Ring AA is of formula (Ia-7):
  • Ring BB is of formula (Ib-1) or formula (Ib-2):
  • R x , R y , R 1 , R 5 , R 7 , R 8 , R 2A , R 3A , R ⁇ , X A , m, and n are described herein.
  • Ring is of formula (Ia-3):
  • Ring BB is of formula (Ib-1) or formula (Ib-2):
  • R x , R y , R 1 , R 5 , R 7 , R 8 , R 2A , R 3A , R ⁇ , X A , G, Y are indepdently described herein.
  • Ring is of formula (Ia-7):
  • Ring BB is of formula (Ib-1) or formula (Ib-2):
  • R x , R y , R 1 , R 5 , R 7 , R 8 , R 2A , R 3A , R ⁇ , X A , G, Y are indepdently described herein.
  • Ring is of formula (Ia-8):
  • Ring BB is of formula (Ib-1) or formula (Ib-2):
  • Ring is of formula (Ia-9):
  • Ring BB is of formula (Ib-1) or formula (Ib-2):
  • Ring is of formula (Ia-10):
  • Ring BB is of formula (Ib-1) or formula (Ib-2):
  • a provided compound is of Formula (III): wherein Ar', Q, R z , R x , A, B, C, and D are decribed as herein.
  • a provided compound is of Formula (IV):
  • a provided compound is of Formula (IV): wherein:
  • Ar' is selected from the group consisting of
  • R is an optionally substituted aliphatic moiety connected to the ortho position of the phenyl group.
  • R z is a hydroxyl group.
  • Q is -C(0)N(R)-.
  • a provided compound is a compound listed in Table A-1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • a provided compound is a compound listed in Table B-1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • a provided compound is a compound listed in Table C-1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • a provided compound is a compound listed in Table D-1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • a provided compound is a compound listed in Table E- 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • a provided compound inhibits PRMT5. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits wild-type PRMT5. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits a mutant PRMT5. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits PRMT5, e.g., as measured in an assay described herein. In certain embodiments, the PRMT5 is from a human. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits PRMT5 at an IC 50 less than or equal to 10 ⁇ . In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits PRMT5 at an IC 50 less than or equal to 1 ⁇ . In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits PRMT5 at an IC 50 less than or equal to 0.1 ⁇ .
  • a provided compound inhibits PRMT5 in a cell at an EC5 0 less than or equal to 10 ⁇ . In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits PRMT5 in a cell at an EC5 0 less than or equal to 1 ⁇ . In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits PRMT5 in a cell at an EC5 0 less than or equal to 0.1 ⁇ . In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits cell proliferation at an EC5 0 less than or equal to 10 ⁇ . In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits cell proliferation at an EC5 0 less than or equal to 1 ⁇ . In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits cell proliferation at an EC5 0 less than or equal to 0.1 ⁇ .
  • a provided compound is selective for PRMT5 over other methyltransferases. In certain embodiments, a provided compound is at least about 10- fold selective, at least about 20-fold selective, at least about 30-fold selective, at least about 40-fold selective, at least about 50-fold selective, at least about 60-fold selective, at least about 70-fold selective, at least about 80-fold selective, at least about 90-fold selective, or at least about 100-fold selective for PRMT5 relative to one or more other methyltransferases.
  • the PRMT5 can be wild-type PRMT5, or any mutant or variant of PRMT5.
  • the PRMT5 is isoform A (GenBank accession no.
  • the PRMT5 is isoform B (GenBank accession no.
  • the PRMT5 is transcript variant 1 (GenBank accession no. NM_006109).
  • compositions comprising a compound described herein, e.g., a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as described herein, and optionally a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • a provided composition comprises two or more compounds described herein.
  • a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is provided in an effective amount in the pharmaceutical composition.
  • the effective amount is a therapeutically effective amount.
  • the effective amount is an amount effective for inhibiting PRMT5.
  • the effective amount is an amount effective for treating a PRMT5 -mediated disorder. In certain embodiments, the effective amount is a prophylactically effective amount. In certain embodiments, the effective amount is an amount effective to prevent a PRMT5-mediated disorder.
  • compositions agents include any and all solvents, diluents, or other liquid vehicles, dispersions, suspension aids, surface active agents, isotonic agents, thickening or emulsifying agents, preservatives, solid binders, lubricants, and the like, as suited to the particular dosage form desired.
  • solvents diluents, or other liquid vehicles, dispersions, suspension aids, surface active agents, isotonic agents, thickening or emulsifying agents, preservatives, solid binders, lubricants, and the like.
  • compositions described herein can be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacology. In general, such preparatory methods include the steps of bringing a compound described herein (the "active ingredient") into association with a carrier and/or one or more other accessory ingredients, and then, if necessary and/or desirable, shaping and/or packaging the product into a desired single- or multi-dose unit.
  • compositions can be prepared, packaged, and/or sold in bulk, as a single unit dose, and/or as a plurality of single unit doses.
  • a "unit dose" is discrete amount of the pharmaceutical composition comprising a predetermined amount of the active ingredient.
  • the amount of the active ingredient is generally equal to the dosage of the active ingredient which would be administered to a subject and/or a convenient fraction of such a dosage such as, for example, one-half or one-third of such a dosage.
  • compositions of the present disclosure will vary, depending upon the identity, size, and/or condition of the subject treated and further depending upon the route by which the composition is to be administered.
  • the composition may comprise between 0.1% and 100% (w/w) active ingredient.
  • compositions used in the manufacture of provided pharmaceutical compositions include inert diluents, dispersing and/or granulating agents, surface active agents and/or emulsifiers, disintegrating agents, binding agents, preservatives, buffering agents, lubricating agents, and/or oils. Excipients such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes, coloring agents, coating agents, sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents may also be present in the composition.
  • Exemplary diluents include calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, calcium phosphate, dicalcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, calcium hydrogen phosphate, sodium phosphate lactose, sucrose, cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, kaolin, mannitol, sorbitol, inositol, sodium chloride, dry starch, cornstarch, powdered sugar, and mixtures thereof.
  • Exemplary granulating and/or dispersing agents include potato starch, corn starch, tapioca starch, sodium starch glycolate, clays, alginic acid, guar gum, citrus pulp, agar, bentonite, cellulose and wood products, natural sponge, cation-exchange resins, calcium carbonate, silicates, sodium carbonate, cross-linked poly(vinyl-pyrrolidone) (crospovidone), sodium carboxymethyl starch (sodium starch glycolate), carboxymethyl cellulose, cross- linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose (croscarmellose), methylcellulose, pregelatinized starch (starch 1500), microcrystalline starch, water insoluble starch, calcium carboxymethyl cellulose, magnesium aluminum silicate (Veegum), sodium lauryl sulfate, quaternary ammonium compounds, and mixtures thereof.
  • crospovidone cross-linked poly(vinyl-pyrrolidone)
  • sodium carboxymethyl starch sodium starch glycolate
  • Exemplary surface active agents and/or emulsifiers include natural emulsifiers (e.g., acacia, agar, alginic acid, sodium alginate, tragacanth, chondrux, cholesterol, xanthan, pectin, gelatin, egg yolk, casein, wool fat, cholesterol, wax, and lecithin), colloidal clays (e.g., bentonite (aluminum silicate) and Veegum (magnesium aluminum silicate)), long chain amino acid derivatives, high molecular weight alcohols (e.g., stearyl alcohol, cetyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol, triacetin monostearate, ethylene glycol distearate, glyceryl monostearate, and propylene glycol monostearate, polyvinyl alcohol), carbomers (e.g., carboxy polymethylene, polyacrylic acid, acrylic acid polymer, and carboxyvinyl polymer), carrageenan,
  • Exemplary binding agents include starch (e.g., cornstarch and starch paste), gelatin, sugars (e.g., sucrose, glucose, dextrose, dextrin, molasses, lactose, lactitol, mannitol, etc.), natural and synthetic gums (e.g., acacia, sodium alginate, extract of Irish moss, panwar gum, ghatti gum, mucilage of isapol husks, carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, ethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl
  • methylcellulose methylcellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, cellulose acetate, poly(vinyl-pyrrolidone), magnesium aluminum silicate (Veegum), and larch arabogalactan), alginates, polyethylene oxide, polyethylene glycol, inorganic calcium salts, silicic acid, polymethacrylates, waxes, water, alcohol, and/or mixtures thereof.
  • Exemplary preservatives include antioxidants, chelating agents, antimicrobial preservatives, antifungal preservatives, alcohol preservatives, acidic preservatives, and other preservatives.
  • antioxidants include alpha tocopherol, ascorbic acid, acorbyl palmitate, butylated hydroxyanisole, butylated hydroxytoluene, monothioglycerol, potassium metabisulfite, propionic acid, propyl gallate, sodium ascorbate, sodium bisulfite, sodium metabisulfite, and sodium sulfite.
  • Exemplary chelating agents include ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA) and salts and hydrates thereof (e.g., sodium edetate, disodium edetate, trisodium edetate, calcium disodium edetate, dipotassium edetate, and the like), citric acid and salts and hydrates thereof (e.g., citric acid monohydrate), fumaric acid and salts and hydrates thereof, malic acid and salts and hydrates thereof, phosphoric acid and salts and hydrates thereof, and tartaric acid and salts and hydrates thereof.
  • EDTA ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid
  • salts and hydrates thereof e.g., sodium edetate, disodium edetate, trisodium edetate, calcium disodium edetate, dipotassium edetate, and the like
  • citric acid and salts and hydrates thereof e.g., citric acid mono
  • antimicrobial preservatives include benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride, benzyl alcohol, bronopol, cetrimide, cetylpyridinium chloride, chlorhexidine, chlorobutanol, chlorocresol, chloroxylenol, cresol, ethyl alcohol, glycerin, hexetidine, imidurea, phenol, phenoxyethanol, phenylethyl alcohol, phenylmercuric nitrate, propylene glycol, and thimerosal.
  • Exemplary antifungal preservatives include butyl paraben, methyl paraben, ethyl paraben, propyl paraben, benzoic acid, hydroxybenzoic acid, potassium benzoate, potassium sorbate, sodium benzoate, sodium propionate, and sorbic acid.
  • Exemplary alcohol preservatives include ethanol, polyethylene glycol, phenol, phenolic compounds, bisphenol, chlorobutanol, hydroxybenzoate, and phenylethyl alcohol.
  • Exemplary acidic preservatives include vitamin A, vitamin C, vitamin E, beta-carotene, citric acid, acetic acid, dehydroacetic acid, ascorbic acid, sorbic acid, and phytic acid.
  • Other preservatives include tocopherol, tocopherol acetate, deteroxime mesylate, cetrimide, butylated hydroxyanisol (BHA), butylated hydroxytoluened (BHT),
  • the preservative is an anti-oxidant. In other embodiments, the preservative is a chelating agent.
  • Exemplary buffering agents include citrate buffer solutions, acetate buffer solutions, phosphate buffer solutions, ammonium chloride, calcium carbonate, calcium chloride, calcium citrate, calcium glubionate, calcium gluceptate, calcium gluconate, D- gluconic acid, calcium glycerophosphate, calcium lactate, propanoic acid, calcium levulinate, pentanoic acid, dibasic calcium phosphate, phosphoric acid, tribasic calcium phosphate, calcium hydroxide phosphate, potassium acetate, potassium chloride, potassium gluconate, potassium mixtures, dibasic potassium phosphate, monobasic potassium phosphate, potassium phosphate mixtures, sodium acetate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium chloride, sodium citrate, sodium lactate, dibasic sodium phosphate, monobasic sodium phosphate, sodium phosphate mixtures, tromethamine, magnesium hydroxide, aluminum hydroxide, alginic acid, pyrogen-free water, isotonic s
  • Exemplary lubricating agents include magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, stearic acid, silica, talc, malt, glyceryl behanate, hydrogenated vegetable oils, polyethylene glycol, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, sodium chloride, leucine, magnesium lauryl sulfate, sodium lauryl sulfate, and mixtures thereof.
  • Exemplary natural oils include almond, apricot kernel, avocado, babassu, bergamot, black current seed, borage, cade, camomile, canola, caraway, carnauba, castor, cinnamon, cocoa butter, coconut, cod liver, coffee, corn, cotton seed, emu, eucalyptus, evening primrose, fish, flaxseed, geraniol, gourd, grape seed, hazel nut, hyssop, isopropyl myristate, jojoba, kukui nut, lavandin, lavender, lemon, litsea cubeba, macademia nut, mallow, mango seed, meadowfoam seed, mink, nutmeg, olive, orange, orange roughy, palm, palm kernel, peach kernel, peanut, poppy seed, pumpkin seed, rapeseed, rice bran, rosemary, safflower, sandalwood, sasquana, savoury, sea
  • Exemplary synthetic oils include, but are not limited to, butyl stearate, caprylic triglyceride, capric triglyceride, cyclomethicone, diethyl sebacate, dimethicone 360, isopropyl myristate, mineral oil, octyldodecanol, oleyl alcohol, silicone oil, and mixtures thereof.
  • Liquid dosage forms for oral and parenteral administration include
  • the liquid dosage forms may comprise inert diluents commonly used in the art such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, dimethylformamide, oils (e.g., cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor, and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof.
  • inert diluents commonly used in the art such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate,
  • the oral compositions can include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents.
  • adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents.
  • solubilizing agents such as CremophorTM, alcohols, oils, modified oils, glycols, polysorbates, cyclodextrins, polymers, and mixtures thereof.
  • Injectable preparations for example, sterile injecTable Aqueous or oleaginous suspensions can be formulated according to the known art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents.
  • the sterile injectable preparation can be a sterile injectable solution, suspension or emulsion in a nontoxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3-butanediol.
  • the acceptable vehicles and solvents that can be employed are water, Ringer's solution, U.S. P. and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
  • sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
  • any bland fixed oil can be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides.
  • fatty acids such as oleic acid are used in the preparation of injectables.
  • the injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectable medium prior to use.
  • compositions for rectal or vaginal administration are typically suppositories which can be prepared by mixing the compounds described herein with suitable non- irritating excipients or carriers such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at ambient temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active ingredient.
  • suitable non- irritating excipients or carriers such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at ambient temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active ingredient.
  • Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets, pills, powders, and granules.
  • the active ingredient is mixed with at least one inert, pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate and/or a) fillers or extenders such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and silicic acid, b) binders such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidinone, sucrose, and acacia, c) humectants such as glycerol, d) disintegrating agents such as agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate, e) solution retarding agents such as paraffin, f) absorption accelerators such as quaternary ammonium compounds, g) wetting agents such as, for example, cetyl alcohol and
  • Solid compositions of a similar type can be employed as fillers in soft and hard- filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like.
  • the solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art. They may optionally comprise opacifying agents and can be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions which can be used include polymeric substances and waxes.
  • Solid compositions of a similar type can be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like.
  • the active ingredient can be in micro-encapsulated form with one or more excipients as noted above.
  • the solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings, release controlling coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art.
  • the active ingredient can be admixed with at least one inert diluent such as sucrose, lactose, or starch.
  • Such dosage forms may comprise, as is normal practice, additional substances other than inert diluents, e.g., tableting lubricants and other tableting aids such a magnesium stearate and microcrystalline cellulose.
  • the dosage forms may comprise buffering agents. They may optionally comprise opacifying agents and can be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner.
  • opacifying agents include polymeric substances and waxes.
  • Dosage forms for topical and/or transdermal administration of a provided compound may include ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, powders, solutions, sprays, inhalants and/or patches.
  • the active ingredient is admixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and/or any desired preservatives and/or buffers as can be required.
  • the present disclosure encompasses the use of transdermal patches, which often have the added advantage of providing controlled delivery of an active ingredient to the body.
  • Such dosage forms can be prepared, for example, by dissolving and/or dispensing the active ingredient in the proper medium.
  • the rate can be controlled by either providing a rate controlling membrane and/or by dispersing the active ingredient in a polymer matrix and/or gel.
  • Suitable devices for use in delivering intradermal pharmaceutical compositions described herein include short needle devices such as those described in U.S. Patents 4,886,499; 5, 190,521; 5,328,483; 5,527,288; 4,270,537; 5,015,235; 5, 141,496; and
  • Intradermal compositions can be administered by devices which limit the effective penetration length of a needle into the skin, such as those described in PCT publication WO 99/34850 and functional equivalents thereof. Jet injection devices which deliver liquid vaccines to the dermis via a liquid jet injector and/or via a needle which pierces the stratum corneum and produces a jet which reaches the dermis are suitable. Jet injection devices are described, for example, in U.S. Patents 5,480,381 ; 5,599,302; 5,334, 144;
  • Ballistic powder/particle delivery devices which use compressed gas to accelerate vaccine in powder form through the outer layers of the skin to the dermis are suitable.
  • conventional syringes can be used in the classical mantoux method of intradermal administration.
  • Formulations suitable for topical administration include, but are not limited to, liquid and/or semi liquid preparations such as liniments, lotions, oil in water and/or water in oil emulsions such as creams, ointments and/or pastes, and/or solutions and/or suspensions.
  • Topically-administrable formulations may, for example, comprise from about 1% to about 10% (w/w) active ingredient, although the concentration of the active ingredient can be as high as the solubility limit of the active ingredient in the solvent.
  • Formulations for topical administration may further comprise one or more of the additional ingredients described herein.
  • a provided pharmaceutical composition can be prepared, packaged, and/or sold in a formulation suitable for pulmonary administration via the buccal cavity.
  • a formulation may comprise dry particles which comprise the active ingredient and which have a diameter in the range from about 0.5 to about 7 nanometers or from about 1 to about 6 nanometers.
  • Such compositions are conveniently in the form of dry powders for
  • a device comprising a dry powder reservoir to which a stream of propellant can be directed to disperse the powder and/or using a self propelling
  • solvent/powder dispensing container such as a device comprising the active ingredient dissolved and/or suspended in a low-boiling propellant in a sealed container.
  • Such powders comprise particles wherein at least 98% of the particles by weight have a diameter greater than 0.5 nanometers and at least 95% of the particles by number have a diameter less than 7 nanometers. Alternatively, at least 95% of the particles by weight have a diameter greater than 1 nanometer and at least 90% of the particles by number have a diameter less than 6 nanometers.
  • Dry powder compositions may include a solid fine powder diluent such as sugar and are conveniently provided in a unit dose form.
  • Low boiling propellants generally include liquid propellants having a boiling point of below 65 °F at atmospheric pressure.
  • the propellant may constitute 50 to 99.9% (w/w) of the composition, and the active ingredient may constitute 0.1 to 20% (w/w) of the composition.
  • the propellant may further comprise additional ingredients such as a liquid non-ionic and/or solid anionic surfactant and/or a solid diluent (which may have a particle size of the same order as particles comprising the active ingredient).
  • compositions formulated for pulmonary delivery may provide the active ingredient in the form of droplets of a solution and/or suspension.
  • Such formulations can be prepared, packaged, and/or sold as aqueous and/or dilute alcoholic solutions and/or suspensions, optionally sterile, comprising the active ingredient, and may conveniently be administered using any nebulization and/or atomization device.
  • Such formulations may further comprise one or more additional ingredients including, but not limited to, a flavoring agent such as saccharin sodium, a volatile oil, a buffering agent, a surface active agent, and/or a preservative such as methylhydroxybenzoate.
  • the droplets provided by this route of administration may have an average diameter in the range from about 0.1 to about 200 nanometers.
  • Formulations described herein as being useful for pulmonary delivery are useful for intranasal delivery of a pharmaceutical composition.
  • Another formulation suitable for intranasal administration is a coarse powder comprising the active ingredient and having an average particle from about 0.2 to 500 micrometers. Such a formulation is administered by rapid inhalation through the nasal passage from a container of the powder held close to the nares.
  • Formulations for nasal administration may, for example, comprise from about as little as 0.1% (w/w) and as much as 100% (w/w) of the active ingredient, and may comprise one or more of the additional ingredients described herein.
  • a provided pharmaceutical composition can be prepared, packaged, and/or sold in a formulation for buccal
  • Such formulations may, for example, be in the form of tablets and/or lozenges made using conventional methods, and may contain, for example, 0.1 to 20% (w/w) active ingredient, the balance comprising an orally dissolvable and/or degradable
  • formulations for buccal administration may comprise a powder and/or an aerosolized and/or atomized solution and/or suspension comprising the active ingredient.
  • Such powdered, aerosolized, and/or aerosolized formulations, when dispersed, may have an average particle and/or droplet size in the range from about 0.1 to about 200 nanometers, and may further comprise one or more of the additional ingredients described herein.
  • a provided pharmaceutical composition can be prepared, packaged, and/or sold in a formulation for ophthalmic administration.
  • Such formulations may, for example, be in the form of eye drops including, for example, a 0.1/1.0% (w/w) solution and/or suspension of the active ingredient in an aqueous or oily liquid carrier.
  • Such drops may further comprise buffering agents, salts, and/or one or more other of the additional ingredients described herein.
  • Other opthalmically-administrable formulations which are useful include those which comprise the active ingredient in microcrystalline form and/or in a liposomal preparation. Ear drops and/or eye drops are contemplated as being within the scope of this disclosure.
  • compositions suitable for administration to humans are principally directed to pharmaceutical compositions which are suitable for administration to humans, it will be understood by the skilled artisan that such compositions are generally suitable for administration to animals of all sorts. Modification of pharmaceutical compositions suitable for administration to humans in order to render the compositions suitable for administration to various animals is well understood, and the ordinarily skilled veterinary pharmacologist can design and/or perform such modification with ordinary experimentation.
  • compositions provided herein are typically formulated in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. It will be understood, however, that the total daily usage of provided compositions will be decided by the attending physician within the scope of sound medical judgment.
  • the specific therapeutically effective dose level for any particular subject or organism will depend upon a variety of factors including the disease, disorder, or condition being treated and the severity of the disorder; the activity of the specific active ingredient employed; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the subject; the time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion of the specific active ingredient employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific active ingredient employed; and like factors well known in the medical arts.
  • the compounds and compositions provided herein can be administered by any route, including enteral (e.g., oral), parenteral, intravenous, intramuscular, intra-arterial, intramedullary, intrathecal, subcutaneous, intraventricular, transdermal, interdermal, rectal, intravaginal, intraperitoneal, topical (as by powders, ointments, creams, and/or drops), mucosal, nasal, bucal, sublingual; by intratracheal instillation, bronchial instillation, and/or inhalation; and/or as an oral spray, nasal spray, and/or aerosol.
  • enteral e.g., oral
  • parenteral intravenous
  • intramuscular intra-arterial
  • intramedullary intrathecal
  • subcutaneous intraventricular
  • transdermal transdermal
  • interdermal interdermal
  • rectal intravaginal
  • topical as by powders, ointments, creams, and/or drops
  • the most appropriate route of administration will depend upon a variety of factors including the nature of the agent (e.g., its stability in the environment of the gastrointestinal tract), and/or the condition of the subject (e.g., whether the subject is able to tolerate oral administration).
  • the exact amount of a compound required to achieve an effective amount will vary from subject to subject, depending, for example, on species, age, and general condition of a subject, severity of the side effects or disorder, identity of the particular compound(s), mode of administration, and the like.
  • the desired dosage can be delivered three times a day, two times a day, once a day, every other day, every third day, every week, every two weeks, every three weeks, or every four weeks.
  • the desired dosage can be delivered using multiple administrations (e.g., two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, twelve, thirteen, fourteen, or more administrations).
  • an effective amount of a compound for administration one or more times a day to a 70 kg adult human may comprise about 0.0001 mg to about 3000 mg, about 0.0001 mg to about 2000 mg, about 0.0001 mg to about 1000 mg, about 0.001 mg to about 1000 mg, about 0.01 mg to about 1000 mg, about 0.1 mg to about 1000 mg, about 1 mg to about 1000 mg, about 1 mg to about 100 mg, about 10 mg to about 1000 mg, or about 100 mg to about 1000 mg, of a compound per unit dosage form.
  • a compound described herein may be administered at dosage levels sufficient to deliver from about 0.001 mg/kg to about 1000 mg/kg, from about 0.01 mg/kg to about mg/kg, from about 0.1 mg/kg to about 40 mg/kg, from about 0.5 mg/kg to about 30 mg/kg, from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, from about 0.1 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, or from about 1 mg/kg to about 25 mg/kg, of subject body weight per day, one or more times a day, to obtain the desired therapeutic effect.
  • a compound described herein is administered one or more times per day, for multiple days. In some embodiments, the dosing regimen is continued for days, weeks, months, or years.
  • dose ranges as described herein provide guidance for the administration of provided pharmaceutical compositions to an adult.
  • the amount to be administered to, for example, a child or an adolescent can be determined by a medical practitioner or person skilled in the art and can be lower or the same as that administered to an adult.
  • a compound or composition, as described herein can be administered in combination with one or more additional therapeutically active agents.
  • a compound or composition provided herein is administered in combination with one or more additional therapeutically active agents that improve its bioavailability, reduce and/or modify its metabolism, inhibit its excretion, and/or modify its distribution within the body.
  • the therapy employed may achieve a desired effect for the same disorder, and/or it may achieve different effects.
  • the compound or composition can be administered concurrently with, prior to, or subsequent to, one or more additional therapeutically active agents.
  • the additional therapeutically active agent is a compound of Formula (I).
  • the additional therapeutically active agent is not a compound of Formula (I).
  • each agent will be administered at a dose and/or on a time schedule determined for that agent.
  • the additional therapeutically active agent utilized in this combination can be administered together in a single composition or administered separately in different compositions.
  • the particular combination to employ in a regimen will take into account compatibility of a provided compound with the additional therapeutically active agent and/or the desired therapeutic effect to be achieved.
  • it is expected that additional therapeutically active agents utilized in combination be utilized at levels that do not exceed the levels at which they are utilized individually. In some embodiments, the levels utilized in combination will be lower than those utilized
  • Exemplary additional therapeutically active agents include, but are not limited to, small organic molecules such as drug compounds (e.g., compounds approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration as provided in the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR)), peptides, proteins, carbohydrates, monosaccharides, oligosaccharides, polysaccharides, nucleoproteins, mucoproteins, lipoproteins, synthetic polypeptides or proteins, small molecules linked to proteins, glycoproteins, steroids, nucleic acids, DNAs, RNAs, nucleotides, nucleosides, oligonucleotides, antisense oligonucleotides, lipids, hormones, vitamins, and cells.
  • drug compounds e.g., compounds approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration as provided in the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR)
  • CFR Code of Federal Regulations
  • peptides e.g., compounds approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration as provided in the Code of Federal Regulations (
  • kits e.g., pharmaceutical packs
  • the kits provided may comprise a provided pharmaceutical composition or compound and a container (e.g., a vial, ampule, bottle, syringe, and/or dispenser package, or other suitable container).
  • a container e.g., a vial, ampule, bottle, syringe, and/or dispenser package, or other suitable container.
  • provided kits may optionally further include a second container comprising a pharmaceutical excipient for dilution or suspension of a provided pharmaceutical composition or compound.
  • a provided pharmaceutical composition or compound provided in the container and the second container are combined to form one unit dosage form.
  • a provided kits further includes instructions for use.
  • compositions described herein are generally useful for the inhibition of PRMT5.
  • methods of treating PRMT5 -mediated disorder in a subject comprise administering an effective amount of a compound described herein (e.g., a compound of Formula (I)), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof), to a subject in need of treatment.
  • the effective amount is a therapeutically effective amount.
  • the effective amount is a prophylactically effective amount.
  • the subject is suffering from a PRMT5-mediated disorder.
  • the subject is susceptible to a PRMT5- mediated disorder.
  • PRMT5 -mediated disorder means any disease, disorder, or other pathological condition in which PRMT5 is known to play a role.
  • the present disclosure relates to treating or lessening the severity of one or more diseases in which PRMT5 is known to play a role.
  • the present disclosure provides a method of inhibiting PRMT5 comprising contacting PRMT5 with an effective amount of a compound described herein (e.g., a compound of Formula (I)), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the PRMT5 may be purified or crude, and may be present in a cell, tissue, or subject.
  • the method is an in vitro method, e.g., such as an assay method. It will be understood by one of ordinary skill in the art that inhibition of PRMT5 does not necessarily require that all of the PRMT5 be occupied by an inhibitor at once.
  • Exemplary levels of inhibition of PRMT5 include at least 10% inhibition, about 10% to about 25% inhibition, about 25% to about 50% inhibition, about 50% to about 75% inhibition, at least 50% inhibition, at least 75% inhibition, about 80% inhibition, about 90% inhibition, and greater than 90% inhibition.
  • a method of inhibiting PRMT5 activity in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound described herein (e.g., a compound of Formula (I)), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • a method of altering gene expression in a cell which comprises contacting a cell with an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the cell in culture in vitro.
  • the cell is in an animal, e.g., a human.
  • the cell is in a subject in need of treatment.
  • a method of altering transcription in a cell which comprises contacting a cell with an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the cell in culture in vitro.
  • the cell is in an animal, e.g., a human.
  • the cell is in a subject in need of treatment.
  • a provided compound is useful in treating a proliferative disorder, such as cancer, a benign neoplasm, an autoimmune disease, or an inflammatory disease.
  • a proliferative disorder such as cancer, a benign neoplasm, an autoimmune disease, or an inflammatory disease.
  • PRMT5 has been shown to be involved in cyclin Dl dysregulated cancers. Increased PRMT5 activity mediates key events associated with cyclin Dl -dependent neoplastic growth including CUL4 repression, CDT1 overexpression, and DNA re-replication.
  • human cancers harboring mutations in Fbx4, the cyclin Dl E3 ligase exhibit nuclear cyclin Dl accumulation and increased PRMT5 activity (Aggarwal et al, Cancer Cell. 2010 18(4):329-40).
  • PRMT5 has also been implicated in accelerating cell cycle progression through Gl phase and modulating regulators of Gl ; for example, PRMT5 may upregulate cyclin- dependent kinase (CDK) 4, CDK6, and cyclins Dl, D2 and El. Moreover, PRMT5 may activate phosphoinositide 3-kinase (PI3K)/AKT signaling (Wei et al, Cancer Sci. 2012 103(9): 1640-50).
  • CDK cyclin- dependent kinase
  • PI3K phosphoinositide 3-kinase
  • the inhibition of PRMT5 by a provided compound is useful in treating the following non-limiting list of cancers: breast cancer, esophageal cancer, bladder cancer, lung cancer, hematopoietic cancer, lymphoma, medulloblastoma, rectum adenocarcinoma, colon adenocarcinoma, gastric cancer, pancreatic cancer, liver cancer, adenoid cystic carcinoma, lung adenocarcinoma, head and neck squamous cell carcinoma, brain tumors, hepatocellular carcinoma, renal cell carcinoma, melanoma, oligodendroglioma, ovarian clear cell carcinoma, and ovarian serous
  • the inhibition of PRMT5 by a provided compound is useful in treating prostate cancer and lung cancer, in which PRMT5 has been shown to play a role (Gu et al, PLoS One 2012;7(8):e44033; Gu et al, Biochem. J. (2012) 446 (235-241)).
  • a provided compound is useful to delay the onset of, slow the progression of, or ameliorate the symptoms of cancer.
  • a provided compound is administered in combination with other compounds, drugs, or therapeutics to treat cancer.
  • compounds described herein are useful for treating a cancer including, but not limited to, acoustic neuroma, adenocarcinoma, adrenal gland cancer, anal cancer, angiosarcoma (e.g., lymphangiosarcoma, lymphangioendotheliosarcoma, hemangiosarcoma), appendix cancer, benign monoclonal gammopathy, biliary cancer (e.g., cholangiocarcinoma), bladder cancer, breast cancer (e.g., adenocarcinoma of the breast, papillary carcinoma of the breast, mammary cancer, medullary carcinoma of the breast), brain cancer (e.g., meningioma; glioma, e.g., astrocytoma, oligodendroglioma;
  • angiosarcoma e.g., lymphangiosarcoma, lymphangioendotheliosarcoma, hemangiosarcoma
  • bronchus cancer carcinoid tumor, cervical cancer (e.g., cervical adenocarcinoma), choriocarcinoma, chordoma, craniopharyngioma, colorectal cancer (e.g., colon cancer, rectal cancer, colorectal adenocarcinoma), epithelial carcinoma, ependymoma, endotheliosarcoma (e.g., Kaposi's sarcoma, multiple idiopathic hemorrhagic sarcoma), endometrial cancer (e.g., uterine cancer, uterine sarcoma), esophageal cancer (e.g., adenocarcinoma of the esophagus, Barrett's adenocarinoma), Ewing sarcoma, eye cancer (e.g., intraocular melanoma, retinoblastoma), familiar hypere
  • cervical cancer e.g.
  • liver cancer e.g., hepatocellular cancer (HCC), malignant hepatoma
  • lung cancer e.g., bronchogenic carcinoma, small cell lung cancer (SCLC), non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), adenocarcinoma of the lung), leiomyosarcoma (LMS), mastocytosis (e.g., systemic mastocytosis), myelodysplasia;
  • MDS mesothelioma
  • myeloproliferative disorder e.g., polycythemia Vera (PV), essential thrombocytosis (ET), agnogenic myeloid metaplasia (AMM) a.k.a. myelofibrosis (MF), chronic idiopathic myelofibrosis, chronic myelocytic leukemia (CML), chronic neutrophilic leukemia (CNL), hypereosinophilic syndrome (HES)), neuroblastoma, neurofibroma (e.g., neurofibromatosis (NF) type 1 or type 2, schwannomatosis),
  • MPD myeloproliferative disorder
  • PV polycythemia Vera
  • ET essential thrombocytosis
  • AAM agnogenic myeloid metaplasia
  • CML chronic myelocytic leukemia
  • CML chronic neutrophilic leukemia
  • HES hypereosinophilic syndrome
  • neuroendocrine cancer e.g., gastroenteropancreatic neuroendoctrine tumor (GEP-NET), carcinoid tumor), osteosarcoma, ovarian cancer (e.g., cystadenocarcinoma, ovarian embryonal carcinoma, ovarian adenocarcinoma), papillary adenocarcinoma, pancreatic cancer (e.g., pancreatic andenocarcinoma, intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasm (IPMN), Islet cell tumors), penile cancer (e.g., Paget's disease of the penis and scrotum), pinealoma, primitive neuroectodermal tumor (PNT), prostate cancer (e.g., prostate adenocarcinoma), rectal cancer, rhabdomyosarcoma, salivary gland cancer, skin cancer (e.g., squamous cell carcinoma (SCC), keratoacanthoma (KA), mela
  • a provided compound is useful in treating a metabolic disorder, such as diabetes or obesity.
  • a metabolic disorder such as diabetes or obesity.
  • a role for PRMT5 has been recognized in adipogenesis. Inhibition of PRMT5 expression in multiple cell culture models for adipogenesis prevented the activation of adipogenic genes, while overexpression of PRMT5 enhanced adipogenic gene expression and differentiation (LeBlanc et ah, Mol Endocrinol. 2012 Apr;26(4):583-97). Additionally, it has been shown that adipogenesis plays a pivotal role in the etiology and progression of diabetes and obesity (Camp et ah, Trends Mol Med. 2002 Sep;8(9):442-7).
  • the inhibition of PRMT5 by a provided compound is useful in treating diabetes and/or obesity.
  • a provided compound is useful to delay the onset of, slow the progression of, or ameliorate the symptoms of, diabetes.
  • the diabetes is Type 1 diabetes.
  • the diabetes is Type 2 diabetes.
  • a provided compound is useful to delay the onset of, slow the progression of, or ameliorate the symptoms of, obesity.
  • a provided compound could be used in combination with other compounds, drugs, or therapeutics, such as metformin and insulin, to treat diabetes and/or obesity.
  • a provided compound is useful in treating a blood disorder, such as sickle cell disease or ⁇ -thalassemia.
  • a blood disorder such as sickle cell disease or ⁇ -thalassemia.
  • PRMT5 is a known repressor of ⁇ -globin gene expression, and increased fetal ⁇ -globin (HbF) levels in adulthood are associated with symptomatic amelioration in sickle cell disease and ⁇ -thalassemia (Xu et ah, Haematologica. 2012 Nov;97(l 1): 1632-40).
  • HbF fetal ⁇ -globin
  • the inhibition of PRMT5 by a provided compound is useful in treating a blood disorder, such as sickle cell disease or ⁇ -thalassemia.
  • a provided compound is useful to delay the onset of, slow the progression of, or ameliorate the symptoms of, sickle cell disease. In some embodiments, a provided compound is useful to delay the onset of, slow the progression of, or ameliorate the symptoms of, ⁇ -thalassemia. In some embodiments, a provided compound could be used in combination with other compounds, drugs, or therapeutics, to treat sickle cell disease or ⁇ - thalassemia.
  • compounds described herein can prepared using methods shown in general Scheme A- 1.
  • Compound Bb can be prepared via ring opening of a chiral or racemic epoxide group.
  • This amino alcohol intermediate can be coupled to form an amide via normal amide coupling methodology using a carboxylic acid Aa wherein Z is hydrogen or via amination of an ester of intermediate Aa when Z is an optionally substituted aliphatic
  • an amide coupling step can be used to provide a key intermediate for further synthesis, as shown, for example, in exemplary Scheme A-4.
  • Scheme A-4 [00279] In some embodiments, compounds described herein can prepared using methods shown in general Scheme B-1.
  • Compound Bb can be prepared via ring opening of a chiral or racemic epoxide group. This amino alcohol intermediate can be coupled to form an amide via normal amide coupling methodology using a carboxylic acid Cc wherein Z is hydrogen or via amination of an ester of intermediate Cc when Z is an optionally substituted aliphatic
  • Analogous reactions may be performed to form a carbamate or urea bond using methods known to one of ordinary skill in the art.
  • such couplings can be used to provide a key intermediate for further synthesis, as shown, for example, in exemplary Scheme B-2.
  • an amide coupling step is the final synthetic step as shown in exemplary Scheme B-3.
  • compounds described herein can prepared using methods shown in general Scheme C-1, which describes ring opening of a chiral or racemic epoxide group to form the amino alcohol moiety linker.
  • epoxide opening can be performed in the final step as shown in exemplary Schemes C-2 and C-3.
  • an amide coupling step can be used to provide a key intermediate for further synthesis, as shown in exemplary Schemes C-4 to C-6.
  • the epoxide opening is the final step in the synthesis, as shown in exemplary Scheme D-2.
  • epoxide opening is employed to build key intermediates for addition synthesis as shown in exemplary schemes D-3 to D-6.
  • compounds described herein can prepared using methods shown in general Scheme E- 1 ring opening of a chiral or racemic epoxide group to form an amino alcohol moiety.
  • a ring opening step can be performed in either direction as shown in scheme 1.
  • compounds described herein can prepared using methods shown in general Scheme E-2.
  • Compound B can be prepared via ring opening of a chiral or racemic epoxide group.
  • This amino alcohol intermediate can be coupled to form an amide via normal amide coupling methodology using a carboxylic acid A wherein Z ⁇ is hydrogen or via amination of an ester of intermediate A when Z ⁇ is an optionally substituted aliphatic group.
  • compounds described herein can prepared using methods shown in general Scheme E-3.
  • Compound Be can be prepared via ring opening of a chiral or racemic epoxide group.
  • This amino alcohol intermediate can be coupled to form an amide via normal amide coupling methodology using a carboxylic acid A wherein Z ⁇ is hydrogen or via amination of an ester of intermediate A when Z ⁇ is an optionally substituted aliphatic
  • Scheme E-3 [00292] In some embodiments, compounds described herein can prepared using methods shown in general Scheme E-4, which describes ring opening of a chiral or racemic epoxide group to form the amino alcohol moiety linker.
  • Crystals were grown using the coexpressed PRMT5-MEP50, stored in a buffer containing 50 mM Tris, 250mM sodium chloride, ImM TCEP, pH 8.0 and concentrated to 10-30 mg/ml.
  • the protein typically at 15 mg/ml was incubated with 0.5-2 mM sinefungin or SAM or SAH, and 0.5-2 mM compound (solubilized at 50-200 mM in DMSO) on ice for 20-120 minutes prior to crystallization. Crystals were grown using vapor diffusion methods with hanging drop trays.
  • Crystals were cryoprotected into a final solution of 0.2 M sodium acetate, 0.1 M sodium citrate pH 5.5, 10% w/v PEG 4000, 20% glycerol through a series of step increases in glycerol concentration and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to data collection.
  • APS beamline 21-ID-F with synchrotron sources being the preferred method of data acquisition.
  • 180° of data were obtained using 0.5-1° oscillations per frame.
  • Data reduction was done using a variety of programs, including but not limited to Xia2, HKL2000, d*TREK, XDS, MOSFLM, etc.
  • Scaling of data was done using Aimless, Scala, XSCALE, d*TREK, Scalepack, or other programs.
  • molecular replacement can be performed using a previously determined structure of PRMT5-MEP50-compound using AMoRe, Phaser, MolRep or other crystallography programs, or using difference Fourier methods. Once phases were determined and the ligand was placed in the active site as defined by the difference density observed, refinement of the final structure typically was done using REFMAC5, but other programs such as BUSTER, CNX, PHENIX, etc can also be used.
  • SAM S-adenosylmethionine
  • SAH S-adenosylhomocysteine
  • bicine KC1
  • Tween20 dimethylsulfoxide
  • BSG bovine skin gelatin
  • TCEP Tris(2-carboxyethyl)phosphine hydrochloride solution
  • 3 H-SAM was purchase from American Radiolabeled Chemicals with a specific activity of 80 Ci/mmol.
  • 384-well streptavidin Flashplates were purchased from PerkinElmer.
  • Full-length human PRMT5 (NM_006109.3) transcript variant 1 clone was amplified from a fetal brain cDNA library, incorporating flanking 5 ' sequence encoding a FLAG tag (MDYKDDDDK) (SEQ ID NO.:4) fused directly to Ala 2 of PRMT5.
  • Full-length human MEP50 (NM_024102) clone was amplified from a human testis cDNA library incorporating a 5 ' sequence encoding a 6-histidine tag (MHHHHHH) (SEQ ID NO.:5) fused directly to Arg 2 of MEP50.
  • the amplified genes were sublconed into pENTR/D/TEV (Life Technologies) and subsequently transferred by GatewayTM attL x attR recombination to pDEST8 baculvirus expression vector (Life Technologies).
  • Protein Expression Recombinant baculovirus and Baculovirus-Infected Insect Cells (BIIC) were generated according to Bac-to-Bac kit instructions (Life Technologies) and Wasilko, 2006, respectively. Protein over-expression was accomplished by infecting exponentially growing Spodoptera frugiperda (SF9) cell culture at 1.2X10 6 cell/ml with a 5000 fold dilution of BIIC stock. Infections were carried out at 27°C for 72 hours, harvested by centrifugation, and stored at -80°C for purification.
  • SF9 Spodoptera frugiperda
  • Flag-PRMT5 (SEQ ID NO.:6)
  • the final concentrations of the components were as follows: PRMT5/MEP50 was 4nM, 3 H-SAM was 75nM, peptide was 40nM, SAH in the minimum signal control wells was lOOuM, and the DMSO concentration was 1%.
  • the assays were stopped by the addition of non-radioactive SAM (lOul) to a final concentration of 600uM, which dilutes the 3 H-SAM to a level where its incorporation into the peptide substrate is no longer detectable.
  • dpm disintegrations per minute
  • cmpd signal in assay well
  • min and max are the respective minimum and maximum signal controls.
  • top and bottom are the normally allowed to float, but may be fixed at 100 or 0 respectively in a 3 -parameter fit.
  • the Hill Coefficient normally allowed to float but may also be fixed at 1 in a 3 -parameter fit.
  • Y is the % inhibition and X is the compound concentration.
  • Z-138 suspension cells were purchased from ATCC (American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, VA). RPMI/Glutamax medium, penicillin-streptomycin, heat inactivated fetal bovine serum, and D-PBS were purchased from Life Technologies, Grand Island, NY, USA. Odyssey blocking buffer, 800CW goat anti-rabbit IgG (H+L) antibody, and Licor Odyssey infrared scanner were purchased from Licor Biosciences, Lincoln, NE, USA. Symmetric di-methyl arginine antibody was purchased from EMD Millipore, Billerica, MA, USA. 16% Paraformaldehyde was purchased from Electron Microscopy Sciences, Hatfield, PA, USA.
  • Z-138 suspension cells were maintained in growth medium (RPMI 1640 supplemented with 10% v/v heat inactivated fetal bovine serum and 100 units/mL penicillin- streptomycin) and cultured at 37 °C under 5% C0 2.
  • Each plate included fourteen control wells of DMSO only treatment (minimum inhibition) as well as fourteen control wells for maximum inhibition treated with 3 ⁇ of a reference compound (Background wells). The average of the ratio values for each control type was calculated and used to determine the percent inhibition for each test well in the plate.
  • Reference compound was serially diluted three- fold in DMSO for a total of nine test concentrations, beginning at 3 ⁇ . Percent inhibition was determined and IC5 0 curves were generated using triplicate wells per concentration of compound.
  • Z-138 suspension cells were purchased from ATCC (American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, VA). RPMI/Glutamax medium, penicillin-streptomycin, heat inactivated fetal bovine serum were purchased from Life Technologies, Grand Island, NY, USA. V-bottom polypropylene 384-well plates were purchased from Greiner Bio-One, Monroe, NC, USA. Cell culture 384-well white opaque plates were purchased from Perkin Elmer, Waltham, MA, USA. Cell-Titer Glo ® was purchased from Promega Corporation, Madison, WI, USA. SpectraMax M5 plate reader was purchased from Molecular Devices LLC, Sunnyvale, CA, USA.
  • Z-138 suspension cells were maintained in growth medium (RPMI 1640 supplemented with 10% v/v heat inactivated fetal bovine serum and cultured at 37°C under 5% C0 2. Under assay conditions, cells were incubated in assay medium (RPMI 1640 supplemented with 10% v/v heat inactivated fetal bovine serum and 100 units/mL penicillin- streptomycin) at 37°C under 5% CO 2 .
  • Cell viability was measured by quantitation of ATP present in the cell cultures, adding 35 ⁇ of Cell Titer Glo ® reagent to the cell plates. Luminescence was read in the SpectraMax M5 microplate reader. The concentration of compound inhibiting cell viability by 50% was determined using a 4-parametric fit of the normalized dose response curves.
  • A indicates an IC 50 or EC 50 ⁇ 0.100 ⁇
  • B indicates an IC 50 or EC 50 of 0.101 - 1.000 ⁇
  • C indicates an IC 50 or EC 50 of 1.001 - 10.000 ⁇
  • D indicates an IC 50 or EC 50 of 10.001 - 50 ⁇
  • E indicates an IC 50 or EC 50 > 50 ⁇ .
  • - indicates no data shown.
  • * indicates an IC 50 or EC 50 > 10 ⁇ .
  • ** indicates an IC 50 or EC 50 > 20 ⁇

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Evolutionary Biology (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Medical Informatics (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Computational Biology (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Food Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pathology (AREA)
  • Cell Biology (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)

Abstract

Described herein are compounds of Formula (I) useful for inhibiting PRMT5 activity. The planes of Ring AA and Ring BB are between 75° and 105°. Ring AA-M-Ring BB (I)

Description

METHODS OF INHIBITING PRMT5
Related Applications
[0001] The present application claims priority under 35 U.S.C. § 119(e) to U.S. provisional patent application, U.S. S.N. US 61/745,537, filed December 21, 2012, the entire contents of which is incorporated herein by reference.
Background of the Invention
[0002] Epigenetic regulation of gene expression is an important biological determinant of protein production and cellular differentiation and plays a significant pathogenic role in a number of human diseases.
[0003] Epigenetic regulation involves heritable modification of genetic material without changing its nucleotide sequence. Typically, epigenetic regulation is mediated by selective and reversible modification (e.g., methylation) of DNA and proteins (e.g., histones) that control the conformational transition between transcriptionally active and inactive states of chromatin. These covalent modifications can be controlled by enzymes such as
methyltransferases (e.g., PRMT5), many of which are associated with specific genetic alterations that can cause human disease.
[0004] Disease-associated chromatin-modifying enzymes (e.g., PRMT5) play a role in diseases such as proliferative disorders, metabolic disorders, and blood disorders. Thus, there is a need for the development of small molecules that are capable of modulating the activity of PRMT5.
Brief Description of the Figures
[0005] The drawings are exemplary and not required for enablement of the invention.
[0006] Figure 1 shows examples of PRMT5-MEP50-compound crystals.
[0007] Figure 2 depicts a stick-and-ribbon representation of the active site of PRMT5- Compound-Fig2.
[0008] Figure 3 depicts a stick-and-ribbon representation of the active site of PRMT5- Compound A6.
[0009] Figure 4 depicts a stick-and-ribbon representation of the active site of PRMT5- Compound-Fig4.
[0010] Figure 5 depicts a stick-and-ribbon representation of the active site of PRMT5- Compound-Fig5. [0011] Figure 6 depicts a stick-and-ribbon representation of the active site of PRMT5- Compound-Fig6.
Description
[0012] PRMT5 is an attractive target for modulation given its role in the regulation of diverse biological processes. It has now been found that compounds described herein, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and compositions thereof, are effective as inhibitors of PRMT5. Inhibitors of PRMT5 may be useful in the treatment of a wide variety of diseases including proliferative disease (e.g., cancer), inflammatory diseases, autoimmune diseases, metabolic diseases (e.g., diabetes, obesity), and hematological diseases (e.g.,
hemoglobinopathies such as sickle cell disease).
[0013] In one aspect, the compounds described herein have For mula (I):
Ring AA-M-Ring BB
I
[0014] wherein Ring AA, M and Ring BB are as defined herein. In certain embodiments, Ring AA is an optionally substituted aryl moiety; Ring BB is an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl moiety; M is an acyclic linker moiety 3-10 atoms in length; the planes of Ring AA and Ring BB to be between 75° and 105° relative to each other. In certain embodiments, the compounds of Formula (I) inhibit PRMT5 with an IC50 less than 100 nM.
[0015] In another aspect, such compounds have Formula (II):
Figure imgf000004_0001
II
wherein Ar', Q, Rx, Ry, Rz are as defined herein.
[0016] In another aspect, the disclosure provides compounds that inhibit PRMT5. The disclosure provides the structural parameters of a class of compounds that inhibit PRMT5. The disclosure provides compounds with structural elements for binding in the active site of PRMT5, thereby inhibiting the function (e.g., enzymatic activity) of PRMT5. The disclosure also provides structural elements of a compound that interact with S-adenosyl methionine (SAM) in the active site of PRMT5, thereby inhibiting the function of PRMT5. For example, in certain embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein possess an aryl moiety that interacts with SAM through a pi-cation interaction. In some embodiments, the compounds disclosed herein possess an aryl moiety that interacts with Phe327 of PRMT5 through a pi-stacking interaction.
[0017] In another aspect, the disclosure provides methods for designing and/or identifying compounds that bind PRMT5 comprising generating, on a computer, a three-dimensional structure of PRMT5 having the structural coordinates of Table A, followed by identifying amino acid residues forming the active site. The identified amino acids can be used to generate a three-dimensional model of the active site for further designing and/or selecting a compound that potentially binds to the active site. In certain embodiments, the active site of PRMT5 is modeled using S-adenosyl methionine (SAM), or an analog thereof, and amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Glu435, Leu437, Glu444, and Phe580.
[0018] In another aspect, the disclosure provides methods for designing and identifying compounds that bind protein arginine N-methyltransferase 5 (PRMT5) comprising the steps of: (a) generating, on a computer, a three-dimensional structure of methyltransferase PRMT5 having the structural coordinates of Table A; (b) identifying amino acid residues forming the active site of PRMT5 in three-dimensions from step (a), wherein the active site comprises S- adenosyl methionine (SAM) , or an analog thereof, and amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Glu435, Leu437, Glu444, and Phe580, according to Table A; (c) generating a three- dimensional model of the active site; (d) designing and/or selecting a compound that potentially binds to the active site using the three-dimensional model of the active site; and (e) optionally, synthesizing and/or choosing the potential binding compound.
[0019] In another aspect, the disclosure provides methods of identifying a compound that binds protein arginine N-methyltransferase 5 (PRMT5), the method comprising
computationally identifying a compound that binds to PRMT5 using the atomic coordinates of S-adenosyl methionine (SAM), or an analog thereof, and amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Glu435, Leu437, Glu444, and Phe580, according the atomic coordinates provided in Table A.
[0020] In another aspect, the disclosure provides methods of identifying a compound that binds protein arginine N-methyltransferase 5 (PRMT5), the method comprising
computationally identifying a binding compound that binds to PRMT5 using the atomic coordinates of S-adenosyl methionine (SAM) and amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Lys333, Glu435, Leu437, Gly438, Ser439, Glu444, Val503, Ser578, Trp579, and Phe580, according to Table A.
[0021] In another aspect, the disclosure provides a method of identifying a binding compound of protein arginine N-methyltransferase 5 (PRMT5), the method comprising: computationally identifying a binding compound that binds to PRMT5 using the atomic coordinates of S-adenosyl methionine (SAM) and amino acids Leu312, Leu319, Thr323, Tyr324, Phe327, Glu328, Lys333, Tyr334, Glu435, Leu437, Gly438, Ser439, Glu444, Val503, Ser578, Trp579, Phe580, and Pro581, according to the atomic coordinates provided in Table A.
[0022] In one aspect, the disclosure provides compounds that inhibit PRMT5. In one aspect, the disclosure describes structural elements useful for a compound to bind in the active site of PRMT5. In one aspect, the disclosure provides what structural elements are needed for a compound of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB to act as an inhibitor of PRMT5. It was surprisingly found that compounds of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB, wherein M is a linker that allows for the planes of Ring AA and Ring BB to be at about 90° relative to each other, inhibit the enzymatic activity of PRMT5. Compounds of the formula Ring AA-M- Ring BB with the recited geometry fit into the PRMT5 active site, thereby inhibiting the enzymatic activity of PRMT5. In some embodiments, compounds of the formula Ring AA- M-Ring BB, ring BB can form a pi-cation interaction with one more amino acids in the active site. In some embodiments, compounds of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB, ring BB can form a pi-stacking interaction with one more amino acids in the active site. In some embodiments, compounds of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB with the recited geometry fit in the active site because they are capable of a pi-cation interaction with the PRMT5-bound S-adenosyl methionine (SAM) of the active site. In some embodiments, compounds of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB with the recited geometry fit in the active site because they are capable of undergoing a pi-stacking interaction with Phe327. In some embodiments, compounds of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB with the recited geometry fit in the active site because the flexibility of the linker allows Ring BB to interact with SAM and Phe327, while at the same time allowing Ring AA to interact with Ring BB.
[0023] In one aspect, the active site of PRMT5 comprises amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Glu435, Leu437, Glu444, and Phe580. In certain embodiments, the active site of PRMT5 comprises S-adenosyl methionine (SAM) and amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Glu435, Leu437, Glu444, and Phe580. In some embodiments, the active site of PRMT5 comprises S-adenosyl methionine (SAM) and amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Lys333, Glu435, Leu437, Gly438, Ser439, Glu444, Val503, Ser578, Trp579, and Phe580. In some embodiments, the active site of PRMT5 comprises S-adenosyl methionine (SAM) and amino acids Leu312, Leu319, Thr323, Tyr324, Phe327, Glu328, Lys333, Tyr334, Glu435, Leu437, Gly438, Ser439, Glu444, Val503, Ser578, Trp579, Phe580, and Pro581. In some embodiments, the atomic coordinates of the active site are provided in Table A. It should be appreciated that the active site may contain a SAM analog (e.g., sinefungin) instead of SAM.
[0024] In another aspect, the disclosure provides PRMT5 inhibitors having molecular dimensions compatible with the shape of the PRMT5-active site as defined by the atomic coordinates of amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Glu435, Leu437, Glu444, and Phe580 and, optionally, further including s-adenosyl methionine (SAM), according to Table A, wherein the compound has an IC50 for PRMT5 of less than 100 nM.
[0025] In another aspect, the disclosure provides compositions comprising PRMT5 and a compound of the formula Ring AA -M- Ring BB. In some embodiments, the composition is an isolated composition comprising PRMT5 and a compound of the formula Ring AA -M- Ring BB. In some embodiments, the composition is a co-crystal comprising PRMT5 and a compound of the formula Ring AA -M- Ring BB.
[0026] In another aspect, the disclosure provides a computer readable medium comprising the atomic coordinates of the complex of PRMT5, and Compound A6 as set forth in Table Al
Figure imgf000007_0001
Compound A6
[0027] In another aspect, the disclosure provides a crystal structure of the complex PRMT5- Compound A6.
[0028] In another aspect, the disclosure provides kits comprising any of the disclosed compounds, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and instructions for use.
[0029] In another aspect, the disclosure provides methods of inhibiting PRMT5 comprising contacting a cell with an effective amount of a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or composition thereof.
[0030] In another aspect, the disclosure provides methods of altering gene expression comprising contacting a cell with an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a composition thereof. [0031] In another aspect, the disclosure provides methods of altering transcription in a call comprising contacting a cell with an effective amount of a compound disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a composition thereof.
[0032] In another aspect, the disclosure provides methods of treating a PRMT5 -mediated disorder comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound disclosed herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition thereof.
[0033] In certain embodiments, compounds described herein inhibit activity of PRMT5 by interacting with the S-adenosyl methionine (SAM) in the active site of PRMT5. In some embodiments the compounds described herein are designed in silico. In some embodiments the compounds are designed based on the crystal structure coordinates provides herein (See e.g., Table A)
[0034] In certain embodiments, compounds described herein inhibit activity of PRMT5. In certain embodiments, methods of inhibiting PRMT5 are provided which comprise contacting PRMT5 with an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) or (II), or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The PRMT5 may be purified or crude, and may be present in a cell, tissue, or a subject. Thus, such methods encompass inhibition of PRMT5 activity in vitro and in vivo. In certain embodiments, the PRMT5 is wild-type PRMT5. In certain embodiments, the PRMT5 is overexpressed. In certain embodiments, the PRMT5 is a mutant. In certain embodiments, the PRMT5 is in a cell. In certain embodiments, the PRMT5 is in an animal, e.g., a human. In some embodiments, the PRMT5 is in a subject that is susceptible to normal levels of PRMT5 activity due to one or more mutations associated with a PRMT5 substrate. In some embodiments, the PRMT5 is in a subject known or identified as having abnormal PRMT5 activity (e.g., overexpression). In some embodiments, a provided compound is selective for PRMT5 over other methyltransferases. In certain embodiments, a provided compound is at least about 10-fold selective, at least about 20-fold selective, at least about 30-fold selective, at least about 40-fold selective, at least about 50- fold selective, at least about 60-fold selective, at least about 70-fold selective, at least about 80-fold selective, at least about 90-fold selective, or at least about 100-fold selective relative to one or more other methyltransferases.
[0035] In certain embodiments, methods of altering gene expression in a cell are provided which comprise contacting a cell with an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a composition thereof. In certain embodiments, the cell is cultured in vitro. In certain embodiments, the cell is in an animal, e.g., a human. [0036] In certain embodiments, methods of altering transcription in a cell are provided which comprise contacting a cell with an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a composition thereof. In certain embodiments, the cell in culture in vitro. In certain embodiments, the cell is in an animal, e.g., a human.
[0037] In some embodiments, methods of treating a PRMT5 -mediated disorder are provided which comprise administering to a subject suffering from a PRMT5-mediated disorder an effective amount of a compound described herein (e.g., a compound of Formula (I)), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In certain embodiments, the PRMT5 -mediated disorder is a proliferative disorder, a metabolic disorder, or a blood disorder. In certain embodiments, compounds described herein are useful for treating cancer. In certain embodiments, compounds described herein are useful for treating hematopoietic cancers, lung cancer, prostate cancer, melanoma, or pancreatic cancer. In certain embodiments, compounds described herein are useful for treating a hemoglobinopathy. In certain embodiments, compounds described herein are useful for treating sickle cell anemia. In certain embodiments, compounds described herein are useful for treating diabetes or obesity.
[0038] Compounds described herein are also useful for the study of PRMT5 in biological and pathological phenomena, the study of intracellular signal transduction pathways mediated by PRMT5, and the comparative evaluation of new PRMT5 inhibitors.
[0039] This application refers to various issued patent, published patent applications, journal articles, and other publications, all of which are incorporated herein by reference.
[0040] Definitions of specific functional groups and chemical terms are described in more detail below. The chemical elements are identified in accordance with the Periodic Table of the Elements, CAS version, Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, 75th Ed., inside cover, and specific functional groups are generally defined as described therein. Additionally, general principles of organic chemistry, as well as specific functional moieties and reactivity, are described in Thomas Sorrell, Organic Chemistry, University Science Books, Sausalito, 1999; Smith and March, March 's Advanced Organic Chemistry, 5th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 2001 ; Larock, Comprehensive Organic Transformations, VCH Publishers, Inc., New York, 1989; and Carruthers, Some Modern Methods of Organic Synthesis, 3rd Edition, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 1987.
[0041] The "active site" of an enzyme refers to the catalytic site of the enzyme (i.e., where the reaction catalyzed by the enzyme occurs). For example, in a methyltransferase such as PRMT5, the active site is where the transfer of the methyl group from SAM is transferred to the arginine of a histone protein occurs. The structure and chemical properties of the active site typically allow the recognition and binding of a substrate. The active site typically includes residues responsible for the binding specificity (e.g., charge, hydrophobicity, and/or steric hindrance) and catalytic residues of the enzyme.
[0042] In one aspect, the active site of PRMT5 comprises amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Glu435, Leu437, Glu444, and Phe580. In some embodiments, the active site of PRMT5 comprises amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Lys333, Glu435, Leu437, Gly438, Ser439, Glu444, Val503, Ser578, Trp579, and Phe580. In some embodiments, the active site of PRMT5 comprises amino acids Leu312, Leu319, Thr323, Tyr324, Phe327, Glu328, Lys333, Tyr334, Glu435, Leu437, Gly438, Ser439, Glu444, Val503, Ser578, Trp579, Phe580, and Pro581. In some embodiments, the active site of PRMT5 comprises amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Lys333, Glu435, Leu437, Gly438, Ser439, Glu444, Val503, Phe577, Ser578, Trp579, and Phe580. In some embodiments, the active site of PRMT5 comprises amino acids Phe300, Tyr304, Gln309, Ser310, Pro31 1, Leu312, Leu319, Phe327, Lys333, Glu435, Leu437, Gly438, Ser439, Glu444, Val503, Ser578, Trp579, and Phe580. In some embodiments, the active site of PRMT5 comprises amino acids Phe300, Leu312, Leu319, Gln322, Thr323, Tyr324, Val326, Phe327, Glu328, Lys333, Tyr33, Glu435, Leu437, Gly438, Ser439, Glu444, Val503, Phe577, Ser578, Trp579, Phe580, and Pro581. In some embodiments, the active site of PRMT5 comprises amino acids Phe300, Tyr304, Gln309, Ser310, Pro31 1, Leu312, Leu319, Thr323, Tyr324, Val326, Phe327, Glu328, Lys333, Tyr33, Glu435, Leu437, Gly438, Ser439, Glu444, Val503, Phe577, Ser578, Trp579, and Phe580. It should further be appreciated that one or more cofactors may also be present in the active site. In some embdodiments, the cofactor is S-adenosyl methionine (SAM), or an analog thereof.
[0043] Amino acid residues in proteins or peptides are abbreviated as follows: phenylalanine is Phe or F; leucine is Leu or L; isoleucine is He or I; methionine is Met or M; valine is Val or V; serine is Ser or S; proline is Pro or P; threonine is Thr or T; alanine is Ala or A; tyrosine is Tyr or Y; histidine is His or H; glutamine is Gin or Q; asparagine is Asn or N; lysine is Lys or K; aspartic acid is Asp or D; glutamic Acid is Glu or E; cysteine is Cys or C; tryptophan is Trp or W; arginine is Arg or R; and glycine is Gly or G. For further description of amino acids, see Proteins: Structure and Molecular Properties by Creighton T. E. (1983), W. H. Freeman & Co., New York, incorporated herein by reference.
[0044] The term "atomic coordinates" refers to mathematical coordinates derived from mathematical equations related to the patterns obtained on diffraction of a
monochromatic beam of x-rays by the atoms (scattering centers) of a protein molecule in crystal form. The diffraction data are used to calculate an electron density map of the repeating unit of the crystal. The electron density map is then used to establish the positions of the individual atoms within the unit cell of the crystal. The coordinates can also be obtained by the aid of computational analysis.
[0045] As used herein, a "binding compound" refers to a compound that reversibly or irreversibly binds to PRMT5. In certain embodiments, the binding compound binds in the active site of PRMT5. A binding compound may be an inhibitor of PRMT5 (e.g., eliciting inhibition or reduction in enzymatic activity) or an activator of PRMT5 (e.g.., eliciting an increase in enzymatic activity). In certain embodiments, a small molecule binding compound is of Formula (I):
Ring AA-M-Ring BB.
[0046] By "choosing" is meant picking a chemical compound from a chemical library or commercially available source.
[0047] By "design" or "designing" is meant to provide a novel molecular structure of, for example, a compound, such as a small molecule, or a polypeptide or nucleic acid that has desired properties or characteristics.
[0048] By "identify" or "identifying" is meant to determine a condition, compound, polypeptide, amino acid, or nucleic acid that corresponds to or exhibits a desired
characteristic or property.
[0049] As used herein the term "inhibit" means to reduce the amount of PRMT5 activity to a level or amount that is statistically significantly less than an initial level, which may be a baseline level of PRMT5 activity.
[0050] The term "modulate," as used herein, means to increase or decrease PRMT5 enzymatic activity.
[0051] By "screen" or "screening" is meant to test for in silico, in vitro, or in vivo a compound with a particular characteristic or desired property. These characteristics or desired properties may be chemical, biological, or physical in nature or a combination thereof. For example, in screening for PRMT5 binding compounds the desired characteristics may include, but are not limited to, high affinity intracellular binding to PRMT5, high specificity for binding to one or multiple binding sites on PRMT5, low specificity for binding to one or multiple binding sites on PRMT5, high degree of inhibition of PRMT5 activity, high bioavailability of the compound, efficient cellular uptake of the compound, high solubility of the compound in pharmacological carriers, low pharmacological toxicity of the compound, etc. Screening may be performed in vitro or in vivo using compound libraries, such as small molecule libraries, peptide libraries, DNA libraries, or RNA libraries. Screening in silico may be performed using predefined or randomized screening parameters and data sets, for example, of known test compounds and/or test conditions.
[0052] By "select" or "selecting" is meant to provide a pre-existing molecular structure and to choose, for example, from a group of pre-existing compounds, such as a small molecules, polypeptides, or nucleic acids one or more members that have or exhibit a desired property or characteristic.
[0053] The term "subject," as used herein, refers to any animal. In certain embodiments, the subject is a mammal. In certain embodiments, the term "subject", as used herein, refers to a human (e.g., male, female, adult, or child). The subject may be at any stage of development. The subject may be a transgenic animal and/or experimental animal, e.g. a mammal (mouse, rat, hamster, pig, goat, cow, camel, sheep, cat, dog, etc.), a fish (zebrafish etc.), a nematode (Caenorhabditis elegans etc.), an insect (Drosophila melanogaster etc.), a frog (Xenopus laevis).
[0054] By the term "synthesizing" is meant making a chemical structure from precursors by chemical processes. Synthesizing implies making at least one compound, but is not limited to one compound. In certain aspects, synthesizing implies making more than one compound, such as a series of compounds synthesized in an effort to study structure-activity relationships (SAR) using standard chemistry methods, and/or a series of structurally similar compounds made using standard combinatorial techniques.
[0055] It will be appreciated that compounds that modulate PRMT5 activity may have chemical structures that can be altered. For example, one or more substituents of identified compounds may be substituted with any number of other substituents or functional moieties. When more than one position in any given structure may be substituted with more than one substituent selected from a specified group, the substituent may be either the same or different at every position. As used herein, the term "substituted" is contemplated to include substitution with all permissible substituents of organic compounds, any of the substituents described herein (for example, aliphatic, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroaliphatic, heterocyclic, aryl, heteroaryl, acyl, oxo, imino, thiooxo, cyano, isocyano, amino, azido, nitro, hydroxyl, thiol, halo, etc.), and any combination thereof (for example, aliphaticamino,
heteroaliphaticamino, alkylamino, heteroalkylamino, arylamino, heteroarylamino, alkylaryl, arylalkyl, aliphaticoxy, heteroaliphaticoxy, alkyloxy, heteroalkyloxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, aliphaticthioxy, heteroaliphaticthioxy, alkylthioxy, heteroalkylthioxy, arylthioxy, heteroarylthioxy, acyloxy, and the like) that results in the formation of a stable moiety. Heteroatoms such as nitrogen may have hydrogen substituents and/or any suitable substituent as described herein which satisfy the valencies of the heteroatoms and results in the formation of a stable moiety.
[0056] Compounds described herein can comprise one or more asymmetric centers, and thus can exist in various isomeric forms, e.g., enantiomers and/or diastereomers. For example, the compounds described herein can be in the form of an individual enantiomer, diastereomer or geometric isomer, or can be in the form of a mixture of stereoisomers, including racemic mixtures and mixtures enriched in one or more stereoisomer. Isomers can be isolated from mixtures by methods known to those skilled in the art, including chiral high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) and the formation and crystallization of chiral salts; or preferred isomers can be prepared by asymmetric syntheses. See, for example, Jacques et ah,
Enantiomers, Racemates and Resolutions (Wiley Interscience, New York, 1981); Wilen et ah, Tetrahedron 33:2725 (1977); Eliel, Stereochemistry of Carbon Compounds (McGraw- Hill, NY, 1962); and Wilen, Tables of Resolving Agents and Optical Resolutions p. 268 (E.L. Eliel, Ed., Univ. of Notre Dame Press, Notre Dame, IN 1972). The present disclosure additionally encompasses compounds described herein as individual isomers substantially free of other isomers, and alternatively, as mixtures of various isomers.
[0057] It is to be understood that the compounds of the present invention may be depicted as different tautomers. It should also be understood that when compounds have tautomeric forms, all tautomeric forms are intended to be included in the scope of the present invention, and the naming of any compound described herein does not exclude any tautomer form.
Figure imgf000013_0001
pyridin-2(1 H)-one pyridin-2-ol
[0058] Unless otherwise stated, structures depicted herein are also meant to include compounds that differ only in the presence of one or more isotopically enriched atoms. For example, compounds having the present structures except for the replacement of hydrogen by deuterium or tritium, replacement of 19F with 18F, or the replacement of a carbon by a 13C- or 14C-enriched carbon are within the scope of the disclosure. Such compounds are useful, for example, as analytical tools or probes in biological assays.
[0059] The term "aliphatic," as used herein, includes both saturated and unsaturated, nonaromatic, straight chain (i.e., unbranched), branched, acyclic, and cyclic (i.e., carbocyclic) hydrocarbons. In some embodiments, an aliphatic group is optionally substituted with one or more functional groups. As will be appreciated by one of ordinary skill in the art, "aliphatic" is intended herein to include alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, and cycloalkenyl moieties.
[0060] When a range of values is listed, it is intended to encompass each value and subrange within the range. For example "Ci_6 alkyl" is intended to encompass, Ci, C2, C3, C4,
C5, C , Ci_6, Ci_5,
Figure imgf000014_0001
C4_6, C4_5, and Cs_6 alkyl.
[0061] "Alkyl" refers to a radical of a straight-chain or branched saturated hydrocarbon group having from 1 to 20 carbon atoms ("Ci_2o alkyl"). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 10 carbon atoms ("Ci_io alkyl"). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 9 carbon atoms ("Ci_9 alkyl"). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 8 carbon atoms ("Ci_8 alkyl"). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 7 carbon atoms ("Ci_7 alkyl"). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 6 carbon atoms ("Ci_6 alkyl"). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 5 carbon atoms ("Ci_5 alkyl"). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 4 carbon atoms ("Ci^ alkyl"). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 3 carbon atoms ("Ci_3 alkyl"). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 2 carbon atoms ("Ci_2 alkyl"). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 carbon atom ("Ci alkyl"). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms ("C2-6 alkyl"). Examples of Ci_6 alkyl groups include methyl (Ci), ethyl (C2), n-propyl (C3), isopropyl (C3), n-butyl (C4), tert-butyl (C4), sec-butyl (C4), iso-butyl (C4), n-pentyl (C5), 3- pentanyl (C5), amyl (C5), neopentyl (C5), 3-methyl-2-butanyl (C5), tertiary amyl (C5), and n- hexyl (Ce). Additional examples of alkyl groups include n-heptyl (C7), n-octyl (C8) and the like. In certain embodiments, each instance of an alkyl group is independently optionally substituted, e.g. , unsubstituted (an "unsubstituted alkyl") or substituted (a "substituted alkyl") with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the alkyl group is unsubstituted Ci_i0 alkyl (e.g., -CH3). In certain embodiments, the alkyl group is substituted Ci_io alkyl.
[0062] In some embodiments, an alkyl group is substituted with one or more halogens. "Perhaloalkyl" is a substituted alkyl group as defined herein wherein all of the hydrogen atoms are independently replaced by a halogen, e.g., fluoro, bromo, chloro, or iodo. In some embodiments, the alkyl moiety has 1 to 8 carbon atoms ("Ci_8 perhaloalkyl"). In some embodiments, the alkyl moiety has 1 to 6 carbon atoms ("Ci_6 perhaloalkyl"). In some embodiments, the alkyl moiety has 1 to 4 carbon atoms ("C^ perhaloalkyl"). In some embodiments, the alkyl moiety has 1 to 3 carbon atoms ("Ci_3 perhaloalkyl"). In some embodiments, the alkyl moiety has 1 to 2 carbon atoms ("Ci_2 perhaloalkyl"). In some embodiments, all of the hydrogen atoms are replaced with fluoro. In some embodiments, all of the hydrogen atoms are replaced with chloro. Examples of perhaloalkyl groups include - CF3, -CF2CF3, -CF2CF2CF3, -CC13, -CFC12, -CF2C1, and the like.
[0063] "Alkenyl" refers to a radical of a straight-chain or branched hydrocarbon group having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms, one or more carbon-carbon double bonds, and no triple bonds ("C2_2o alkenyl"). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 10 carbon atoms ("C2_io alkenyl"). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 9 carbon atoms ("C2_9 alkenyl"). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 8 carbon atoms ("C2_8 alkenyl"). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 7 carbon atoms ("C2_7 alkenyl"). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms ("C2_6 alkenyl"). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms ("C2_5 alkenyl"). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms ("C2^ alkenyl"). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 3 carbon atoms ("C2_3 alkenyl"). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 carbon atoms ("C2 alkenyl"). The one or more carbon-carbon double bonds can be internal (such as in 2-butenyl) or terminal (such as in 1- butenyl). Examples of C2^ alkenyl groups include ethenyl (C2), 1-propenyl (C3), 2-propenyl (C3), 1-butenyl (C4), 2-butenyl (C4), butadienyl (C4), and the like. Examples of C2_6 alkenyl groups include the aforementioned C2^ alkenyl groups as well as pentenyl (C5), pentadienyl (C5), hexenyl (Ce), and the like. Additional examples of alkenyl include heptenyl (C7), octenyl (C8), octatrienyl (C8), and the like. In certain embodiments, each instance of an alkenyl group is independently optionally substituted, e.g., unsubstituted (an "unsubstituted alkenyl") or substituted (a "substituted alkenyl") with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the alkenyl group is unsubstituted C2_io alkenyl. In certain embodiments, the alkenyl group is substituted C2_io alkenyl.
[0064] "Alkynyl" refers to a radical of a straight-chain or branched hydrocarbon group having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms, one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds, and optionally one or more double bonds ("C2_2o alkynyl"). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 10 carbon atoms ("C2_io alkynyl"). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 9 carbon atoms ("C2_9 alkynyl"). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 8 carbon atoms ("C2_8 alkynyl"). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 7 carbon atoms ("C2_7 alkynyl"). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms ("C2_6 alkynyl"). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms ("C2_5 alkynyl"). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms ("C2^ alkynyl"). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 3 carbon atoms ("C2_3 alkynyl"). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 carbon atoms ("C2 alkynyl"). The one or more carbon- carbon triple bonds can be internal (such as in 2-butynyl) or terminal (such as in 1-butynyl). Examples of
Figure imgf000016_0001
alkynyl groups include, without limitation, ethynyl (C2), 1-propynyl (C3), 2-propynyl (C3), 1-butynyl (C4), 2-butynyl (C4), and the like. Examples of C2-6 alkenyl groups include the aforementioned
Figure imgf000016_0002
alkynyl groups as well as pentynyl (C5), hexynyl (C6), and the like. Additional examples of alkynyl include heptynyl (C7), octynyl (C8), and the like. In certain embodiments, each instance of an alkynyl group is independently optionally substituted, e.g. , unsubstituted (an "unsubstituted alkynyl") or substituted (a "substituted alkynyl") with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the alkynyl group is unsubstituted C2-10 alkynyl. In certain embodiments, the alkynyl group is substituted C2-10 alkynyl.
[0065] "Carbocyclyl" or "carbocyclic" refers to a radical of a non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group having from 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms ("C3_io carbocyclyl") and zero heteroatoms in the non-aromatic ring system. In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms ("C3_8 carbocyclyl"). In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms ("C3_6 carbocyclyl"). In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms ("C3_6 carbocyclyl"). In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 5 to 10 ring carbon atoms ("Cs-io carbocyclyl"). Exemplary C3_6 carbocyclyl groups include, without limitation, cyclopropyl (C3), cyclopropenyl (C3), cyclobutyl (C4), cyclobutenyl (C4), cyclopentyl (C5), cyclopentenyl (C5), cyclohexyl (Ce), cyclohexenyl (Ce), cyclohexadienyl (Ce), and the like. Exemplary C3_s carbocyclyl groups include, without limitation, the aforementioned C3_6 carbocyclyl groups as well as cycloheptyl (C7), cycloheptenyl (C7), cycloheptadienyl (C7), cycloheptatrienyl (C7), cyclooctyl (C8), cyclooctenyl (C8), bicyclo[2.2.1 ]heptanyl (C7), bicyclo[2.2.2]octanyl (C8), and the like. Exemplary C3_i0 carbocyclyl groups include, without limitation, the aforementioned C3_s carbocyclyl groups as well as cyclononyl (C9), cyclononenyl (C9), cyclodecyl (C10), cyclodecenyl (C10), octahydro-lH-indenyl (C9), decahydronaphthalenyl (Cio), spiro[4.5]decanyl (C10), and the like. As the foregoing examples illustrate, in certain embodiments, the carbocyclyl group is either monocyclic ("monocyclic carbocyclyl") or contain a fused, bridged or spiro ring system such as a bicyclic system ("bicyclic
carbocyclyl") and can be saturated or can be partially unsaturated. "Carbocyclyl" also includes ring systems wherein the carbocyclyl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more aryl or heteroaryl groups wherein the point of attachment is on the carbocyclyl ring, and in such instances, the number of carbons continue to designate the number of carbons in the carbocyclic ring system. In certain embodiments, each instance of a carbocyclyl group is independently optionally substituted, e.g. , unsubstituted (an "unsubstituted carbocyclyl") or substituted (a "substituted carbocyclyl") with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the carbocyclyl group is unsubstituted C3_io carbocyclyl. In certain embodiments, the carbocyclyl group is a substituted C3_io carbocyclyl.
[0066] In some embodiments, "carbocyclyl" is a monocyclic, saturated carbocyclyl group having from 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms ("C3_io cycloalkyl"). In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms ("C3_s cycloalkyl"). In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms ("C3_6 cycloalkyl"). In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has 5 to 6 ring carbon atoms ("C5_6 cycloalkyl"). In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has 5 to 10 ring carbon atoms ("Cs-io cycloalkyl"). Examples of C5-6 cycloalkyl groups include cyclopentyl (C5) and cyclohexyl (C5). Examples of C3-6 cycloalkyl groups include the aforementioned C5-6 cycloalkyl groups as well as cyclopropyl (C3) and cyclobutyl (C4). Examples of C3_8 cycloalkyl groups include the aforementioned C3_6 cycloalkyl groups as well as cycloheptyl (C7) and cyclooctyl (C8). In certain embodiments, each instance of a cycloalkyl group is independently unsubstituted (an "unsubstituted cycloalkyl") or substituted (a "substituted cycloalkyl") with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the cycloalkyl group is unsubstituted C3_io cycloalkyl. In certain embodiments, the cycloalkyl group is substituted C3_io cycloalkyl.
[0067] "Heterocyclyl" or "heterocyclic" refers to a radical of a 3- to 10-membered non- aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1 to 4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur ("3-10 membered heterocyclyl"). In heterocyclyl groups that contain one or more nitrogen atoms, the point of attachment can be a carbon or nitrogen atom, as valency permits. A heterocyclyl group can either be monocyclic ("monocyclic heterocyclyl") or a fused, bridged or spiro ring system such as a bicyclic system ("bicyclic heterocyclyl"), and can be saturated or can be partially unsaturated. Heterocyclyl bicyclic ring systems can include one or more heteroatoms in one or both rings. "Heterocyclyl" also includes ring systems wherein the heterocyclyl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more carbocyclyl groups wherein the point of attachment is either on the carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl ring, or ring systems wherein the heterocyclyl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more aryl or heteroaryl groups, wherein the point of attachment is on the heterocyclyl ring, and in such instances, the number of ring members continue to designate the number of ring members in the heterocyclyl ring system. In certain embodiments, each instance of heterocyclyl is independently optionally substituted, e.g. , unsubstituted (an "unsubstituted heterocyclyl") or substituted (a "substituted heterocyclyl") with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the heterocyclyl group is unsubstituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl. In certain embodiments, the heterocyclyl group is substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl.
[0068] In some embodiments, a heterocyclyl group is a 5-10 membered non-aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur ("5-10 membered heterocyclyl"). In some embodiments, a heterocyclyl group is a 5-8 membered non-aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is
independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur ("5-8 membered heterocyclyl"). In some embodiments, a heterocyclyl group is a 5-6 membered non-aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is
independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur ("5-6 membered heterocyclyl"). In some embodiments, the 5-6 membered heterocyclyl has 1-3 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In some embodiments, the 5-6 membered heterocyclyl has 1-2 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In some embodiments, the 5-6 membered heterocyclyl has one ring heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
[0069] Exemplary 3-membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, azirdinyl, oxiranyl, and thiorenyl. Exemplary 4-membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, and thietanyl. Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl,
dihydrothiophenyl, pyrrolidinyl, dihydropyrrolyl, and pyrrolyl-2,5-dione. Exemplary 5- membered heterocyclyl groups containing two heteroatoms include, without limitation, dioxolanyl, oxasulfuranyl, disulfuranyl, and oxazolidin-2-one. Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclyl groups containing three heteroatoms include, without limitation, triazolinyl, oxadiazolinyl, and thiadiazolinyl. Exemplary 6-membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, piperidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dihydropyridinyl, and thianyl. Exemplary 6-membered heterocyclyl groups containing two heteroatoms include, without limitation, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, dithianyl, and dioxanyl. Exemplary 6- membered heterocyclyl groups containing two heteroatoms include, without limitation, triazinanyl. Exemplary 7-membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, azepanyl, oxepanyl and thiepanyl. Exemplary 8-membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, azocanyl, oxecanyl, and thiocanyl. Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclyl groups fused to a Ce aryl ring (also referred to herein as a 5,6-bicyclic heterocyclic ring) include, without limitation, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, dihydrobenzothienyl, benzoxazolinonyl, and the like. Exemplary 6-membered heterocyclyl groups fused to an aryl ring (also referred to herein as a 6,6-bicyclic heterocyclic ring) include, without limitation, tetrahydroquinolinyl,
tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, and the like.
[0070] "Aryl" refers to a radical of a monocyclic or polycyclic (e.g., bicyclic or tricyclic) 4n+2 aromatic ring system (e.g., having 6, 10, or 14 π electrons shared in a cyclic array) having 6-14 ring carbon atoms and zero heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system ("C6-14 aryl"). In some embodiments, an aryl group has six ring carbon atoms ("C6 aryl"; e.g., phenyl). In some embodiments, an aryl group has ten ring carbon atoms ("Ci0 aryl"; e.g., naphthyl such as 1-naphthyl and 2-naphthyl). In some embodiments, an aryl group has fourteen ring carbon atoms ("CM aryl"; e.g., anthracyl). "Aryl" also includes ring systems wherein the aryl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl groups wherein the radical or point of attachment is on the aryl ring, and in such instances, the number of carbon atoms continue to designate the number of carbon atoms in the aryl ring system. In certain embodiments, each instance of an aryl group is independently optionally substituted, e.g., unsubstituted (an "unsubstituted aryl") or substituted (a "substituted aryl") with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the aryl group is unsubstituted C6-i4 aryl. In certain embodiments, the aryl group is substituted C6-i4 aryl.
[0071] "Heteroaryl" refers to a radical of a 5-10 membered monocyclic or bicyclic 4n+2 aromatic ring system (e.g., having 6 or 10 π electrons shared in a cyclic array) having ring carbon atoms and 1^1 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur ("5-10 membered heteroaryl"). In heteroaryl groups that contain one or more nitrogen atoms, the point of attachment can be a carbon or nitrogen atom, as valency permits. Heteroaryl bicyclic ring systems can include one or more heteroatoms in one or both rings. "Heteroaryl" includes ring systems wherein the heteroaryl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl groups wherein the point of attachment is on the heteroaryl ring, and in such instances, the number of ring members continue to designate the number of ring members in the heteroaryl ring system. "Heteroaryl" also includes ring systems wherein the heteroaryl ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more aryl groups wherein the point of attachment is either on the aryl or heteroaryl ring, and in such instances, the number of ring members designates the number of ring members in the fused (aryl/heteroaryl) ring system. Bicyclic heteroaryl groups wherein one ring does not contain a heteroatom (e.g., indolyl, quinolinyl, carbazolyl, and the like) the point of attachment can be on either ring, e.g., either the ring bearing a heteroatom (e.g., 2-indolyl) or the ring that does not contain a heteroatom (e.g., 5-indolyl).
[0072] In some embodiments, a heteroaryl group is a 5-10 membered aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur ("5-10 membered heteroaryl"). In some embodiments, a heteroaryl group is a 5-8 membered aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur ("5-8 membered heteroaryl"). In some embodiments, a heteroaryl group is a 5-6 membered aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur ("5-6 membered heteroaryl"). In some embodiments, the 5-6 membered heteroaryl has 1-3 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In some embodiments, the 5-6 membered heteroaryl has 1-2 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In some embodiments, the 5-6 membered heteroaryl has 1 ring heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In certain embodiments, each instance of a heteroaryl group is independently optionally substituted, e.g., unsubstituted ("unsubstituted heteroaryl") or substituted ("substituted heteroaryl") with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the heteroaryl group is unsubstituted 5-14 membered heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, the heteroaryl group is substituted 5-14 membered heteroaryl.
[0073] Exemplary 5-membered heteroaryl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, pyrrolyl, furanyl and thiophenyl. Exemplary 5-membered heteroaryl groups containing two heteroatoms include, without limitation, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, and isothiazolyl. Exemplary 5-membered heteroaryl groups containing three heteroatoms include, without limitation, triazolyl, oxadiazolyl, and thiadiazolyl. Exemplary 5-membered heteroaryl groups containing four heteroatoms include, without limitation, tetrazolyl. Exemplary 6-membered heteroaryl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, pyridinyl. Exemplary 6-membered heteroaryl groups containing two heteroatoms include, without limitation, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, and pyrazinyl. Exemplary 6-membered heteroaryl groups containing three or four heteroatoms include, without limitation, triazinyl and tetrazinyl, respectively. Exemplary 7-membered heteroaryl groups containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, azepinyl, oxepinyl, and thiepinyl. Exemplary 5,6-bicyclic heteroaryl groups include, without limitation, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, benzotriazolyl, benzothiophenyl, isobenzothiophenyl, benzofuranyl, benzoisofuranyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzthiadiazolyl, indolizinyl, and purinyl. Exemplary 6,6- bicyclic heteroaryl groups include, without limitation, naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, cinnolinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, and quinazolinyl.
[0074] "Partially unsaturated" refers to a group that includes at least one double or triple bond. The term "partially unsaturated" is intended to encompass rings having multiple sites of unsaturation, but is not intended to include aromatic groups (e.g., aryl or heteroaryl groups) as herein defined. Likewise, "saturated" refers to a group that does not contain a double or triple bond, i.e., contains all single bonds.
[0075] In some embodiments, aliphatic, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl groups, as defined herein, are optionally substituted (e.g., "substituted" or "unsubstituted" aliphatic, "substituted" or "unsubstituted" alkyl, "substituted" or
"unsubstituted" alkenyl, "substituted" or "unsubstituted" alkynyl, "substituted" or
"unsubstituted" carbocyclyl, "substituted" or "unsubstituted" heterocyclyl, "substituted" or "unsubstituted" aryl or "substituted" or "unsubstituted" heteroaryl group). In general, the term "substituted", whether preceded by the term "optionally" or not, means that at least one hydrogen present on a group (e.g., a carbon or nitrogen atom) is replaced with a permissible substituent, e.g., a substituent which upon substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., a compound which does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, or other reaction. Unless otherwise indicated, a "substituted" group has a substituent at one or more substitutable positions of the group, and when more than one position in any given structure is substituted, the substituent is either the same or different at each position. The term "substituted" is contemplated to include substitution with all permissible substituents of organic compounds, including any of the substituents described herein that results in the formation of a stable compound. The present disclosure
contemplates any and all such combinations in order to arrive at a stable compound. For purposes of this disclosure, heteroatoms such as nitrogen may have hydrogen substituents and/or any suitable substituent as described herein which satisfy the valencies of the heteroatoms and results in the formation of a stable moiety.
[0076] Exemplary carbon atom substituents include, but are not limited to, halogen, -CN, - N02, -N3, -S02H, -SO3H, -OH, -ORaa, -ON(Rbb)2, -N(Rbb)2, -N(Rbb)3 +X~, -N(ORcc)Rbb, - SH, -SRaa, -SSRCC, -C(=0)Raa, -C02H, -CHO, -C(ORcc)2, -C02Raa, -OC(=0)Raa, - OC02Raa, -C(=0)N(Rbb)2, -OC(=0)N(Rbb)2, -NRbbC(=0)Raa, -NRbbC02Raa, - NRbbC(=0)N(Rbb)2, -C(=NRbb)Raa, -C(=NRbb)ORaa, -OC(=NRbb)Raa, -OC(=NRbb)ORaa, - C(=NRbb)N(Rbb)2, -OC(=NRbb)N(Rbb)2, -NRbbC(=NRbb)N(Rbb)2, -C(=0)NRbbS02Raa, - NRbbS02Raa, -S02N(Rbb)2, -S02Raa, -S02ORaa, -OS02Raa, -S(=0)Raa, -OS(=0)Raa, - Si(Raa)3, -OSi(Raa)3 -C(=S)N(Rbb)2, -C(=0)SRaa, -C(=S)SRaa, -SC(=S)SRaa, -SC(=0)SRaa, -OC(=0)SRaa, -SC(=0)ORaa, -SC(=0)Raa, -P(=0)2Raa, -OP(=0)2Raa, -P(=0)(Raa)2, - OP(=0)(Raa)2, -OP(=0)(ORcc)2, -P(=0)2N(Rbb)2, -OP(=0)2N(Rbb)2, -P(=0)(NRbb)2, - OP(=0)(NRbb)2, -NRbbP(=0)(ORcc)2, -NRbbP(=0)(NRbb)2, -P(RCC)2, -P(RCC)3, -OP(Rcc)2, - OP(Rcc)3, -B(Raa)2, -B(ORcc)2, -BR^OR^), d-io alkyl, d-io perhaloalkyl, d-io alkenyl, d-io alkynyl, d-io carbocyclyl, 3-14 membered heterocyclyl, C6-14 aryl, and 5-14 membered heteroaryl, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rdd groups;
or two geminal hydrogens on a carbon atom are replaced with the group =0, =S, = (Rbb)2, = RbbC(=0)Raa, = RbbC(=0)ORaa, = RbbS(=0)2Raa, =NRbb, or =NORcc; each instance of R is, independently, selected from d-10 alkyl, d-10 perhaloalkyl, d-10 alkenyl, d-10 alkynyl, d-10 carbocyclyl, 3-14 membered heterocyclyl, C6-14 aryl, and 5-14 membered heteroaryl, or two R groups are joined to form a 3-14 membered heterocyclyl or 5-14 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rdd groups;
each instance of Rbb is, independently, selected from hydrogen, -OH, -OR , - N(RCC)2, -CN, -C(=0)Raa, -C(=0)N(Rcc)2, -C02Raa, -S02Raa, -C(=NRcc)ORaa, - C(=NRCC)N(RCC)2, -S02N(Rcc)2, -S02Rcc, -S02ORcc, -SORaa, -C(=S)N(RCC)2, -C(=0)SRcc, - C(=S)SRCC, -P(=0)2Raa, -P(=0)(Raa)2, -P(=0)2N(Rcc)2, -P(=0)(NRcc)2, d-10 alkyl, d-10 perhaloalkyl, d-10 alkenyl, d-10 alkynyl, d-10 carbocyclyl, 3-14 membered heterocyclyl, C6-14 aryl, and 5-14 membered heteroaryl, or two Rbb groups are joined to form a 3-14 membered heterocyclyl or 5-14 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rdd groups;
each instance of Rcc is, independently, selected from hydrogen, d-10 alkyl, d-10 perhaloalkyl, d-10 alkenyl, d-10 alkynyl, d-10 carbocyclyl, 3-14 membered heterocyclyl, C6-14 aryl, and 5-14 membered heteroaryl, or two Rcc groups are joined to form a 3-14 membered heterocyclyl or 5-14 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rdd groups;
each instance of Rdd is, independently, selected from halogen, -CN, -N02, -N3, - S02H, -S03H, -OH, -ORee, -ON(Rff)2, -N(Rff)2, -N(Rff)3 +X ~ -N(ORee)Rff, -SH, -SRee, - SSRee, -C(=0)Ree, -C02H, -C02Ree, -OC(=0)Ree, -OC02Ree, -C(=0)N(Rff)2, - OC(=0)N(Rff)2, -NRffC(=0)Ree, -NRffC02Ree, -NRffC(=0)N(Rff)2, -C(=NRff)ORee, - OC(=NRff)Ree, -OC(=NRff)ORee, -C(=NRff)N(Rff)2, -OC(=NRff)N(Rff)2, - NRffC(=NRff)N(Rff)2,-NRffS02Ree, -S02N(Rff)2, -S02Ree, -S02ORee, -OS02Ree, -S(=0)Ree, -Si(Ree)3, -OSi(Ree)3, -C(=S)N(Rff)2, -C(=0)SRee, -C(=S)SRee, -SC(=S)SRee, -P(=0)2Ree, - P(=0)(Ree)2, -OP(=0)(Ree)2, -OP(=0)(ORee)2, d-6 alkyl, d-6 perhaloalkyl, d-6 alkenyl, d- 6 alkynyl, d-io carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, Οβ-ιο aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rgg groups, or two geminal Rdd substituents can be joined to form =0 or =S;
each instance of Ree is, independently, selected from d-6 alkyl, d-6 perhaloalkyl, C2_ 6 alkenyl, d-6 alkynyl, d-io carbocyclyl, Οβ-ιο aryl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, and 3-10 membered heteroaryl, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rgg groups;
each instance of R ff is, independently, selected from hydrogen, d-6 alkyl, d-6 perhaloalkyl, d-6 alkenyl, d-6 alkynyl, d-io carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, d- io aryl and 5-10 membered heteroaryl, or two Rff groups are joined to form a 3-14 membered heterocyclyl or 5-14 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rgg groups; and
each instance of Rgg is, independently, halogen, -CN, -N02, -N3, -S02H, -S03H, - OH, -Od-6 alkyl, -ON(d-6 alkyl)2, -N(d-6 alkyl)2, -N(d-6 alkyl)3 +X- -NH(d-6 alkyl)2 +X~, -NH2(d-6 alkyl) +X~, -NH3 +X~, -N(Od-6 alkyl)(d^ alkyl), -N(OH)(d-6 alkyl), -NH(OH), -SH, -Sd-6 alkyl, -SS(Ci_6 alkyl), -C(=0)(d-6 alkyl), -C02H, -C02(d-6 alkyl), -OC(=0)(C^ alkyl), -OC02(d_6 alkyl), -C(=0)NH2, -C(=0)N(d_6 alkyl)2, - OC(=0)NH(Ci-6 alkyl), -NHC(=0)( Ci-e alkyl), -N(Ci_6 alkyl)C(=0)( d-6 alkyl), - NHC02(Ci_6 alkyl), -NHC(=0)N(d_6 alkyl)2, -NHC(=0)NH(Ci-6 alkyl), -NHC(=0)NH2, -C(=NH)0(C^ alkyl),-OC(=NH)(d^ alkyl), -OC(=NH)OC^ alkyl, -C(=NH)N(C^ alkyl)2, -C(=NH)NH(Ci^ alkyl), -C(=NH)NH2, -OC(=NH)N(d_6 alkyl)2, - OC(NH)NH(Ci^ alkyl), -OC(NH)NH2, -NHC(NH)N(Ci-6 alkyl)2, -NHC(=NH)NH2, - NHS02(d_6 alkyl), -S02N(d_6 alkyl)2, -S02NH(d_6 alkyl), -S02NH2 ,-S02C^ alkyl, - S02OCi_6 alkyl, -OS02Ci_6 alkyl, -SOCi_6 alkyl, -Si(Ci_6 alkyl)3, -OSi(Ci_6 alkyl)3 - C(=S)N(d_6 alkyl)2, C(=S)NH(C^ alkyl), C(=S)NH2, -C(=0)S(C^ alkyl), -C(=S)Sd_6 alkyl, -SC(=S)Sd_6 alkyl, -P(=0)2(C^ alkyl), -P(=0)(d_6 alkyl)2, -OP(=0)(d_6 alkyl)2, - 0P(=0)(0Ci_6 alkyl)2, Ci_6 alkyl, d_6 perhaloalkyl, C2_6 alkenyl, C2_6 alkynyl, C3_i0 carbocyclyl, d-io aryl, 3-10 membered heterocyclyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl; or two geminal Rgg substituents can be joined to form =0 or =S; wherein X is a counterion.
[0077] A "counterion" or "anionic counterion" is a negatively charged group associated with a cationic quaternary amino group in order to maintain electronic neutrality. Exemplary counterions include halide ions (e.g., F~ CI", Br", Γ), N03 ~ , C104 , OFT, H2P(V, HSCV, sulfonate ions (e.g., methansulfonate, trifluoromethanesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, 10-camphor sulfonate, naphthalene-2-sulfonate, naphthalene- 1 -sulfonic acid-5-sulfonate, ethan-l-sulfonic acid-2-sulfonate, and the like), and carboxylate ions (e.g., acetate, ethanoate, propanoate, benzoate, glycerate, lactate, tartrate, glycolate, and the like).
[0078] "Halo" or "halogen" refers to fluorine (fluoro, -F), chlorine (chloro, -CI), bromine (bromo, -Br), or iodine (iodo, -I).
[0079] Nitrogen atoms can be substituted or unsubstituted as valency permits, and include primary, secondary, tertiary, and quarternary nitrogen atoms. Exemplary nitrogen atom substitutents include, but are not limited to, hydrogen, -OH, -OR , -N(RCC)2, -CN, - C(=0)Raa, -C(=0)N(Rcc)2, -C02Raa, -S02Raa, -C(=NRbb)Raa, -C(=NRcc)ORaa, - C(=NRCC)N(RCC)2, -S02N(Rcc)2, -S02Rcc, -S02ORcc, -SORaa, -C(=S)N(RCC)2, -C(=0)SRcc, - C(=S)SRCC, -P(=0)2Raa, -P(=0)(Raa)2, -P(=0)2N(Rcc)2, -P(=0)(NRcc)2, d_10 alkyl, d_10 perhaloalkyl, C2_i0 alkenyl, C2_i0 alkynyl, C3_i0 carbocyclyl, 3-14 membered heterocyclyl, C6-14 aryl, and 5-14 membered heteroaryl, or two Rcc groups attached to a nitrogen atom are joined to form a 3-14 membered heterocyclyl or 5-14 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rdd groups, and wherein Raa, Rbb, Rcc and Rdd are as defined above.
[0080] In certain embodiments, the substituent present on a nitrogen atom is a nitrogen protecting group (also referred to as an amino protecting group). Nitrogen protecting groups include, but are not limited to, -OH, -ORaa, -N(RCC)2, -C(=0)Raa, -C(=0)N(Rcc)2, -C02Raa, -S02Raa, -C(=NRcc)Raa, -C(=NRcc)ORaa, -C(=NRCC)N(RCC)2, -S02N(Rcc)2, -S02Rcc, - S02ORcc, -SORaa, -C(=S)N(RCC)2, -C(=0)SRcc, -C(=S)SRCC, Ci_i0 alkyl (e.g., aralkyl, heteroaralkyl), C2-10 alkenyl, C2-10 alkynyl, C3_io carbocyclyl, 3-14 membered heterocyclyl, C6-14 aryl, and 5-14 membered heteroaryl groups, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rdd groups, and wherein R , Rbb, Rcc, and Rdd are as defined herein. Nitrogen protecting groups are well known in the art and include those described in detail in Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, 3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1999, incorporated herein by reference.
[0081] Amide nitrogen protecting groups (e.g., -C(=0)R ) include, but are not limited to, formamide, acetamide, chloroacetamide, trichloroacetamide, trifluoroacetamide,
phenylacetamide, 3-phenylpropanamide, picolinamide, 3-pyridylcarboxamide, N- benzoylphenylalanyl derivative, benzamide, -phenylbenzamide, o-nitophenylacetamide, o- nitrophenoxyacetamide, acetoacetamide, (N -dithiobenzyloxyacylamino)acetamide, 3-(p- hydroxyphenyl)propanamide, 3-(o-nitrophenyl)propanamide, 2-methyl-2-(o- nitrophenoxy)propanamide, 2-methyl-2-(o-phenylazophenoxy)propanamide, 4- chlorobutanamide, 3-methyl-3-nitrobutanamide, o-nitrocinnamide, N-acetylmethionine, o- nitrobenzamide, and o-(benzoyloxymethyl)benzamide.
[0082] Carbamate nitrogen protecting groups (e.g., -C(=0)OR ) include, but are not limited to, methyl carbamate, ethyl carbamante, 9-fluorenylmethyl carbamate (Fmoc), 9-(2- sulfo)fluorenylmethyl carbamate, 9-(2,7-dibromo)fluoroenylmethyl carbamate, 2,7— di— i— butyl-[9-( 10, 10-dioxo-l 0, 10, 10, 10-tetrahydrothioxanthyl)] methyl carbamate (DBD-Tmoc), 4-methoxyphenacyl carbamate (Phenoc), 2,2,2-trichloroethyl carbamate (Troc), 2- trimethylsilylethyl carbamate (Teoc), 2-phenylethyl carbamate (hZ), l-(l-adamantyl)-l- methyl ethyl carbamate (Adpoc), l, l-dimethyl-2-haloethyl carbamate, l, l-dimethyl-2,2- dibromoethyl carbamate (DB-i-BOC), l, l-dimethyl-2,2,2-trichloroethyl carbamate (TCBOC), l-methyl-l-(4-biphenylyl)ethyl carbamate (Bpoc), l-^S-di-i-butylphenyl)-!- methylethyl carbamate (i-Bumeoc), 2-(2'- and 4'-pyridyl)ethyl carbamate (Pyoc), 2-(N,N- dicyclohexylcarboxamido)ethyl carbamate, i-butyl carbamate (BOC), 1-adamantyl carbamate (Adoc), vinyl carbamate (Voc), allyl carbamate (Alloc), 1-isopropylallyl carbamate (Ipaoc), cinnamyl carbamate (Coc), 4-nitrocinnamyl carbamate (Noc), 8-quinolyl carbamate, N-hydroxypiperidinyl carbamate, alkyldithio carbamate, benzyl carbamate (Cbz), -methoxybenzyl carbamate (Moz), -nitobenzyl carbamate, -bromobenzyl carbamate, p- chlorobenzyl carbamate, 2,4-dichlorobenzyl carbamate, 4-methylsulfinylbenzyl carbamate (Msz), 9-anthrylmethyl carbamate, diphenylmethyl carbamate, 2-methylthioethyl carbamate, 2-methylsulfonylethyl carbamate, 2-(p-toluenesulfonyl)ethyl carbamate, [2— (1,3— dithianyl)]methyl carbamate (Dmoc), 4-methylthiophenyl carbamate (Mtpc), 2,4- dimethylthiophenyl carbamate (Bmpc), 2-phosphonioethyl carbamate (Peoc), 2- triphenylphosphonioisopropyl carbamate (Ppoc), l, l-dimethyl-2-cyanoethyl carbamate, m- chloro-p-acyloxybenzyl carbamate, -(dihydroxyboryl)benzyl carbamate, 5- benzisoxazolylmethyl carbamate, 2-(trifluoromethyl)-6-chromonylmethyl carbamate (Tcroc), m-nitrophenyl carbamate, 3,5-dimethoxybenzyl carbamate, o-nitrobenzyl carbamate, 3,4-dimethoxy-6-nitrobenzyl carbamate, phenyl (o-nitrophenyl)methyl carbamate, i-amyl carbamate, S-benzyl thiocarbamate, -cyanobenzyl carbamate, cyclobutyl carbamate, cyclohexyl carbamate, cyclopentyl carbamate, cyclopropylmethyl carbamate, p— decyloxybenzyl carbamate, 2,2-dimethoxyacylvinyl carbamate, o-(N,N- dimethylcarboxamido)benzyl carbamate, 1 , l-dimethyl-3-(N,N-dimethylcarboxamido)propyl carbamate, 1, 1-dimethylpropynyl carbamate, di(2-pyridyl)methyl carbamate, 2- furanylmethyl carbamate, 2-iodoethyl carbamate, isoborynl carbamate, isobutyl carbamate, isonicotinyl carbamate, p-(p -methoxyphenylazo)benzyl carbamate, 1-methylcyclobutyl carbamate, 1-methylcyclohexyl carbamate, 1-methyl-l-cyclopropylmethyl carbamate, 1- methyl-l-(3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)ethyl carbamate, 1 -methyl- l-(p-phenylazophenyl)ethyl carbamate, 1 -methyl- 1-phenylethyl carbamate, l-methyl-l-(4-pyridyl)ethyl carbamate, phenyl carbamate, -(phenylazo)benzyl carbamate, 2,4,6-tri-i-butylphenyl carbamate, 4- (trimethylammonium)benzyl carbamate, and 2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl carbamate.
[0083] Sulfonamide nitrogen protecting groups (e.g., -S(=0)2 ) include, but are not limited to, -toluenesulfonamide (Ts), benzenesulfonamide, 2,3,6,-trimethyl-4- methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mtr), 2,4,6-trimethoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mtb), 2,6- dimethyl-4-methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Pme), 2,3,5,6-tetramethyl^l- methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mte), 4-methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mbs), 2,4,6- trimethylbenzenesulfonamide (Mts), 2,6-dimethoxy-4-methylbenzenesulfonamide (iMds), 2,2,5,7,8-pentamethylchroman-6-sulfonamide (Pmc), methanesulfonamide (Ms), β- trimethylsilylethanesulfonamide (SES), 9-anthracenesulfonamide, 4-(4',8'- dimethoxynaphthylmethyl)benzenesulfonamide (DNMBS), benzylsulfonamide,
trifluoromethylsulfonamide, and phenacylsulfonamide.
[0084] Other nitrogen protecting groups include, but are not limited to, phenothiazinyl-(lO)- acyl derivative, N - -toluenesulfonylaminoacyl derivative, N'-phenylaminothioacyl derivative, N-benzoylphenylalanyl derivative, N-acetylmethionine derivative, 4,5-diphenyl- 3-oxazolin-2-one, N-phthalimide, N-dithiasuccinimide (Dts), N-2,3-diphenylmaleimide, N-2,5-dimethylpyrrole, N-l, l,4,4-tetramethyldisilylazacyclopentane adduct (STABASE), 5-substituted l,3-dimethyl-l,3,5-triazacyclohexan-2-one, 5-substituted 1,3-dibenzyl- l,3,5-triazacyclohexan-2-one, 1-substituted 3,5-dinitro^l-pyridone, N-methylamine, N- allylamine, N-[2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]methylamine (SEM), N-3-acetoxypropylamine, N- (l-isopropyl-4-nitro-2-oxo-3-pyroolin-3-yl)amine, quaternary ammonium salts, N- benzylamine, N-di(4-methoxyphenyl)methylamine, N-5-dibenzosuberylamine, N- triphenylmethylamine (Tr), N-[(4-methoxyphenyl)diphenylmethyl] amine (MMTr), N-9- phenylfluorenylamine (PhF), N-2,7-dichloro-9-fluorenylmethyleneamine, N- ferrocenylmethylamino (Fcm), N-2-picolylamino N'-oxide, N-1, 1- dimethylthiomethyleneamine, N-benzylideneamine, N- -methoxybenzylideneamine, N- diphenylmethyleneamine, N-[(2-pyridyl)mesityl]methyleneamine, N-(N',N'- dimethylaminomethylene)amine, N,N'-isopropylidenediamine, N- -nitrobenzylideneamine, N-salicylideneamine, N-5-chlorosalicylideneamine, N-(5-chloro-2- hydroxyphenyl)phenylmethyleneamine, N-cyclohexylideneamine, N-(5,5-dimethyl-3-oxo- l-cyclohexenyl)amine, N-borane derivative, N-diphenylborinic acid derivative, N- [phenyl(pentaacylchromium- or tungsten)acyl] amine, N-copper chelate, N-zinc chelate, N- nitroamine, N-nitrosoamine, amine N-oxide, diphenylphosphinamide (Dpp),
dimethylthiophosphinamide (Mpt), diphenylthiophosphinamide (Ppt), dialkyl
phosphoramidates, dibenzyl phosphoramidate, diphenyl phosphoramidate,
benzenesulfenamide, o-nitrobenzenesulfenamide (Nps), 2,4-dinitrobenzenesulfenamide, pentachlorobenzenesulfenamide, 2-nitro^-methoxybenzenesulfenamide,
triphenylmethylsulfenamide, and 3-nitropyridinesulfenamide (Npys).
[0085] In certain embodiments, the substituent present on an oxygen atom is an oxygen protecting group (also referred to as a hydroxyl protecting group). Oxygen protecting groups include, but are not limited to, -Raa, -N(Rbb)2, -C(=0)SRaa, -C(=0)Raa, -C02Raa, - C(=0)N(Rbb)2, -C(=NRbb)Raa, -C(=NRbb)ORaa, -C(=NRbb)N(Rbb)2, -S(=0)Raa, -S02Raa, - Si(Raa)3 -P(RCC)2, -P(RCC)3, -P(=0)2Raa, -P(=0)(Raa)2, -P(=0)(ORcc)2, -P(=0)2N(Rbb)2, and - P(=0)( Rbb)2, wherein R , Rbb, and Rcc are as defined herein. Oxygen protecting groups are well known in the art and include those described in detail in Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, 3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1999, incorporated herein by reference.
[0086] Exemplary oxygen protecting groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, methoxylmethyl (MOM), methylthiomethyl (MTM), i-butylthiomethyl,
(phenyldimethylsilyl)methoxymethyl (SMOM), benzyloxymethyl (BOM), p- methoxybenzyloxymethyl (PMBM), (4-methoxyphenoxy)methyl (p-AOM), guaiacolmethyl (GUM), ί-butoxymethyl, 4-pentenyloxymethyl (POM), siloxymethyl, 2- methoxyethoxymethyl (MEM), 2,2,2-trichloroethoxymethyl, bis(2-chloroethoxy)methyl, 2- (trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl (SEMOR), tetrahydropyranyl (THP), 3- bromotetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, 1-methoxycyclohexyl, 4- methoxytetrahydropyranyl (MTHP), 4-methoxytetrahydrothiopyranyl, 4- methoxytetrahydrothiopyranyl S,S-dioxide, l-[(2-chloro-4-methyl)phenyl]-4- methoxypiperidin-4-yl (CTMP), l,4-dioxan-2-yl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiofuranyl, 2,3,3a,4,5,6,7,7a-octahydro-7,8,8-trimethyl^l,7-methanobenzofuran-2-yl, 1-ethoxy ethyl, l-(2-chloroethoxy)ethyl, 1 -methyl- 1-methoxy ethyl, 1-methyl-l-benzyloxyethyl, 1- methyl-l-benzyloxy-2-fluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trichloroethyl, 2-trimethylsilylethyl, 2- (phenylselenyl)ethyl, i-butyl, allyl, -chlorophenyl, -methoxyphenyl, 2,4-dinitrophenyl, benzyl (Bn), -methoxybenzyl, 3,4-dimethoxybenzyl, o-nitrobenzyl, -nitrobenzyl, p- halobenzyl, 2,6-dichlorobenzyl, -cyanobenzyl, -phenylbenzyl, 2-picolyl, 4-picolyl, 3- methyl-2-picolyl N-oxido, diphenylmethyl, p,p '-dinitrobenzhydryl, 5-dibenzosuberyl, triphenylmethyl, a-naphthyl diphenylmethyl, -methoxyphenyldiphenylmethyl, di(p- methoxyphenyl)phenylmethyl, tri(p-methoxyphenyl)methyl, 4-(4'- bromophenacyloxyphenyl)diphenylmethyl, 4,4',4"-tris(4,5- dichlorophthalimidophenyl)methyl, 4,4',4"-tris(levulinoyloxyphenyl)methyl, 4,4',4"- tris(benzoyloxyphenyl)methyl, 3-(imidazol-l-yl)bis(4',4"-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl, 1, 1- bis(4-methoxyphenyl)-l '-pyrenylmethyl, 9-anthryl, 9-(9-phenyl)xanthenyl, 9-(9-phenyl- 10-oxo)anthryl, l,3-benzodisulfuran-2-yl, benzisothiazolyl S,S-dioxido, trimethylsilyl (TMS), triethylsilyl (TES), triisopropylsilyl (TIPS), dimethylisopropylsilyl (IPDMS), diethylisopropylsilyl (DEIPS), dimethylthexylsilyl, i-butyldimethylsilyl (TBDMS), t- butyldiphenylsilyl (TBDPS), tribenzylsilyl, tri- -xylylsilyl, triphenylsilyl,
diphenylmethylsilyl (DPMS), i-butylmethoxyphenylsilyl (TBMPS), formate,
benzoylformate, acetate, chloroacetate, dichloroacetate, trichloroacetate, trifluoroacetate, methoxyacetate, triphenylmethoxyacetate, phenoxyacetate, -chlorophenoxyacetate, 3- phenylpropionate, 4-oxopentanoate (levulinate), 4,4-(ethylenedithio)pentanoate
(levulinoyldithioacetal), pivaloate, adamantoate, crotonate, 4-methoxycrotonate, benzoate, p— phenylbenzoate, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoate (mesitoate), alkyl methyl carbonate, 9- fluorenylmethyl carbonate (Fmoc), alkyl ethyl carbonate, alkyl 2,2,2-trichloroethyl carbonate (Troc), 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl carbonate (TMSEC), 2-(phenylsulfonyl) ethyl carbonate (Psec), 2-(triphenylphosphonio) ethyl carbonate (Peoc), alkyl isobutyl carbonate, alkyl vinyl carbonate alkyl allyl carbonate, alkyl -nitrophenyl carbonate, alkyl benzyl carbonate, alkyl -methoxybenzyl carbonate, alkyl 3,4-dimethoxybenzyl carbonate, alkyl o-nitrobenzyl carbonate, alkyl -nitrobenzyl carbonate, alkyl S-benzyl thiocarbonate, 4-ethoxy-l- napththyl carbonate, methyl dithiocarbonate, 2-iodobenzoate, 4-azidobutyrate, 4-nitro^l- methylpentanoate, o-(dibromomethyl)benzoate, 2-formylbenzenesulfonate, 2- (methylthiomethoxy)ethyl, 4-(methylthiomethoxy)butyrate, 2-
(methylthiomethoxymethyl)benzoate, 2,6-dichloro^l-methylphenoxyacetate, 2,6-dichloro- 4-( 1 , 1 ,3 ,3-tetramethylbutyl)phenoxyacetate, 2,4— bis(l, l-dimethylpropyl)phenoxyacetate, chlorodiphenylacetate, isobutyrate, monosuccinoate, (£)-2-methyl-2-butenoate, o- (methoxyacyl)benzoate, a-naphthoate, nitrate, alkyl Ν,Ν,Ν',Ν'- tetramethylphosphorodiamidate, alkyl N-phenylcarbamate, borate, dimethylphosphinothioyl, alkyl 2,4-dinitrophenylsulfenate, sulfate, methanesulfonate (mesylate), benzylsulfonate, and tosylate (Ts).
[0087] In certain embodiments, the substituent present on a sulfur atom is a sulfur protecting group (also referred to as a thiol protecting group). Sulfur protecting groups include, but are not limited to, -Raa, -N(Rbb)2, -C(=0)SRaa, -C(=0)Raa, -C02Raa, -C(=0)N(Rbb)2, - C(=NRbb)Raa, -C(=NRbb)ORaa, -C(=NRbb)N(Rbb)2, -S(=0)Raa, -S02Raa, -Si(Raa)3, -P(RCC)2, - P(RCC)3, -P(=0)2Raa, -P(=0)(Raa)2, -P(=0)(ORcc)2, -P(=0)2N(Rbb)2, and -P(=0)( Rbb)2, wherein Raa, Rbb, and Rcc are as defined herein. Sulfur protecting groups are well known in the art and include those described in detail in Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, T. W. rd
Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, 3 edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1999, incorporated herein by reference.
[0088] These and other exemplary substituents are described in more detail in the Detailed Description, Examples, and claims. The present disclosure is not intended to be limited in any manner by the above exemplary listing of substituents.
Other definitions
[0089] "Pharmaceutically acceptable salt" refers to those salts which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and other animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response, and the like, and are
commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well known in the art. For example, Berge et al. describe pharmaceutically acceptable salts in detail in J. Pharmaceutical Sciences (1977) 66: 1-19. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds describe herein include those derived from suitable inorganic and organic acids and bases. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable, nontoxic acid addition salts are salts of an amino group formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid and perchloric acid or with organic acids such as acetic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, succinic acid, or malonic acid or by using other methods used in the art such as ion exchange. Other pharmaceutically acceptable salts include adipate, alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, formate, fumarate, glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, gluconate, hemisulfate, heptanoate, hexanoate, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate, lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonate, 2- naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, phosphate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, stearate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate, -toluenesulfonate, undecanoate, valerate salts, and the like. Salts derived from appropriate bases include alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, ammonium and
Figure imgf000030_0001
salts. Representative alkali or alkaline earth metal salts include sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and the like. Further pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, when appropriate, quaternary salts.
[0090] A "subject" to which administration is contemplated includes, but is not limited to, humans (e.g., a male or female of any age group, e.g., a pediatric subject (e.g, infant, child, adolescent) or adult subject (e.g., young adult, middle-aged adult or senior adult)) and/or other non-human animals, for example, non-human mammals (e.g., primates (e.g., cynomolgus monkeys, rhesus monkeys); commercially relevant mammals such as cattle, pigs, horses, sheep, goats, cats, and/or dogs), birds (e.g., commercially relevant birds such as chickens, ducks, geese, and/or turkeys), rodents (e.g., rats and/or mice), reptiles, amphibians, and fish. In certain embodiments, the non-human animal is a mammal. The non-human animal may be a male or female at any stage of development. A non-human animal may be a transgenic animal.
[0091] "Condition," "disease," and "disorder" are used interchangeably herein.
[0092] "Treat," "treating" and "treatment" encompasses an action that occurs while a subject is suffering from a condition which reduces the severity of the condition or retards or slows the progression of the condition ("therapeutic treatment"). "Treat," "treating" and
"treatment" also encompasses an action that occurs before a subject begins to suffer from the condition and which inhibits or reduces the severity of the condition ("prophylactic treatment"). [0093] An "effective amount" of a compound refers to an amount sufficient to elicit the desired biological response, e.g., treat the condition. As will be appreciated by those of ordinary skill in this art, the effective amount of a compound described herein may vary depending on such factors as the desired biological endpoint, the pharmacokinetics of the compound, the condition being treated, the mode of administration, and the age and health of the subject. An effective amount encompasses therapeutic and prophylactic treatment.
[0094] A "therapeutically effective amount" of a compound is an amount sufficient to provide a therapeutic benefit in the treatment of a condition or to delay or minimize one or more symptoms associated with the condition. A therapeutically effective amount of a compound means an amount of therapeutic agent, alone or in combination with other therapies, which provides a therapeutic benefit in the treatment of the condition. The term "therapeutically effective amount" can encompass an amount that improves overall therapy, reduces or avoids symptoms or causes of the condition, or enhances the therapeutic efficacy of another therapeutic agent.
[0095] A "prophylactically effective amount" of a compound is an amount sufficient to prevent a condition, or one or more symptoms associated with the condition or prevent its recurrence. A prophylactically effective amount of a compound means an amount of a therapeutic agent, alone or in combination with other agents, which provides a prophylactic benefit in the prevention of the condition. The term "prophylactically effective amount" can encompass an amount that improves overall prophylaxis or enhances the prophylactic efficacy of another prophylactic agent.
[0096] As used herein, the term "methyltransferase" represents transferase class enzymes that are able to transfer a methyl group from a donor molecule to an acceptor molecule, e.g., an amino acid residue of a protein or a nucleotide of a DNA molecule. Methytransferases typically use the reactive methyl group bound to sulfur in S-adenosyl methionine (SAM) as the methyl donor. In some embodiments, a methyltransferase described herein is a protein methyltransferase. In some embodiments, a methyltransferase described herein is a histone methyltransferase. Histone methyltransferases (HMT) are histone-modifying enzymes, (including histone-lysine N-methyltransferase and histone-arginine N-methyltransferase), that catalyze the transfer of one or more methyl groups to lysine and arginine residues of histone proteins. In certain embodiments, a methyltransferase described herein is a histone-arginine N-methyltransferase.
[0097] Protein arginine methyltransferase 5 (PRMT5) catalyzes the addition of two methyl groups to the two ω-guanidino nitrogen atoms of arginine, resulting in ω-NG, N'G symmetric dimethylation of arginine (sDMA) of the target protein. PRMT5 functions in the nucleus as well as in the cytoplasm, and its substrates include histones, spliceosomal proteins, transcription factors (See e.g., Sun et al, 2011, PNAS 108: 20538-20543). PRMT5 generally functions as part of a molecule weight protein complex. While the protein complexes of PRMT5 can have a variety of components, they generally include the protein MEP50 (methylosome protein 50). In addition, PRMT5 acts in conjunction with cofactor SAM (S- adenosyl methionine).
[0098] It was surprisingly found that compounds with specific structural elements can bind PRMT5 and are effective in inhibiting the biological function of PRMT5 (e.g., have a low IC50 value). It is shown herein that compounds that have two aromatic ring structures separated by a flexible linker can inhibit the function of PRMT5 if the compound can engage in certain interactions with amino acids in the active site of PRMT5. In some embodiments, the disclosure provides compounds of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB, wherein Ring AA and Ring BB are aromatic ring systems, and wherein M is a linker that allows for the planes of Ring AA and Ring BB to be at about 90° relative to each other. As shown herein, compounds of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB that can minimally interact with certain moieties (e.g., SAM and certain amino acids) in the active site of PRMT5 can inhibit the function of PRMT5. In some embodiments compounds of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB can form a pi-cation interaction with one or more amino acids in the active site of PRMT5.
[0099] In some embodiments Ring BB can form a pi-cation interaction with one or more amino acids in the active site of PRMT5. In some embodiments compounds of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB can form a pi-stacking interaction with one or more amino acids in the active site of PRMT5. In some embodiments Ring BB can form a pi-stacking interaction with one or more amino acids in the active site of PRMT5. In some embodiments, the compounds interact with SAM or Phe327 of the active site of PRMT5. In some
embodiments, the compounds interact with SAM and Phe327 of the active site of PRMT5. In some embodiments, as provided herein, compounds of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB can undergo a cation-pi interaction with SAM through the aromatic ring system in Ring BB. In some embodiments, as provided herein, compounds of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB can interact with Phe327 (e.g., through pi stacking) through the aromatic ring system in Ring BB. In some embodiments, as provided herein, compounds of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB can inhibit the action of PRMT5 because Ring BB interacts with SAM and Phe327 and because the flexible linker allows for the second aromatic ring system (Ring AA) to interact with other residues in the active site of PRMT5 (e.g., Phe580). In some embodiments, such compounds can inhibit PRMT5 with an IC50 of 100 nM or lower. In some embodiments, such compounds can inhibit PRMT5 with an IC50 of 50 nM or lower. In some embodiments, such compounds can inhibit PRMT5 with an IC50 of 10 nM or lower. In some embodiments, such compounds can inhibit PRMT5 with an IC50 of 1 nM or lower.
[00100] In one aspect, the disclosure provides a compound that can bind PRMT5, wherein the compound has the formula:
Ring AA-M-Ring BB;
wherein Ring AA is an optionally substituted aromatic moiety;
M is an aliphatic linker; and
Ring BB is an aromatic moiety capable of undergoing a pi-cation interaction with S- adenosyl methionine (SAM) and capable of undergoing a pi-stacking interaction with Phe327 of PRMT5;
wherein the planes of Ring A and Ring B are at an angle between 75° and 105° relative to each other. In some embodiments, the compound has an IC50 for PRMT5 of less than 100 nM.
[00101] In addition to interacting with SAM and Phe327 the Ring AA-M-Ring BB compounds provided herein may interact with additional amino acids in the active site of PRMT5 such as Leu319, Glu435, Leu437, Glu444, and Phe580.
[00102] In some embodiments, the active site of PRMT5 comprises the amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Glu435, Leu437, Glu444, and Phe580. In addition, it should be appreciated that cofactors such as SAM or SAM analogs (e.g., SAH) may also be present in the active site of PRMT5. The numbering of the PRMT5 amino acids as provided herein relates to human PRMT5 isoform A (SEQ ID NO: 1) depicted (in part) in Table A. However, it should be appreciated that the interactions between the compounds of formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB provided herein and the active site of PRMT5 should be applicable to homologous versions of PRMT5, just as long as the active site is conserved. The term "active site" (or "binding pocket") relates to the three-dimensional structure of the portion of the protein responsible for the methyltransferase activity, e.g., the region of the protein that acts on the substrate(s) of the protein or catalyze the transfer of a methyl group from SAM to a protein substrate.
[00103] In some embodiments, the active site of PRMT5 comprises the amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Glu435, Leu437, Glu444, and Phe580. In some embodiments, the Ring AA-M-Ring BB compounds described herein interact with glutamic acid residues Glu435 and Glu444. In certain embodiments, the Ring BB portion of the compound interacts with Glu435 and Glu444. In some embodiments, the linker M interacts with Glu435 and Glu444. In certain embodiments, the Ring BB portion of the compound and the linker interact with Glu435 and Glu444. In some embodiments, the interaction of the compounds with glutamic acid residues Glu435 and Glu444 is in addition to the pi-cation interaction with SAM and the pi-stacking interaction with Phe327. In some embodiments, the interaction of the compound with Glu435 and Glu444 is a hydrogen bonding interaction. In some embodiments, the interaction of the compound with Glu435 and Glu444 is mediated through a water molecule. In some embodiments, the Ring BB of the compounds provided herein comprises a heteroatom such as a nitrogen atom. In some embodiments, the nitrogen atom is tetrahedrally coordinated. In some embodiments, the nitrogen atom of Ring BB interacts with the Glu435 and Glu444, either directly or through a coordinated water molecule (See e.g., Figure 3).
[00104] In some embodiments, compounds of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB described herein interact with Leu437. In some embodiments, the Ring AA-M-Ring BB compounds described herein interact with the carbonyl group of Leu437. In some embodiments, the Ring BB of the compounds provided herein comprises a heteroatom such as a nitrogen atom. In some embodiments, the nitrogen atom of Ring BB is tetrahedrally coordinated. In some embodiments, the nitrogen interacts with the carbonyl group of Leu437, either directly or through a coordinated water molecule. In some embodiments, the nitrogen interacts with the Leu437, Glu435 and Glu444, either directly or through a coordinated water molecule. In some embodiments, the linker M interacts with Leu437.
[00105] In some embodiments, the active site of PRMT5 comprises SAM and the amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Glu435, Leu437, Glu444, and Phe580. In some embodiments, compounds of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB described herein interact with Leu319. In some embodiments Ring BB interacts with Leu319. In some embodiments, the interaction with Leu319 is in addition to the interaction with one or more of the interactions of the compound with SAM and amino acids Phe327, Glu435, Leu437 and Glu444.
[00106] In some embodiments, compounds of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB described herein interact with Phe580. In some embodiments, Ring AA of the compound interacts with Phe580. In some embodiments, the interaction with Phe580 is in addition to the interaction with one or more of the interactions of the compound with SAM and amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Glu435, Leu437 and Glu444.
[00107] In some embodiments, compounds of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB described herein interact with SAM and Phe327 through Ring BB and with Phe580 through Ring AA. The compounds described herein can interact with SAM and Phe327 through Ring BB and with Phe580 through Ring AA at the same because the linker M allows for the planes of Ring AA and Ring BB to be at an angle between 75° and 105°. In some embodiments, the angle of the planes of Ring AA and Ring BB is between 80° and 100°. In some embodiments, the angle of the planes of Ring AA and Ring BB is between 85° and 95°. In some embodiments, the angle of the planes of Ring AA and Ring BB is 70°, 71°, 72°, 73°, 74°, 75°, 76°, 77°, 78°, 79°, 80°, 81°, 82°, 83°, 84°, 85°, 86°, 87°, 88°, 89°, 90°, 91°, 92°, 93°, 94°, 95°, 96°, 97°, 98°, 99°, 100°, 101°, 102°, 103°, 104°, 105°, 106°, 107°, 108°, 109°, or 1 10°.
[00108] In some embodiments the linker M is a flexible linker. In some embodiments, linker M is unbranched. In some embodiments, linker M is flexible enough to allow Ring BB of the compound to get sufficiently close to SAM to engage in a pi-cation interaction.
[00109] In some embodiments, the disclosure provides a compound of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB wherein the planes of Ring AA and Ring BB are at an angle of between 75° and 105° when the compound is bound to PRMT5. In some embodiments, the angle of the planes of Ring AA and Ring BB is between 80° and 100° when the compound is bound to PRMT5. In some embodiments, the angle of the planes of Ring AA and Ring BB is between 85° and 95° when the compound is bound to PRMT5. In some embodiments, the disclosure provides a compound of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB wherein the planes of Ring AA and Ring BB are at an angle of between 75° and 105° when the compound is co-crystallized with PRMT5. In some embodiments, the angle of the planes of Ring AA and Ring BB is between 80° and 100° when the compound is co-crystallized with PRMT5. In some embodiments, the angle of the planes of Ring AA and Ring BB is between 85° and 95° when the compound is co-crystallized with PRMT5.
[00110] In some embodiments, the active site of PRMT5 is identified by amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Lys333, Glu435, Leu437, Gly438, Ser439, Glu444, Val503, Ser578, Trp579, and Phe580. In some embodiments, the active site of PRMT5 further includes SAM or a SAM analog. In some embodiments, compounds of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB described herein interact with SAM, Phe327, and one or more additional amino acids selected from the group consisting of amino acids Leu319, Lys333, Glu435, Leu437, Gly438, Ser439, Glu444, Val503, Ser578, Trp579, and Phe580.
[00111] In some embodiments, the active site of PRMT5 is identified by amino acids Leu312, Leu319, Thr323, Tyr324, Phe327, Glu328, Lys333, Tyr334, Glu435, Leu437, Gly438, Ser439, Glu444, Val503, Ser578, Trp579, Phe580, and Pro581. In some embodiments, the active site of PRMT5 further includes SAM or a SAM analog. In some embodiments, compounds of formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB described herein interact with SAM, Phe327, and one or more additional amino acids selected from the group consisting of amino acids Leu312, Leu319, Thr323, Tyr324, Glu328, Lys333, Tyr334, Glu435, Leu437, Gly438, Ser439, Glu444, Val503, Ser578, Trp579, Phe580, and Pro581.
[00112] As disclosed herein, compounds of formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB described herein inhibit the enzymatic activity of PRMT5 (i.e., have a low IC50 value). It is believed that the low IC50 is due to the well-defined interactions within the active site the compounds can engage in. Thus, it is believed that the Ring AA-M-Ring BB compounds described herein have a low IC50 because they can engage in a stabilizing pi-cation interaction with SAM and pi-stacking interaction with Phe327. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits PRMT5 at an IC50 less than or equal to 10 μΜ. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits PRMT5 at an IC50 less than or equal to 1 μΜ. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits PRMT5 at an IC50 less than or equal to 0.1 μΜ. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits PRMT5 at an IC50 less than or equal to 50 nM. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits PRMT5 at an IC50 less than or equal to 10 nM. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits PRMT5 at an IC50 less than or equal to 1 nM. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits PRMT5 in a cell at an EC50 less than or equal to 10 μΜ. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits PRMT5 in a cell at an EC50 less than or equal to 1 μΜ. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits PRMT5 in a cell at an EC50 less than or equal to 0.1 μΜ. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits PRMT5 in a cell at an EC50 less than or equal to 50 nM. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits PRMT5 in a cell at an EC50 less than or equal to 10 nM. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits PRMT5 in a cell at an EC50 less than or equal to 1 nM. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits cell proliferation at an EC50 less than or equal to 10 μΜ. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits cell proliferation at an EC50 less than or equal to 1 μΜ. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits cell proliferation at an EC50 less than or equal to 0.1 μΜ. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits cell proliferation at an EC50 less than or equal to 20 nM. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits cell proliferation at an EC50 less than or equal to 10 nM. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits cell proliferation at an EC50 less than or equal to 1 nM. In certain embodiments, the IC50 and EC50 values are calculated according to the methods provided in the Examples herein.
[00113] In one aspect, the disclosure provides PRMT5 inhibitors with the shape of the PRMT5-active site. In some embodiments, the PRMT5 active site is defined by amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Glu435, Leu437, Glu444, and Phe580. In some embodiments, the PRMT5 active site is defined by and amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Lys333, Glu435, Leu437, Gly438, Ser439, Glu444, Val503, Ser578, Trp579, and Phe580. In some embodiments, the PRMT5 active site is defined by and amino acids Leu312, Leu319, Thr323, Tyr324, Phe327, Glu328, Lys333, Tyr334, Glu435, Leu437, Gly438, Ser439, Glu444, Val503, Ser578, Trp579, Phe580, and Pro581. It should be appreciated that the active site may also include a SAM or an analog of SAM. Thus, for instance, the active site may include SAH (S-adenosyl-L- homocysteine). The active site may also include sinefungin (another SAM analog).
Additional SAM analogs are known in the art and are described for instance in Peterli-Roth et al. (J. Org. Chem 1994: 59, 4186-4193).
[00114] In some embodiments, the active site is defined by S-adenosyl methionine (SAM) and amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Glu435, Leu437, Glu444, and Phe580, according to the atomic coordinates in Table A provided herein. Table A provides the coordinates of an exemplary crystal structure of the complex PRMT5-SAM-compound 6A. In addition, Figure 3 provides a representation of the active site, including SAM, and amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Glu435, Leu437, Glu444, and Phe580, based on the coordinates provided in Table A. Figures 2 and 4-6 provide additional examples of representations of compounds of formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB as described herein based on the coordinates of co-crystals of these compounds with PRMT5 (Compound Fig 2, Compound Fig 4, Compound Fig 5, Compound Fig 6, depicted below). As can be seen in the Figures all active sites have a similar geometry. It is also evident from the figures that the five exemplary compounds of formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB all show similar binding motifs. Thus, the compounds are characterized by a pi-cation interaction between Ring BB and SAM (or sinefungin or other SAM analog) and a pi-stacking interaction with Phe327. In addition, all compounds show the geometry of having planes of Rings A and B that are between 75° and 105° relative to each other. The compounds also show the interaction of the nitrogen of Ring AA with Glu435, Leu437, and Glu444, the interaction of the compounds with Leu319 and the interaction of Ring AA with Phe580.
Compound Fig 2:
Figure imgf000037_0001
Compound Fig 4:
Figure imgf000038_0001
Compound Fig 5:
Compound Fig 6:
Figure imgf000038_0002
[00115] In one aspect, the disclosure provides compositions comprising PRMT5 and a compound of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring BB as described herein. In some embodiments, the disclosure provides a composition comprising PRMT5 and a compound of the formula:
Ring AA-M-Ring BB;
wherein Ring AA is an optionally substituted aromatic moiety;
M is an aliphatic linker; and
Ring BB is an aromatic moiety capable of undergoing a pi-cation interaction with SAM of the PRMT5-SAM complex and capable of undergoing a pi-stacking interaction with Phe327 of PRMT5;
wherein the planes of Ring A and Ring B are at an angle between 75° and 105° relative to each other. In some embodiments, the compound has an IC50 for PRMT5 of less than 100 nM. In some embodiments, the compound has an IC50 for PRMT5 of less than 50 nM. In some embodiments, the compound has an IC50 for PRMT5 of less than 10 nM. In some embodiments, the compound has an IC50 for PRMT5 of less than 1 nM. In some embodiments, the compositions also includes a co-factor, such as SAM.
[00116] The composition comprising PRMT5 and the compound of the formula Ring AA- M-Ring BB may include additional components such as additional proteins, including proteins with which PRMT5 is associated intracellularly (e.g., MEP50). In some
embodiments, the complex is isolated or partially isolated. An isolated form of the complex, for instance, is a complex comprising PRMT5 and a compound as the main components, optionally with buffers, salts, etc. in addition to the main components. Such complexes are formed for instance in vitro. In some embodiments, an isolated complex is a complex purified from the cell. In some embodiments, an isolated complex does not include any major cellular components except for PRMT5. However, it should be appreciated that the complexes may be administered as a complex, for instance to compete out active PRMT5 with the inactive complexed PRMT5. In some embodiments, the complex is in vivo (e.g., intracellular and/or in a subject). The complex may be formed for instance upon addition of the compound of the formula Ring AA-M-Ring to a subject or cell resulting in the formation of the complex in vivo. Because of the ability of the compounds to inhibit the enzymatic activity of PRMT5 (e.g., IC5o < 100 nM), it is expected that the complexes provide herein will be particularly stable. The affinity of the compound for PRMT5 is typically correlated to the ICso.
Crystal structure of PRMT5
[00117] In certain embodiments, the present invention provides three-dimensional structural information for PRMT5 or for PRMT5 variants that comprise one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions, or duplications. In some embodiments, the invention provides methods for constructing models of these variants using the three-dimensional structural information for PRMT5 as a template. The method may include adjusting the backbone dihedral angles and the side chains of each amino acid that is modeled until a low energy conformation is obtained, (e.g., by using AMoRe, Phaser, MolRep or other crystallography software programs)
[00118] In certain embodiments, X-ray diffraction data collection is performed in an
X-ray crystallography facility. One, two, three, or more diffraction data sets may be collected from one or more PRMT5 crystals. In certain embodiments, the crystals of the present invention diffract to a resolution limit of at least approximately 8 angstrom (A). In certain embodiments, the crystals diffract to a resolution limit of at least approximately 6 A. In certain embodiments, the crystals diffract to a resolution limit of at least approximately 4 A. In certain embodiments, the crystals diffract to a resolution limit of at least approximately 2.5 A. In certain embodiments, the crystal diffracts x-rays for a determination of structural coordinates to a maximum resolution of about 3.9 A, of about 3.2 A, or of about 2.9 A. The crystals may diffract to a maximum resolution of about 2.5 A to about 3.5 A, of about 2.0 A to about 3.0 A, of about 2.5 A to about 3.0 A, or of about 3.0 A to about 3.5 A.
[00119] Diffraction data can be collected at variable oscillation angles, number of frames and exposure times that all depend on the equipment used and on the quality of the crystal(s) used to collect the data. One of ordinary skill would know how to optimize these parameters (Principles of protein X-ray crystallography by J. Drenth. 2nd ed. (1999) Springer- Verlag, Heidelberg, Germany; Structure Determination by X-ray Crystallography by M. Ladd and R. Palmer. 4th ed. (2003) Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers, New York, NY). In certain embodiments, diffraction data can be collected with 1° oscillation. Other oscillation may be used, e.g. oscillations of less than or greater than 1°. For example, diffraction data can be collected with 0.1°, 0.3°, 0.5°, 1°, 1.5°, 2°, 3°, 4°, 5°, or 10° oscillation, or any oscillation angle in between these angles. In certain embodiments, 120 frames are collected. More or fewer than 120 frames may be collected. For example, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 300. 400, 500, 1000, or 5000 frames may be collected, or any number of frames in between these numbers. In certain embodiments, the exposure is 5 minutes per frame. Other frame exposure times may also be used, such as, for example 5 seconds, 10 seconds, 20 seconds, 30 seconds, 40 seconds, 50 seconds, 60 seconds, 120 seconds, 180 seconds, 3 minutes, 4 minutes, 10 minutes, 20 minutes, 30 minutes per frame or any exposure time in between these times. Data merging and scaling can be done, for example, using HKL2000 software suite (HKL Research, Inc., Charlottesville, VA). Structure determination, model building, and refinement can be performed, for example, using software such as Molrep, coot and Refmac that are part of CCP4 software suite. MolRep is a program for automated molecular replacement (e.g., MolRep, version 10.2.35). Coot Graphical Interface by Paul Emsley (www.ysbl.york.ac.uk/~emsley) for model building includes an interface to refmac5 (Gnu Public License; refmac5, e.g. version 5.5.0072 or version 5.5.0109). A macromolecular refinement program by Garib Murshudov et al. is integrated into the CCP4 program suite (www.ccp4.ac.uk, CCP4, version 6.1.3). Structural analyses may be performed using molecular viewer software PYMOL (pymol.org).
[00120] In certain embodiments, the atomic coordinates of crystalline PRMT5 are provided. In some embodiments, the coordinates are provides on a computer readable medium or in the memory of a computer.
[00121] The three-dimensional structure of the active site of PRMT5 is provided by the atomic coordinates listed in Table A. [00122] It should be understood that while Table A provides atomic coordinates for crystalline PRMT5, the present invention also contemplates structural modifications thereof, for example, as having significant structural homology (e.g., significant structural overlap), particularly in the areas recognized as active, and thus providing the same or similar structural information as provided herewith. Significant structural homology refers to at least one of the following criteria: (i) at least 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99% structural homology with crystalline PRMT5; or (ii) at least 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99% structural homology with a recognized active binding site of crystalline PRMT5. In certain embodiments, significant structural homology may also refer to at least 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99% structural homology with the primary amino acid sequence of PRMT5. Furthermore, the primary amino acid sequence of PRMT5 may be a sequence included as a segment in a larger amino acid sequence, or may be a fragment thereof. In some embodiments, a fragment of a full-length, wild-type PRMT5 protein is provided or used in an inventive method or system provided herein. In some embodiments, a PRMT5 fragment comprises a PRMT5 sequence of 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 50-75, 75-100, 100-150, 150-200, 200- 250, 250-500, or more than 500 amino acids. In some embodiments, a fragment of PRMT5 does not comprise a full-length PRMT5 sequence, for example, a full-length human PRMT5 sequence. In some embodiments, a fragment of PRMT5 comprises all or at least part of the protein responsible for the enzymatic activity of full-length PRMT5.
Uses of PRMT5 Structural Information
[00123] In another aspect the invention provides methods and/or uses of PRMT5 structural information, for example, and methods for designing, identifying, and/or screening binding compounds to PRMT5 that may be useful in treating a diseaseln certain
embodiments, methods for designing, identifying, and/or screening binding compounds to PRMT5 (e.g. wild-type and/or mutated PRMT5) are provided. The compound may also affect aspects of intracellular trafficking of PRMT5 or aspects of enzymatic function, such as substrate recognition and/or PRMT5 catalytic activity. In certain embodiments, methods are provided for the in silico design, identification, and/or screening of PRMT5 binding compounds using the three-dimensional structural information provided herein. In certain embodiments, methods are provided that can be used to identify inhibitors, reversible inhibitors, and/or activators of PRMT5 activity. In certain embodiments, methods are provided that can be used to identify binding compounds. In certain embodiments, methods are provided that can be used to identify binding compounds that modulate PRMT5 activity. In certain embodiments, methods are provided that can be used to test potential binding compounds for their ability to modulate PRMT5 activity. In certain embodiments, these methods include in silico, in vitro, and in vivo methods. In certain embodiments, methods are provided, solving the structure of PRMT5 homologs or orthologs using the three-dimensional structural information provided herein. In certain embodiments, methods are provided, solving the (partial) structure of proteins comprising structurally or functionally homologous domains using the three-dimensional structural information for PRMT5 provided herein.
[00124] In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides PRMT5 inhibitors having molecular dimensions compatible with the shape of a PRMT5 -active site as defined by the atomic coordinates of S-adenosyl methionine (SAM) and amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Glu435, Leu437, Glu444, and Phe580, according to Table A, wherein the compound has a biochemical IC50 for PRMT5 of less than 100 nM. In certain embodiments, the PRMT5 inhibitor is capable of undergoing a pi-cation interaction with SAM. In certain embodiments, the PRMT5 inhibitor is capable of undergoing a pi-stacking interaction with Phe327. In certain embodiments, the PRMT5 inhibitor is capable of interacting with Glu444.
[00125] Further provided herein are computer-assisted methods for identifying potential PRMT5 binding compounds, using a programmed computer comprising a processor, a data storage system, an input device, and an output device, wherein the methods include a) inputting into the programmed computer through said input device data comprising the atomic coordinates of a subset of the atoms generated from a complex of PRMT5 and a binding compound, thereby generating a criteria data set; b) comparing, using said processor, said criteria data set to a computer database of chemical structures stored in said computer data storage system; c) selecting from said database, using computer methods, chemical structures having a portion that is structurally similar to said criteria data set; and d) outputting to said output device the selected chemical structures having a portion similar to said criteria data set. The subsets of atomic coordinates used in such methods may include one or more of amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Glu435, Leu437, Glu444, and Phe580, and optionally one or more of amino acids Leu312, Thr323, Tyr324, Glu328, Lys333, Tyr334, Gly438, Ser439, Val503, Ser578, Trp579, and Pro581 as set forth in Table A.
[00126] Further provided herein are computer readable media that include the atomic coordinates of PRMT5 as set forth in Table A and may optionally further include programming for displaying a molecular model of PRMT5, programming for identifying a binding compound to PRMT5, and/or a database of structures of drug candidates. Further provided herein are computer systems that include such computer-readable media.
[00127] Further provided herein are computer systems that include a memory unit comprising atomic coordinates defining PRMT5 as set forth in Table A; and a processor in electrical communication with the memory unit; wherein the processor generates a molecular model having a three dimensional structure representative of at least a portion of PRMT5.
[00128] Further provided herein are computer systems that include a memory unit comprising atomic coordinates of amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Glu435, Leu437, Glu444, and Phe580, of PRMT5 as set forth in Table A; and a processor in electrical communication with the memory unit; wherein the processor generates a molecular model having a three dimensional structure representative of at least a portion of PRMT5. The memory unit may optionally further comprise the atomic coordinates of one or more of amino acids Leu312, Thr323, Tyr324, Glu328, Lys333, Tyr334, Gly438, Ser439, Val503, Ser578, Trp579, and Pro581 as set forth in Table A.
[00129] In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides a computer readable medium comprising the atomic coordinates of the complex PRMT5- Compound A6 as set forth in Table Al .
Figure imgf000043_0001
Compound A6
[00130] In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides compounds or pharmaceutical compositions to treat a proliferative disorder, cancer metabolic disorder, diabetes, obesity, blood disorder, hemoglobinopathies, sickle cell anemia, or β-thalessemia. In certain embodiments, the present disclosure provides compounds or pharmaceutical compositions to treat hematological cancers, lung cancer, prostate cancer, melanoma, or pancreatic cancer. Compounds
[00131] As generally described above, provided herein are compounds useful as PRMT5 inhibitors. In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides a compound of Formula (I):
Ring AA-M-Ring BB
I
wherein:
Ring AA is an optionally substituted aryl moiety;
Ring BB is an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl moiety, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl moiety is capable of forming a cation-pi interaction with S-adenosyl methionine (SAM);
M is an acyclic linker moiety 3-10 atoms in length, which allows for the planes of Ring A and Ring B to be between 75° and 105° relative to each other, and includes a carbonyl group, wherein Ring A is attached directly to the carbonyl group, or to the alpha- carbon of the carbonyl group; and
wherein the compound has a biochemical IC50 for PRMT5 of less than 100 nM.
[00132] In certain embodiments, Ring AA is a monocyclic or bicyclic, saturated, partially unsaturated, or aromatic ring having 0, 1,2, 3, 4, or 5 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, wherein Ring AA is substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Ry groups. In certain embodiments, Ring AA is a monocyclic aryl moiety. In certain embodiments, Ring AA is an optionally substituted, fused bicyclic heteroaryl moiety. In certain embodiments, Ring AA is an unsubstituted, fused bicyclic heteroaryl moiety. In certain embodiments, Ring AA is a phenyl moiety fused to a heterocyclic moiety. In certain embodiments, Ring AA is a phenyl moiety fused to a heteroaryl moiety. In certain embodiments, Ring AA is a phenyl moiety fused to a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl moiety.
[00133] In certain embodiments, Ring AA is a phenyl moiety fused to a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl moiety with one nitrogen. In certain embodiments, Ring AA is a phenyl moiety fused to a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl moiety with two nitrogen.
[00134] In certain embodiments, Ring AA is of formula (Ia-1):
Figure imgf000044_0001
(Ia-l)
wherein Ry is described herein. [00135] In certain embodiments, Ring AA is of formula (Ia-2):
Figure imgf000045_0001
(Ia-2)
wherein:
Ring A is an optionally substituted, 5- to 14- membered, monocyclic or bicyclic, heterocyclyl or heteroaryl having 1-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur; and
Y is O or S.
[00136] In certain embodiments, Ring AA is of formula (Ia-3):
Figure imgf000045_0002
(Ia-3)
wherein:
Y is O or S;
G is NR2C, CR3CR4C, O or S;
R2C is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, -C(0)RA, -C(0)ORA, -C(0)SRA, - C(0)N(RB)2, -C(=NRB)RA, -C(=NRB)N(RB)2, -C(=S)RA, -C(=S)N(RB)2, -S(=0)RA, -S02RA, and -S02N(RB)2;
R3C is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, -ORA, -N(RB)2, -SRA, -C(0)RA, -C(0)ORA, - C(0)SRA, -C(0)N(RB)2, -OC(0)RA, -NRBC(=0)RA, -NRBC(=0)N(RB)2, -SC(=0)RA, - C(=NRB)RA, -C(=NRB)N(RB)2, -NRBC(=NRB)RB, -C(=S)RA, -C(=S)N(RB)2, -NRBC(=S)RA, - S(=0)RA, -S02RA, -NRBS02RA, and -S02N(RB)2;
each RA is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl, or two RB groups are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring;
R4C is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, or optionally substituted aliphatic;
each Ry is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -CN, -N02, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, -ORA, -N(RB)2, -SRA, -C(0)RA, -C(0)ORA, -C(0)SRA, -C(0)N(RB)2, -OC(0)RA, -NRBC(0)RA, - NRBC(0)N(RB)2, -SC(0)RA, -C(=NRB)RA, -C(=NRB)N(RB)2, -NRBC(=NRB)RB, -C(=S)RA, - C(=S)N(RB)2, -NRBC(=S)RA, -S(0)RA, -S02RA, -NRBS02RA, and -S02N(RB)2, or two adjacent Ry groups may be taken together with their intervening atoms to form a saturated, partially unsaturated, or aromatic ring having 0-4 heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur;
p is 0, 1, or 2; and
m is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
[00137] In certain embodiments, Ring AA is of formula (Ia-3):
Figure imgf000046_0001
(Ia-3)
wherein:
Y, N, Ry, m and p are as described herein;
R is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000047_0001
[00138] In certain embodiments, Ring AA is of formula (Ia-4):
Figure imgf000047_0002
(Ia-4)
wherein:
R2 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, -C(0)RA, -C(0)ORA, -C(0)SRA, - C(0)N(RB)2, -C(=NRB)RA, -C(=NRB)N(RB)2, -C(=S)RA, -C(=S)N(RB)2, -S(=0)RA, -S02RA, and -S02N(RB)2;
each Ry is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -CN, -N02, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, -ORA, -N(RB)2, -SRA, -C(0)RA, -C(0)ORA, -C(0)SRA, -C(0)N(RB)2, -OC(0)RA, -NRBC(0)RA, - NRBC(0)N(RB)2, -SC(0)RA, -C(=NRB)RA, -C(=NRB)N(RB)2, -NRBC(=NRB)RB, -C(=S)RA, - C(=S)N(RB)2, -NRBC(=S)RA, -S(0)RA, -S02RA, -NRBS02RA, and -S02N(RB)2, or two adjacent Ry groups may be taken together with their intervening atoms to form a saturated, partially unsaturated, or aromatic ring having 0-4 heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur;
each RA is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
each RB is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl, or two RB groups are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring;
each RB is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl, or two RB groups are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring;
m is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
[00139] In certain embodiments, Ring AA is of formula (Ia-5):
Figure imgf000048_0001
wherein:
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, -ORA, -N(RB)2, -SRA, -C(0)RA, -C(0)ORA, - C(0)SRA, -C(0)N(RB)2, -OC(0)RA, -NRBC(=0)RA, -NRBC(=0)N(RB)2, -SC(=0)RA, - C(=NRB)RA, -C(=NRB)N(RB)2, -NRBC(=NRB)RB, -C(=S)RA, -C(=S)N(RB)2, -NRBC(=S)RA, - S(=0)RA, -S02RA, -NRBS02RA, and -S02N(RB)2;
each Ry is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -CN, -N02, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, -ORA, -N(RB)2,
-SRA, -C(0)RA, -C(0)ORA, -C(0)SRA, -C(0)N(RB)2, -OC(0)RA, -NRBC(0)RA, - NRBC(0)N(RB)2, -SC(0)RA, -C(=NRB)RA, -C(=NRB)N(RB)2, -NRBC(=NRB)RB, -C(=S)RA, - C(=S)N(RB)2, -NRBC(=S)RA, -S(0)RA, -S02RA, -NRBS02RA, and -S02N(RB)2, or two adjacent Ry groups may be taken together with their intervening atoms to form a saturated, partially unsaturated, or aromatic ring having 0-4 heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur;
each RA is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
each RB is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl, or two RB groups are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring;
each RB is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl, or two RB groups are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring; and
m is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4.
[00140] In certain embodiments, Ring AA is of formula (Ia-6):
Figure imgf000049_0001
(Ia-6)
wherein Ry and m are described herein. [00141] In certain embodiments, Ring AA is of formula (Ia-7):
Figure imgf000050_0001
(Ia-7)
wherein Ry and m are described herein.
[00142] In certain embodiments, Ring AA is of formula (Ia-8):
Figure imgf000050_0002
(Ia-8)
wherein:
is a bond, -0-, -S-, -N(R)-, -C(O)-, -C(0)N(R)-, -N(R)C(0)N(R)-, - N(R)C(0)-, -N(R)C(0)0- -OC(0)N(R)-, -S02- -S02N(R)-, -N(R)S02- -OC(O)-, - C(0)0-, or an optionally substituted, straight or branched, Ci_6 aliphatic chain wherein one, two, or three methylene units of Li are optionally and independently replaced by -0-, -S-, - N(R)-, -C(O)-, -C(0)N(R)-, -N(R)C(0)N(R)-, -N(R)C(0)-, -N(R)C(0)0- - OC(0)N(R)-, -S02- -S02N(R)-, -N(R)S02- -OC(O)-, or -C(0)0-;
CyD is an optionally substituted, monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic, saturated, partially unsaturated, or aromatic ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur;
Xi, X2, X3, and X4 are independently selected from the group consisting of N, CH, and CRy, provided that at least one of X2, X3, and X4 is not N;
each Ry is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -CN, -N02, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl; optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, -ORA, -N(RB)2, -SRA, -C(=0)RA, -C(=0)ORA, -C(=0)SRA, -C(=0)N(RB)2, -OC(=0)RA, -NRBC(=0)RA, - NRBC(=0)N(RB)2, -SC(=0)RA, -C(=NRB)RA, -C(=NRB)N(RB)2, -NRBC(=NRB)RB, - C(=S)RA, -C(=S)N(RB)2, -NRBC(=S)RA, -S(=0)RA, -S02RA, -NRBS02RA, and -S02N(RB)2;
each RA is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl; and each R is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl, or two RB groups are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring.
[00143] In certain embodiments, Ring AA is of formula (Ia-9):
Figure imgf000051_0001
(Ia-9)
wherein LD, Li are as defined herein.
[00144] In certain embodiments, Ring AA is of formula (Ia-10)
Figure imgf000051_0002
(Ia-10)
wherein LD, Li are as defined herein.
[00145] In certain embodiments, Ring AA is of formula (Ia-11):
Figure imgf000051_0003
(Ia-11)
wherein LD, Li are as defined herein.
[00146] In certain embodiments, Ring AA is of formula (Ia-12):
Figure imgf000051_0004
(Ia-12)
wherein LD, Li are as defined herein.
[00147] In certain embodiments, Ring AA is of formula (Ia-13):
Figure imgf000051_0005
(Ia-13)
wherein LD, Li are as defined herein. [00148] In certain embodiments, Ring AA is of formula (la
Figure imgf000052_0001
(Ia-14)
wherein Ry and m are described herein.
[00149] In certain embodiments, Ring AA is of formula (Ia-15):
Figure imgf000052_0002
(Ia-15)
wherein R1, Ry and m are described herein.
[00150] In certain embodiments, Ring AA is of formula (Ia-16):
Figure imgf000052_0003
(Ia-16)
wherein Ry and m are described herein.
[00151] In certain embodiments, Ring AA is of formula (Ia-17):
Figure imgf000052_0004
(Ia-17)
wherein Ry and m are described herein.
[00152] In certain embodiments, Ring AA is of formula (Ia-18):
Figure imgf000052_0005
wherein R2, Ry and m are described herein.
[00153] In certain embodiments, Ring AA is of formula (Ia-19):
Figure imgf000053_0001
(Ia-19)
wherein R2, Ry and m are described herein.
[00154] In certain embodiments, Ring AA is of formula (Ia-20):
Figure imgf000053_0002
(Ia-20)
wherein Ry and m are described herein.
[00155] In certain embodiments, Ring AA is of formula (Ia-21):
Figure imgf000053_0003
(Ia-21)
wherein Ry and m are described herein.
[00156] In certain embodiments, Ring AA is of formula (Ia-22):
Figure imgf000053_0004
(Ia-22)
wherein Ry and m are described herein.
[00157] In certain embodiments (Ia-22):
Figure imgf000053_0005
(Ia-22)
wherein Ry and m are described herein. [00158] In certain embodiments, Ring AA is of formula (Ia-23):
Figure imgf000054_0001
(Ia-23)
wherein Xx is NR2, O, or S; and R2, Ry and m each are independently described herein.
[00159] In certain embodiments, Ring AA is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000054_0002
Figure imgf000055_0001
[00160] In certain embodiments, Ring BB is an optionally substituted, bicyclic heteroaryl moiety. In certain embodiments, Ring BB is an optionally substituted, bicyclic heteroaryl moiety with 1-4 nitrogen atoms. In certain embodiments, Ring BB is an unsubstituted bicyclic heteroaryl moiety. In certain embodiments, Ring BB is optionally substituted bihydroisoquinoline. In certain embodiments, Ring BB is optionally substituted
tetrahydroisoquinoline. In certain embodiments, Ring BB is unsubstituted
tetrahydroisoquinoline. In certain embodiments, Ring BB is optionally substituted isoindoline. In certain embodiments, Ring BB is unsubstituted isoindoline. In certain embodiments, Ring BB is an optionally substituted amino-aryl moiety. In certain embodiments, Ring BB is optionally substituted benzylamine. In certain embodiments, Ring BB is unsubstituted benzylamine. [00161] In certain embodiments, Ring BB is of formula (Ib-1)
Figure imgf000056_0001
(Ib-1)
wherein:
represents a single or double bond;
Rx is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -CN, optionally substituted aliphatic, and -OR';
R is hydrogen or optionally substituted aliphatic; and
n is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8.
[00162] In certain embodimen (Ib-2)
Figure imgf000056_0002
(Ib-2)
wherein:
Rx is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -CN, optionally substituted aliphatic, and -OR';
R is hydrogen or optionally substituted aliphatic; and
n is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8.
[00163] In certain embodiments, M is with the 4-8 atoms in length. In certain
embodiments, M is a linker 4 atoms in length. In certain embodiments, M is a linker 5 atoms in length. In certain embodiments, the atoms of M are selected from the group consisting of C, N, O, and S. In certain embodiments, the atoms of M are selected from the group consisting of C, N, and O. In certain embodiments, M comprises an amide moiety. In certain embodiments, M comprises a hydroxyl moiety. In certain embodiments, M comprises a sulfonamide moiety. In certain embodiments, M comprises an ester moiety. In certain embodiments, M provides a distance between Ring A and Ring B ranging from
approximately 6 Angstroms to approximately 10 Angstroms. In certain embodiments, M provides a distance between Ring A and Ring B ranging from approximately 8 Angstroms to approximately 9 Angstroms. In certain embodiments, M allows for the planes of Ring A and Ring B to be at an angle ranging from 85° to approximately 95°. [00164] In certain embodiments, :
Figure imgf000057_0001
(Ic)
wherein:
R is hydrogen, Rz, or -C(0)Rz, wherein Rz is optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl;
L is a bond, -N(R)C(0)-, -C(0)N(R)-, -N(R)C(0)N(R)-,-N(R)C(0)0-, - OC(0)N(R)-, -0-, -N(R)-,-C(R2)(R3)-, -0-CR2R3, -N(R)-CR2R3-, -0-CR2R3-0-, -N(R)- CR2R3-0, -N(R)-CR2R3-N(R)-, -0-CR2R3-N(R)-, -CR2R3-0-, -CR2R3-N(R)-, -0-CR2R3- CR9R10-, -N(R)-CR2R3-CR9R10-, -CR2R3-CR9R10-O-, -CR2R3-CR9R10-N(R)-, or -CR2R3- CR9R10-;
R5, R6, R7, and R8 are independently hydrogen, halo, or optionally substituted aliphatic; and
R9 and R10 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, -CN, -N02, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl;
optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, -ORA, -N(RB)2, -SRA, -C(=0)RA, -C(0)ORA, -C(0)SRA, -C(0)N(RB)2, - OC(0)RA, -NRBC(0)RA, -NRBC(0)N(RB)2, -SC(0)RA, -C(=NRB)RA, -C(=NRB)N(RB)2, - NRBC(=NRB)RB, -C(=S)RA, -C(=S)N(RB)2, -NRBC(=S)RA, -S(0)RA, -S02RA, -NRBS02RA, and -S02N(RB)2; or R9 and R10 are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring.
[00165] In certain embodiments, M is of formula (Id):
Figure imgf000057_0002
(Id)
wherein R1, R5, R6, R7 and R8 are as described herein.
[00166] In certain embodiments, M is of formula (Ie):
Figure imgf000057_0003
(Ie) wherein R1, R5, R6, R7 and R8 are as described herein.
[00167] In certain embodiments, M is of formula (If):
Figure imgf000058_0001
(If)
wherein R1 as described herein.
[00168] In certain embodiments, ):
Figure imgf000058_0002
(Ic-1) wherein R1 as described herein.
[00169] In certain embodiments, ):
Figure imgf000058_0003
wherein R1 as described herein.
[00170] In certain embodiments, ):
Figure imgf000058_0004
(Ic-3) wherein R1 as described herein.
[00171] In certain embodiments, M is of formula (Ic-4).
Figure imgf000058_0005
(Ic-4) wherein R1 as described herein.
[00172] In certain embodiments, M is of formula (Ic-5).
Figure imgf000058_0006
(Ic-5) wherein R1 as described herein.
[00173] In certain embodiments, M is of formula (Ic-6).
Figure imgf000059_0001
(Ic-6) wherein R1 as described herein.
In certain embodiments, M is of formula (Ic-7).
Figure imgf000059_0002
(Ic-7)
[00175] In certain embodiments, M is of formula (Ic-8).
Figure imgf000059_0003
(Ic-8)
[00176] In certain embodiments, M is of formula (Ic-9).
Figure imgf000059_0004
(Ic-9)
[00177] In certain embodiments, M is of formula (Ic-10):
Figure imgf000059_0005
(Ic-10) wherein R1 as described herein.
[00178] In certain embodiments, M is of formula (Ic-11):
Figure imgf000059_0006
wherein R as described herein. [00179] In certain embodiments, M is of formula (Ic-12):
Figure imgf000060_0001
(Ic-12)
wherein R1 as described herein.
[00180] In certain embodime
Figure imgf000060_0002
wherein:
R1 and R^ are each independently hydrogen, Rz, or -C(0)Rz, wherein Rz is optionally substituted Ci_6 alkyl;
XA is a bond, -0-, -N(R)-, -CR4AR5A-, -0-CR4AR5A, -N(R)-CR4AR5A-, -O- CR4AR5A-0-, -N(R)-CR4AR5A-0, -N(R)-CR4AR5A-N(R)-, -0-CR4AR5A-N(R)-, -CR4AR5A-0-, - CR4AR5A-N(R)-, -0-CR4AR5A-CR6AR7A-, -N(R)-CR4AR5A-CR6AR7A-, -CR6AR7A-CR4AR5A-0-, -CR6AR7A-CR4AR5A-N(R)-, or— CR6AR7A-CR4AR5A-;
R2A and R3A are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, -CN, -N02, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, -ORA, -N(RB)2, -SRA, -C(=0)RA, -C(0)ORA, -C(0)SRA, -C(0)N(RB)2, - OC(0)RA, -NRBC(0)RA, -NRBC(0)N(RB)2, -SC(0)RA, -C(=NRB)RA, -C(=NRB)N(RB)2, - NRBC(=NRB)RB, -C(=S)RA, -C(=S)N(RB)2, -NRBC(=S)RA, -S(0)RA, -S02RA, -NRBS02RA, and -S02N(RB)2; or R2A and R3A are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring;
R4A and R5A are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, -CN, -N02, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, -ORA, -N(RB)2, -SRA, -C(=0)RA, -C(0)ORA, -C(0)SRA, -C(0)N(RB)2, - OC(0)RA, -NRBC(0)RA, -NRBC(0)N(RB)2, -SC(0)RA, -C(=NRB)RA, -C(=NRB)N(RB)2, - NRBC(=NRB)RB, -C(=S)RA, -C(=S)N(RB)2, -NRBC(=S)RA, -S(0)RA, -S02RA, -NRBS02RA, and -S02N(RB)2; or R4A and R5A are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halo, -CN, -NO2, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted phenyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, -ORA, -N(RB)2, -SRA, -C(=0)RA, -C(0)ORA, -C(0)SRA, -C(0)N(RB)2, - OC(0)RA, -NRBC(0)RA, -NRBC(0)N(RB)2, -SC(0)RA, -C(=NRB)RA, -C(=NRB)N(RB)2, - NRBC(=NRB)RB, -C(=S)RA, -C(=S)N(RB)2, -NRBC(=S)RA, -S(0)RA, -S02RA, -NRBS02RA, and -S02N(RB)2; or R6A and R7A are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring;
each RA is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl;
each R is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted aliphatic, optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl, or two RB groups are taken together with their intervening atoms to form an optionally substituted heterocyclic ring.
[00181] In certain embodime
Figure imgf000061_0001
(If)
wherein XA, R2A, R3A, RAA, R1, R5, R6, R7 and R8 are as described herein.
[00182] In certain embodime
Figure imgf000061_0002
(Ig)
wherein XA, R2A, R3A, RAA, R1, R5, R6, R7 and R8 are as described herein.
[00183] In certain embodiments, M is of formula (Ie-1):
Figure imgf000061_0003
(Ie-1) wherein XA, 2A, R3A, Raa, and R1 are as described herein.
[00184] In certain embodiments, M is of formula (Ie-2):
Figure imgf000062_0001
(Ie-2)
wherein XA, R2A, R?A, Raa, and R1 are as described herein.
[00185] In certain embodime
Figure imgf000062_0002
(Ie-3)
wherein XA, R2A, R3A, Raa, and R1 are as described herein.
[00186] In certain embodime
Figure imgf000062_0003
wherein XA is C, O or N, R2A, R3A, R^, and R1 are as described herein.
[00187] In certain embodime
Figure imgf000062_0004
(Ie-2)
wherein XA is C, O or N, R2A, R3A, R^, and R1 are as described herein.
[00188] In certain embodime
Figure imgf000062_0005
wherein XA is C, O or N, R2A, R3A, R^, and R1 are as described herein. [00189] In certain embodiments, M is of formula (Ie-1):
Figure imgf000063_0001
(Ie-1)
wherein XA is C, O or N, RAA and R1 are H, R2A, and R >J3AA a. re as described herein.
[00190] In certain embodiments, M is of formula (Ie-2):
Figure imgf000063_0002
(Ie-2)
wherein XA is C, O or N, RAA and R1 are H, R2A, and R3A are as described herein.
[00191] In certain embodiments, M is of formula (Ie-3):
Figure imgf000063_0003
(Ie-3)
wherein XA is C, O or N, R and R are H, R , and R are as described herein.
[00192] In certain embodiments, a provided compound is of Formula (II):
Figure imgf000063_0004
II
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,
wherein:
Q is -N(R)C(0)-, -C(0)N(R)-, -N(R)C(0)N(R)-,-N(R)C(0)0- S02NR- or - OC(0)N(R)-;
each R is independently hydrogen, nitrogen protecting group or optionally substituted Ci_6 aliphatic;
Ar' is a monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, wherein Ar' is substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rx groups, as valency permits;
each Rx is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -CN, optionally substituted aliphatic, -OR', and -N(R")2; RY is hydrogen, nitrogen protecting group or optionally substituted aliphatic; Rz is hydrogen or hydroxyl group;
R' and R" are independently hydrogen, nitrogen or oxygen protecting group, optionally substituted Ci_6 aliphatic;
A, B, C, and D are independently 0, 1, or 2;
n is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; and
the nitrogen substituted by RY optionally forms a ring system with the carbon linked with Rz, or forms a ring system with the phenyl group substituted by (Rx)n.
[00193] In certain embodiments, when Ring AA is of formula (Ia-1);
Figure imgf000064_0001
(Ia-1)
Ring BB is of formula (Ib-1) or formula (Ib-2):
Figure imgf000064_0002
(If)
wherein Rx, Ry, R1, R5, R7, R8, R2A, R3A, R^ , XA, G, Y are described herein.
[00194] In certain embodiments, when Ring AA is of formula (Ia-4):
Figure imgf000064_0003
(Ia-4) Ring BB is of formula (Ib-1) or frmula (Ib-2):
Figure imgf000065_0001
(If)
wherein Rx, Ry, R1, R5, R7, R8, R2A, R3A, R^ , XA, G, Y are indepdently described herein.
[00195] In certain embodiments, when Ring AA is of formula (Ia-7):
Figure imgf000065_0002
(Ia-7)
Ring BB is of formula (Ib-1) or formula (Ib-2):
Figure imgf000065_0003
Figure imgf000065_0004
Figure imgf000066_0001
(If)
wherein Rx, Ry, R1, R5, R7, R8, R2A, R3A, R^ , XA, m, and n are described herein.
[00196] In certain embodiments, when Ring is of formula (Ia-3):
Figure imgf000066_0002
(Ia-3)
Ring BB is of formula (Ib-1) or formula (Ib-2):
Figure imgf000066_0003
(If)
wherein Rx, Ry, R1, R5, R7, R8, R2A, R3A, R^ , XA, G, Y are indepdently described herein.
[00197] In certain embodiments, when Ring is of formula (Ia-7):
Figure imgf000066_0004
(Ia-7) Ring BB is of formula (Ib-1) or formula (Ib-2):
Figure imgf000067_0001
(If)
wherein Rx, Ry, R1, R5, R7, R8, R2A, R3A, R^ , XA, G, Y are indepdently described herein.
[00198] In certain embodiments, when Ring is of formula (Ia-8):
Figure imgf000067_0002
(Ia-8)
Ring BB is of formula (Ib-1) or formula (Ib-2):
Figure imgf000067_0003
(If) wherein Cy D, , Xh X2, X3, X4, Rx, Ry, R1, R5, R7, R8, R2A, R3A, RAA , XA, G, Y are indepdently described herein.
[00199] In certain embodiments, when Ring is of formula (Ia-9):
Figure imgf000068_0001
(Ia-9)
Ring BB is of formula (Ib-1) or formula (Ib-2):
Figure imgf000068_0002
(Ib-1) (Ib-2)
of formula (Ie) or formula (If)
Figure imgf000068_0003
(If)
wherein Cy D, h Xh X2, X3, X4, Rx, Ry, R1, R5, R7, R8, R2A, R3A, RAA , XA, G, Y are indepdently described herein.
[00200] In certain embodiments, when Ring is of formula (Ia-10):
Figure imgf000068_0004
(Ia-10)
Ring BB is of formula (Ib-1) or formula (Ib-2):
Figure imgf000068_0005
(Ib-1) (Ib-2)
of formula (Ie) or formula (If)
Figure imgf000069_0001
(If)
wherein Cy D, h Xh X2, X3, X4, Rx, Ry, R1, R5, R7, R8, R2A, R3A, RAA , XA, G, Y are indepdently described herein.
[00201] In certain embodiments, a provided compound is of Formula (III):
Figure imgf000069_0002
wherein Ar', Q, Rz, Rx, A, B, C, and D are decribed as herein.
[00202] In certain embodiments, a provided compound is of Formula (IV):
Figure imgf000069_0003
(IV)
wherein Ar', Q, R1, A, B, C, and D are decribed as herein.
[00203] In certain embodiments, a provided compound is of Formula (IV):
Figure imgf000069_0004
wherein:
Q, R1, A, B, C, and D are decribed as herein; Ar' is selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000070_0001
Figure imgf000070_0002
Figure imgf000071_0001
[00204] In certain embodiments, R is an optionally substituted aliphatic moiety connected to the ortho position of the phenyl group. In certain embodiments, Rz is a hydroxyl group. In certain embodiments, Q is -C(0)N(R)-.
[00205] In certain embodiments, a provided compound is a compound listed in Table A-1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Figure imgf000071_0002
Figure imgf000072_0001
70
Figure imgf000073_0001
Figure imgf000074_0001
Figure imgf000075_0001
Figure imgf000076_0001
Figure imgf000077_0001
75
Figure imgf000078_0001
Figure imgf000079_0001
Figure imgf000080_0001
Figure imgf000081_0001
Figure imgf000082_0001
Figure imgf000083_0001
81
Figure imgf000084_0001
82
Figure imgf000085_0001
83
Figure imgf000086_0001
Figure imgf000087_0001
Figure imgf000088_0001
Figure imgf000089_0001
Figure imgf000090_0001
Figure imgf000091_0001
Figure imgf000092_0001
Figure imgf000093_0001
[00206] In certain embodiments, a provided compound is a compound listed in Table B-1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Figure imgf000094_0001
92
Figure imgf000095_0001
Figure imgf000096_0001
94
Figure imgf000097_0001
Figure imgf000098_0001
96
Figure imgf000099_0001
Figure imgf000100_0001
Figure imgf000101_0001
[00207] In certain embodiments, a provided compound is a compound listed in Table C-1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Figure imgf000101_0002
Figure imgf000102_0001
100
Figure imgf000103_0001
101
Figure imgf000104_0001
102
Figure imgf000105_0001
[00208] In certain embodiments, a provided compound is a compound listed in Table D-1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Figure imgf000105_0002
Figure imgf000106_0001
Figure imgf000107_0001
Figure imgf000108_0001
106
Figure imgf000109_0001
Figure imgf000110_0001
Figure imgf000111_0001
109
Figure imgf000112_0001
110
Figure imgf000113_0001
111
Figure imgf000114_0001
Figure imgf000115_0001
113
Figure imgf000116_0001
Figure imgf000117_0001
115
Figure imgf000118_0001
Figure imgf000119_0001
117
Figure imgf000120_0001
Figure imgf000121_0001
Figure imgf000122_0001
120
Figure imgf000123_0001
121
Figure imgf000124_0001
ı22
Figure imgf000125_0001
Figure imgf000126_0001

Figure imgf000127_0001

Figure imgf000128_0001
Figure imgf000129_0001

Figure imgf000130_0001

Figure imgf000131_0001

Figure imgf000132_0001
Figure imgf000133_0001
Figure imgf000134_0001
ı32
Figure imgf000135_0001
ı33
Figure imgf000136_0001
Figure imgf000137_0001

Figure imgf000138_0001
Figure imgf000139_0001
Figure imgf000140_0001
Figure imgf000141_0001
Figure imgf000142_0001
Figure imgf000143_0001
Figure imgf000144_0001
Figure imgf000145_0001
Figure imgf000146_0001
[00209] In certain embodiments, a provided compound is a compound listed in Table E- 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Figure imgf000146_0002
Figure imgf000147_0001

Figure imgf000148_0001

Figure imgf000149_0001
 [00210] In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits PRMT5. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits wild-type PRMT5. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits a mutant PRMT5. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits PRMT5, e.g., as measured in an assay described herein. In certain embodiments, the PRMT5 is from a human. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits PRMT5 at an IC50 less than or equal to 10 μΜ. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits PRMT5 at an IC50 less than or equal to 1 μΜ. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits PRMT5 at an IC50 less than or equal to 0.1 μΜ. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits PRMT5 in a cell at an EC50 less than or equal to 10 μΜ. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits PRMT5 in a cell at an EC50 less than or equal to 1 μΜ. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits PRMT5 in a cell at an EC50 less than or equal to 0.1 μΜ. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits cell proliferation at an EC50 less than or equal to 10 μΜ. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits cell proliferation at an EC50 less than or equal to 1 μΜ. In certain embodiments, a provided compound inhibits cell proliferation at an EC50 less than or equal to 0.1 μΜ. In some embodiments, a provided compound is selective for PRMT5 over other methyltransferases. In certain embodiments, a provided compound is at least about 10- fold selective, at least about 20-fold selective, at least about 30-fold selective, at least about 40-fold selective, at least about 50-fold selective, at least about 60-fold selective, at least about 70-fold selective, at least about 80-fold selective, at least about 90-fold selective, or at least about 100-fold selective for PRMT5 relative to one or more other methyltransferases.
[00211] It will be understood by one of ordinary skill in the art that the PRMT5 can be wild-type PRMT5, or any mutant or variant of PRMT5.
[00212] In certain embodiments, the PRMT5 is isoform A (GenBank accession no.
NP006100) (SEQ ID O.: l):
MAAMAVGGAG GSRVSSGRDL NCVPEIADTL GAVAKQGFDF LCMPVFHPRF KREFIQEPAK NRPGPQTRSD LLLSGRDWNT LIVGKLSPWI RPDSKVEKIR RNSEAAMLQE LNFGAYLGLP AFLLPLNQED NTNLARVLTN HIHTGHHSSM FWMRVPLVAP EDLRDDIIEN APTTHTEEYS GEEKTWMWWH NFRTLCDYSK RIAVALEIGA DLPSNHVIDR WLGEPIKAAI LPTSIFLTNK KGFPVLSKMH QRLIFRLLKL EVQFIITGTN HHSEKEFCSY LQYLEYLSQN RPPPNAYELF AKGYEDYLQS PLQPLMDNLE SQTYEVFEKD PIKYSQYQQA IYKCLLDRVP EEEKDTNVQV LMVLGAGRGP LVNASLRAAK QADRRIKLYA VEKNPNAWT LENWQFEEWG SQVTWSSDM REWVAPEKAD IIVSELLGSF ADNELSPECL DGAQHFLKDD GVSIPGEYTS FLAPISSSKL YNEVRACREK DRDPEAQFEM
PYWRLHNFH QLSAPQPCFT FSHPNRDPMI DNNRYCTLEF PVEVNTVLHG
FAGYFETVLY QDITLSIRPE THSPGMFSWF PILFPIKQPI TVREGQTICV
RFWRCSNSKK VWYEWAVTAP VCSAIHNPTG RSYTIGL
[00213] In certain embodiments, the PRMT5 is isoform B (GenBank accession no.
NP001034708) (SEQ ID NO.:2)
MRGPNSGTEK GRLVIPEKQG FDFLCMPVFH PRFKREFIQE PAKNRPGPQT
RSDLLLSGRD WNTLIVGKLS PWIRPDSKVE KIRRNSEAAM LQELNFGAYL
GLPAFLLPLN QEDNTNLARV LTNHIHTGHH SSMFWMRVPL VAPEDLRDDI
IENAPTTHTE EYSGEEKTWM WWHNFRTLCD YSKRIAVALE IGADLPSNHV
IDRWLGEPIK AAILPTSIFL TNKKGFPVLS KMHQRLIFRL LKLEVQFIIT
GTNHHSEKEF CSYLQYLEYL SQNRPPPNAY ELFAKGYEDY LQSPLQPLMD
NLESQTYEVF EKDPIKYSQY QQAIYKCLLD RVPEEEKDTN VQVLMVLGAG
RGPLVNASLR AAKQADRRIK LYAVEKNPNA WTLENWQFE EWGSQVTWS
SDMREWVAPE KADIIVSELL GSFADNELSP ECLDGAQHFL KDDGVSIPGE
YTSFLAPISS SKLYNEVRAC REKDRDPEAQ FEMPYWRLH NFHQLSAPQP
CFTFSHPNRD PMIDNNRYCT LEFPVEVNTV LHGFAGYFET VLYQDITLSI
RPETHSPGMF SWFPILFPIK QPITVREGQT ICVRFWRCSN SKKVWYEWAV TAPVCSAIHN PTGRSYTIGL
[00214] In certain embodiments, the PRMT5 is transcript variant 1 (GenBank accession no. NM_006109).
Pharmaceutical Compositions and Administration
[00215] The present disclosure provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound described herein, e.g., a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, as described herein, and optionally a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. It will be understood by one of ordinary skill in the art that the compounds described herein, or salts thereof, may be present as hydrates, solvates, or polymorphs. In certain embodiments, a provided composition comprises two or more compounds described herein. In certain embodiments, a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is provided in an effective amount in the pharmaceutical composition. In certain embodiments, the effective amount is a therapeutically effective amount. In certain embodiments, the effective amount is an amount effective for inhibiting PRMT5. In certain embodiments, the effective amount is an amount effective for treating a PRMT5 -mediated disorder. In certain embodiments, the effective amount is a prophylactically effective amount. In certain embodiments, the effective amount is an amount effective to prevent a PRMT5-mediated disorder.
[00216] Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients include any and all solvents, diluents, or other liquid vehicles, dispersions, suspension aids, surface active agents, isotonic agents, thickening or emulsifying agents, preservatives, solid binders, lubricants, and the like, as suited to the particular dosage form desired. General considerations in formulation and/or manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions agents can be found, for example, in
Remington 's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Sixteenth Edition, E. W. Martin (Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa., 1980), and Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21st Edition (Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2005).
[00217] Pharmaceutical compositions described herein can be prepared by any method known in the art of pharmacology. In general, such preparatory methods include the steps of bringing a compound described herein (the "active ingredient") into association with a carrier and/or one or more other accessory ingredients, and then, if necessary and/or desirable, shaping and/or packaging the product into a desired single- or multi-dose unit.
[00218] Pharmaceutical compositions can be prepared, packaged, and/or sold in bulk, as a single unit dose, and/or as a plurality of single unit doses. As used herein, a "unit dose" is discrete amount of the pharmaceutical composition comprising a predetermined amount of the active ingredient. The amount of the active ingredient is generally equal to the dosage of the active ingredient which would be administered to a subject and/or a convenient fraction of such a dosage such as, for example, one-half or one-third of such a dosage.
[00219] Relative amounts of the active ingredient, the pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, and/or any additional ingredients in a pharmaceutical composition of the present disclosure will vary, depending upon the identity, size, and/or condition of the subject treated and further depending upon the route by which the composition is to be administered. By way of example, the composition may comprise between 0.1% and 100% (w/w) active ingredient.
[00220] Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients used in the manufacture of provided pharmaceutical compositions include inert diluents, dispersing and/or granulating agents, surface active agents and/or emulsifiers, disintegrating agents, binding agents, preservatives, buffering agents, lubricating agents, and/or oils. Excipients such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes, coloring agents, coating agents, sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents may also be present in the composition. [00221] Exemplary diluents include calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, calcium phosphate, dicalcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, calcium hydrogen phosphate, sodium phosphate lactose, sucrose, cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, kaolin, mannitol, sorbitol, inositol, sodium chloride, dry starch, cornstarch, powdered sugar, and mixtures thereof.
[00222] Exemplary granulating and/or dispersing agents include potato starch, corn starch, tapioca starch, sodium starch glycolate, clays, alginic acid, guar gum, citrus pulp, agar, bentonite, cellulose and wood products, natural sponge, cation-exchange resins, calcium carbonate, silicates, sodium carbonate, cross-linked poly(vinyl-pyrrolidone) (crospovidone), sodium carboxymethyl starch (sodium starch glycolate), carboxymethyl cellulose, cross- linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose (croscarmellose), methylcellulose, pregelatinized starch (starch 1500), microcrystalline starch, water insoluble starch, calcium carboxymethyl cellulose, magnesium aluminum silicate (Veegum), sodium lauryl sulfate, quaternary ammonium compounds, and mixtures thereof.
[00223] Exemplary surface active agents and/or emulsifiers include natural emulsifiers (e.g., acacia, agar, alginic acid, sodium alginate, tragacanth, chondrux, cholesterol, xanthan, pectin, gelatin, egg yolk, casein, wool fat, cholesterol, wax, and lecithin), colloidal clays (e.g., bentonite (aluminum silicate) and Veegum (magnesium aluminum silicate)), long chain amino acid derivatives, high molecular weight alcohols (e.g., stearyl alcohol, cetyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol, triacetin monostearate, ethylene glycol distearate, glyceryl monostearate, and propylene glycol monostearate, polyvinyl alcohol), carbomers (e.g., carboxy polymethylene, polyacrylic acid, acrylic acid polymer, and carboxyvinyl polymer), carrageenan, cellulosic derivatives (e.g., carboxymethylcellulose sodium, powdered cellulose, hydroxymethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, methylcellulose), sorbitan fatty acid esters (e.g., polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate (Tween 20), polyoxyethylene sorbitan (Tween 60), polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate (Tween 80), sorbitan monopalmitate (Span 40), sorbitan monostearate (Span 60], sorbitan tristearate (Span 65), glyceryl monooleate, sorbitan monooleate (Span 80)), polyoxyethylene esters (e.g., polyoxyethylene monostearate (Myrj 45), polyoxyethylene hydrogenated castor oil, polyethoxylated castor oil, polyoxymethylene stearate, and Solutol), sucrose fatty acid esters, polyethylene glycol fatty acid esters (e.g., Cremophor™), polyoxyethylene ethers, (e.g., polyoxyethylene lauryl ether (Brij 30)), poly(vinyl-pyrrolidone), diethyl ene glycol monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate, sodium oleate, potassium oleate, ethyl oleate, oleic acid, ethyl laurate, sodium lauryl sulfate, Pluronic F68, Poloxamer 188, cetrimonium bromide, cetylpyridinium chloride, benzalkonium chloride, docusate sodium, and/or mixtures thereof. [00224] Exemplary binding agents include starch (e.g., cornstarch and starch paste), gelatin, sugars (e.g., sucrose, glucose, dextrose, dextrin, molasses, lactose, lactitol, mannitol, etc.), natural and synthetic gums (e.g., acacia, sodium alginate, extract of Irish moss, panwar gum, ghatti gum, mucilage of isapol husks, carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, ethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl
methylcellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, cellulose acetate, poly(vinyl-pyrrolidone), magnesium aluminum silicate (Veegum), and larch arabogalactan), alginates, polyethylene oxide, polyethylene glycol, inorganic calcium salts, silicic acid, polymethacrylates, waxes, water, alcohol, and/or mixtures thereof.
[00225] Exemplary preservatives include antioxidants, chelating agents, antimicrobial preservatives, antifungal preservatives, alcohol preservatives, acidic preservatives, and other preservatives.
[00226] Exemplary antioxidants include alpha tocopherol, ascorbic acid, acorbyl palmitate, butylated hydroxyanisole, butylated hydroxytoluene, monothioglycerol, potassium metabisulfite, propionic acid, propyl gallate, sodium ascorbate, sodium bisulfite, sodium metabisulfite, and sodium sulfite.
[00227] Exemplary chelating agents include ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA) and salts and hydrates thereof (e.g., sodium edetate, disodium edetate, trisodium edetate, calcium disodium edetate, dipotassium edetate, and the like), citric acid and salts and hydrates thereof (e.g., citric acid monohydrate), fumaric acid and salts and hydrates thereof, malic acid and salts and hydrates thereof, phosphoric acid and salts and hydrates thereof, and tartaric acid and salts and hydrates thereof. Exemplary antimicrobial preservatives include benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride, benzyl alcohol, bronopol, cetrimide, cetylpyridinium chloride, chlorhexidine, chlorobutanol, chlorocresol, chloroxylenol, cresol, ethyl alcohol, glycerin, hexetidine, imidurea, phenol, phenoxyethanol, phenylethyl alcohol, phenylmercuric nitrate, propylene glycol, and thimerosal.
[00228] Exemplary antifungal preservatives include butyl paraben, methyl paraben, ethyl paraben, propyl paraben, benzoic acid, hydroxybenzoic acid, potassium benzoate, potassium sorbate, sodium benzoate, sodium propionate, and sorbic acid.
[00229] Exemplary alcohol preservatives include ethanol, polyethylene glycol, phenol, phenolic compounds, bisphenol, chlorobutanol, hydroxybenzoate, and phenylethyl alcohol. Exemplary acidic preservatives include vitamin A, vitamin C, vitamin E, beta-carotene, citric acid, acetic acid, dehydroacetic acid, ascorbic acid, sorbic acid, and phytic acid. [00230] Other preservatives include tocopherol, tocopherol acetate, deteroxime mesylate, cetrimide, butylated hydroxyanisol (BHA), butylated hydroxytoluened (BHT),
ethylenediamine, sodium lauryl sulfate (SLS), sodium lauryl ether sulfate (SLES), sodium bisulfite, sodium metabisulfite, potassium sulfite, potassium metabisulfite, Glydant Plus, Phenonip, methylparaben, Germall 1 15, Germaben II, Neolone, Kathon, and Euxyl. In certain embodiments, the preservative is an anti-oxidant. In other embodiments, the preservative is a chelating agent.
[00231] Exemplary buffering agents include citrate buffer solutions, acetate buffer solutions, phosphate buffer solutions, ammonium chloride, calcium carbonate, calcium chloride, calcium citrate, calcium glubionate, calcium gluceptate, calcium gluconate, D- gluconic acid, calcium glycerophosphate, calcium lactate, propanoic acid, calcium levulinate, pentanoic acid, dibasic calcium phosphate, phosphoric acid, tribasic calcium phosphate, calcium hydroxide phosphate, potassium acetate, potassium chloride, potassium gluconate, potassium mixtures, dibasic potassium phosphate, monobasic potassium phosphate, potassium phosphate mixtures, sodium acetate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium chloride, sodium citrate, sodium lactate, dibasic sodium phosphate, monobasic sodium phosphate, sodium phosphate mixtures, tromethamine, magnesium hydroxide, aluminum hydroxide, alginic acid, pyrogen-free water, isotonic saline, Ringer's solution, ethyl alcohol, and mixtures thereof.
[00232] Exemplary lubricating agents include magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, stearic acid, silica, talc, malt, glyceryl behanate, hydrogenated vegetable oils, polyethylene glycol, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, sodium chloride, leucine, magnesium lauryl sulfate, sodium lauryl sulfate, and mixtures thereof.
[00233] Exemplary natural oils include almond, apricot kernel, avocado, babassu, bergamot, black current seed, borage, cade, camomile, canola, caraway, carnauba, castor, cinnamon, cocoa butter, coconut, cod liver, coffee, corn, cotton seed, emu, eucalyptus, evening primrose, fish, flaxseed, geraniol, gourd, grape seed, hazel nut, hyssop, isopropyl myristate, jojoba, kukui nut, lavandin, lavender, lemon, litsea cubeba, macademia nut, mallow, mango seed, meadowfoam seed, mink, nutmeg, olive, orange, orange roughy, palm, palm kernel, peach kernel, peanut, poppy seed, pumpkin seed, rapeseed, rice bran, rosemary, safflower, sandalwood, sasquana, savoury, sea buckthorn, sesame, shea butter, silicone, soybean, sunflower, tea tree, thistle, tsubaki, vetiver, walnut, and wheat germ oils.
Exemplary synthetic oils include, but are not limited to, butyl stearate, caprylic triglyceride, capric triglyceride, cyclomethicone, diethyl sebacate, dimethicone 360, isopropyl myristate, mineral oil, octyldodecanol, oleyl alcohol, silicone oil, and mixtures thereof. [00234] Liquid dosage forms for oral and parenteral administration include
pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs. In addition to the active ingredients, the liquid dosage forms may comprise inert diluents commonly used in the art such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, dimethylformamide, oils (e.g., cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor, and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof. Besides inert diluents, the oral compositions can include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and perfuming agents. In certain embodiments for parenteral administration, the compounds described herein are mixed with solubilizing agents such as Cremophor™, alcohols, oils, modified oils, glycols, polysorbates, cyclodextrins, polymers, and mixtures thereof.
[00235] Injectable preparations, for example, sterile injecTable Aqueous or oleaginous suspensions can be formulated according to the known art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents. The sterile injectable preparation can be a sterile injectable solution, suspension or emulsion in a nontoxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that can be employed are water, Ringer's solution, U.S. P. and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil can be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid are used in the preparation of injectables.
[00236] The injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter, or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectable medium prior to use.
[00237] In order to prolong the effect of a drug, it is often desirable to slow the absorption of the drug from subcutaneous or intramuscular injection. This can be accomplished by the use of a liquid suspension of crystalline or amorphous material with poor water solubility. The rate of absorption of the drug then depends upon its rate of dissolution which, in turn, may depend upon crystal size and crystalline form. Alternatively, delayed absorption of a parenterally administered drug form is accomplished by dissolving or suspending the drug in an oil vehicle. [00238] Compositions for rectal or vaginal administration are typically suppositories which can be prepared by mixing the compounds described herein with suitable non- irritating excipients or carriers such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at ambient temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active ingredient.
[00239] Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets, pills, powders, and granules. In such solid dosage forms, the active ingredient is mixed with at least one inert, pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate and/or a) fillers or extenders such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and silicic acid, b) binders such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidinone, sucrose, and acacia, c) humectants such as glycerol, d) disintegrating agents such as agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate, e) solution retarding agents such as paraffin, f) absorption accelerators such as quaternary ammonium compounds, g) wetting agents such as, for example, cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate, h) absorbents such as kaolin and bentonite clay, and i) lubricants such as talc, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, solid polyethylene glycols, sodium lauryl sulfate, and mixtures thereof. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the dosage form may comprise buffering agents.
[00240] Solid compositions of a similar type can be employed as fillers in soft and hard- filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like. The solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art. They may optionally comprise opacifying agents and can be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions which can be used include polymeric substances and waxes. Solid compositions of a similar type can be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like.
[00241] The active ingredient can be in micro-encapsulated form with one or more excipients as noted above. The solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings, release controlling coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art. In such solid dosage forms the active ingredient can be admixed with at least one inert diluent such as sucrose, lactose, or starch. Such dosage forms may comprise, as is normal practice, additional substances other than inert diluents, e.g., tableting lubricants and other tableting aids such a magnesium stearate and microcrystalline cellulose. In the case of capsules, tablets, and pills, the dosage forms may comprise buffering agents. They may optionally comprise opacifying agents and can be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions which can be used include polymeric substances and waxes.
[00242] Dosage forms for topical and/or transdermal administration of a provided compound may include ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, powders, solutions, sprays, inhalants and/or patches. Generally, the active ingredient is admixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and/or any desired preservatives and/or buffers as can be required. Additionally, the present disclosure encompasses the use of transdermal patches, which often have the added advantage of providing controlled delivery of an active ingredient to the body. Such dosage forms can be prepared, for example, by dissolving and/or dispensing the active ingredient in the proper medium. Alternatively or additionally, the rate can be controlled by either providing a rate controlling membrane and/or by dispersing the active ingredient in a polymer matrix and/or gel.
[00243] Suitable devices for use in delivering intradermal pharmaceutical compositions described herein include short needle devices such as those described in U.S. Patents 4,886,499; 5, 190,521; 5,328,483; 5,527,288; 4,270,537; 5,015,235; 5, 141,496; and
5,417,662. Intradermal compositions can be administered by devices which limit the effective penetration length of a needle into the skin, such as those described in PCT publication WO 99/34850 and functional equivalents thereof. Jet injection devices which deliver liquid vaccines to the dermis via a liquid jet injector and/or via a needle which pierces the stratum corneum and produces a jet which reaches the dermis are suitable. Jet injection devices are described, for example, in U.S. Patents 5,480,381 ; 5,599,302; 5,334, 144;
5,993,412; 5,649,912; 5,569, 189; 5,704,91 1; 5,383,851; 5,893,397; 5,466,220; 5,339, 163; 5,312,335; 5,503,627; 5,064,413; 5,520,639; 4,596,556; 4,790,824; 4,941,880; 4,940,460; and PCT publications WO 97/37705 and WO 97/13537. Ballistic powder/particle delivery devices which use compressed gas to accelerate vaccine in powder form through the outer layers of the skin to the dermis are suitable. Alternatively or additionally, conventional syringes can be used in the classical mantoux method of intradermal administration. [00244] Formulations suitable for topical administration include, but are not limited to, liquid and/or semi liquid preparations such as liniments, lotions, oil in water and/or water in oil emulsions such as creams, ointments and/or pastes, and/or solutions and/or suspensions. Topically-administrable formulations may, for example, comprise from about 1% to about 10% (w/w) active ingredient, although the concentration of the active ingredient can be as high as the solubility limit of the active ingredient in the solvent. Formulations for topical administration may further comprise one or more of the additional ingredients described herein.
[00245] A provided pharmaceutical composition can be prepared, packaged, and/or sold in a formulation suitable for pulmonary administration via the buccal cavity. Such a formulation may comprise dry particles which comprise the active ingredient and which have a diameter in the range from about 0.5 to about 7 nanometers or from about 1 to about 6 nanometers. Such compositions are conveniently in the form of dry powders for
administration using a device comprising a dry powder reservoir to which a stream of propellant can be directed to disperse the powder and/or using a self propelling
solvent/powder dispensing container such as a device comprising the active ingredient dissolved and/or suspended in a low-boiling propellant in a sealed container. Such powders comprise particles wherein at least 98% of the particles by weight have a diameter greater than 0.5 nanometers and at least 95% of the particles by number have a diameter less than 7 nanometers. Alternatively, at least 95% of the particles by weight have a diameter greater than 1 nanometer and at least 90% of the particles by number have a diameter less than 6 nanometers. Dry powder compositions may include a solid fine powder diluent such as sugar and are conveniently provided in a unit dose form.
[00246] Low boiling propellants generally include liquid propellants having a boiling point of below 65 °F at atmospheric pressure. Generally the propellant may constitute 50 to 99.9% (w/w) of the composition, and the active ingredient may constitute 0.1 to 20% (w/w) of the composition. The propellant may further comprise additional ingredients such as a liquid non-ionic and/or solid anionic surfactant and/or a solid diluent (which may have a particle size of the same order as particles comprising the active ingredient).
[00247] Pharmaceutical compositions formulated for pulmonary delivery may provide the active ingredient in the form of droplets of a solution and/or suspension. Such formulations can be prepared, packaged, and/or sold as aqueous and/or dilute alcoholic solutions and/or suspensions, optionally sterile, comprising the active ingredient, and may conveniently be administered using any nebulization and/or atomization device. Such formulations may further comprise one or more additional ingredients including, but not limited to, a flavoring agent such as saccharin sodium, a volatile oil, a buffering agent, a surface active agent, and/or a preservative such as methylhydroxybenzoate. The droplets provided by this route of administration may have an average diameter in the range from about 0.1 to about 200 nanometers.
[00248] Formulations described herein as being useful for pulmonary delivery are useful for intranasal delivery of a pharmaceutical composition. Another formulation suitable for intranasal administration is a coarse powder comprising the active ingredient and having an average particle from about 0.2 to 500 micrometers. Such a formulation is administered by rapid inhalation through the nasal passage from a container of the powder held close to the nares.
[00249] Formulations for nasal administration may, for example, comprise from about as little as 0.1% (w/w) and as much as 100% (w/w) of the active ingredient, and may comprise one or more of the additional ingredients described herein. A provided pharmaceutical composition can be prepared, packaged, and/or sold in a formulation for buccal
administration. Such formulations may, for example, be in the form of tablets and/or lozenges made using conventional methods, and may contain, for example, 0.1 to 20% (w/w) active ingredient, the balance comprising an orally dissolvable and/or degradable
composition and, optionally, one or more of the additional ingredients described herein. Alternately, formulations for buccal administration may comprise a powder and/or an aerosolized and/or atomized solution and/or suspension comprising the active ingredient. Such powdered, aerosolized, and/or aerosolized formulations, when dispersed, may have an average particle and/or droplet size in the range from about 0.1 to about 200 nanometers, and may further comprise one or more of the additional ingredients described herein.
[00250] A provided pharmaceutical composition can be prepared, packaged, and/or sold in a formulation for ophthalmic administration. Such formulations may, for example, be in the form of eye drops including, for example, a 0.1/1.0% (w/w) solution and/or suspension of the active ingredient in an aqueous or oily liquid carrier. Such drops may further comprise buffering agents, salts, and/or one or more other of the additional ingredients described herein. Other opthalmically-administrable formulations which are useful include those which comprise the active ingredient in microcrystalline form and/or in a liposomal preparation. Ear drops and/or eye drops are contemplated as being within the scope of this disclosure. [00251] Although the descriptions of pharmaceutical compositions provided herein are principally directed to pharmaceutical compositions which are suitable for administration to humans, it will be understood by the skilled artisan that such compositions are generally suitable for administration to animals of all sorts. Modification of pharmaceutical compositions suitable for administration to humans in order to render the compositions suitable for administration to various animals is well understood, and the ordinarily skilled veterinary pharmacologist can design and/or perform such modification with ordinary experimentation.
[00252] Compounds provided herein are typically formulated in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. It will be understood, however, that the total daily usage of provided compositions will be decided by the attending physician within the scope of sound medical judgment. The specific therapeutically effective dose level for any particular subject or organism will depend upon a variety of factors including the disease, disorder, or condition being treated and the severity of the disorder; the activity of the specific active ingredient employed; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the subject; the time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion of the specific active ingredient employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific active ingredient employed; and like factors well known in the medical arts.
[00253] The compounds and compositions provided herein can be administered by any route, including enteral (e.g., oral), parenteral, intravenous, intramuscular, intra-arterial, intramedullary, intrathecal, subcutaneous, intraventricular, transdermal, interdermal, rectal, intravaginal, intraperitoneal, topical (as by powders, ointments, creams, and/or drops), mucosal, nasal, bucal, sublingual; by intratracheal instillation, bronchial instillation, and/or inhalation; and/or as an oral spray, nasal spray, and/or aerosol. Specifically contemplated routes are oral administration, intravenous administration (e.g., systemic intravenous injection), regional administration via blood and/or lymph supply, and/or direct
administration to an affected site. In general the most appropriate route of administration will depend upon a variety of factors including the nature of the agent (e.g., its stability in the environment of the gastrointestinal tract), and/or the condition of the subject (e.g., whether the subject is able to tolerate oral administration).
[00254] The exact amount of a compound required to achieve an effective amount will vary from subject to subject, depending, for example, on species, age, and general condition of a subject, severity of the side effects or disorder, identity of the particular compound(s), mode of administration, and the like. The desired dosage can be delivered three times a day, two times a day, once a day, every other day, every third day, every week, every two weeks, every three weeks, or every four weeks. In certain embodiments, the desired dosage can be delivered using multiple administrations (e.g., two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, twelve, thirteen, fourteen, or more administrations).
[00255] In certain embodiments, an effective amount of a compound for administration one or more times a day to a 70 kg adult human may comprise about 0.0001 mg to about 3000 mg, about 0.0001 mg to about 2000 mg, about 0.0001 mg to about 1000 mg, about 0.001 mg to about 1000 mg, about 0.01 mg to about 1000 mg, about 0.1 mg to about 1000 mg, about 1 mg to about 1000 mg, about 1 mg to about 100 mg, about 10 mg to about 1000 mg, or about 100 mg to about 1000 mg, of a compound per unit dosage form.
[00256] In certain embodiments, a compound described herein may be administered at dosage levels sufficient to deliver from about 0.001 mg/kg to about 1000 mg/kg, from about 0.01 mg/kg to about mg/kg, from about 0.1 mg/kg to about 40 mg/kg, from about 0.5 mg/kg to about 30 mg/kg, from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, from about 0.1 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, or from about 1 mg/kg to about 25 mg/kg, of subject body weight per day, one or more times a day, to obtain the desired therapeutic effect.
[00257] In some embodiments, a compound described herein is administered one or more times per day, for multiple days. In some embodiments, the dosing regimen is continued for days, weeks, months, or years.
[00258] It will be appreciated that dose ranges as described herein provide guidance for the administration of provided pharmaceutical compositions to an adult. The amount to be administered to, for example, a child or an adolescent can be determined by a medical practitioner or person skilled in the art and can be lower or the same as that administered to an adult.
[00259] It will be also appreciated that a compound or composition, as described herein, can be administered in combination with one or more additional therapeutically active agents. In certain embodiments, a compound or composition provided herein is administered in combination with one or more additional therapeutically active agents that improve its bioavailability, reduce and/or modify its metabolism, inhibit its excretion, and/or modify its distribution within the body. It will also be appreciated that the therapy employed may achieve a desired effect for the same disorder, and/or it may achieve different effects.
[00260] The compound or composition can be administered concurrently with, prior to, or subsequent to, one or more additional therapeutically active agents. In certain embodiments, the additional therapeutically active agent is a compound of Formula (I). In certain embodiments, the additional therapeutically active agent is not a compound of Formula (I). In general, each agent will be administered at a dose and/or on a time schedule determined for that agent. In will further be appreciated that the additional therapeutically active agent utilized in this combination can be administered together in a single composition or administered separately in different compositions. The particular combination to employ in a regimen will take into account compatibility of a provided compound with the additional therapeutically active agent and/or the desired therapeutic effect to be achieved. In general, it is expected that additional therapeutically active agents utilized in combination be utilized at levels that do not exceed the levels at which they are utilized individually. In some embodiments, the levels utilized in combination will be lower than those utilized
individually.
[00261] Exemplary additional therapeutically active agents include, but are not limited to, small organic molecules such as drug compounds (e.g., compounds approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration as provided in the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR)), peptides, proteins, carbohydrates, monosaccharides, oligosaccharides, polysaccharides, nucleoproteins, mucoproteins, lipoproteins, synthetic polypeptides or proteins, small molecules linked to proteins, glycoproteins, steroids, nucleic acids, DNAs, RNAs, nucleotides, nucleosides, oligonucleotides, antisense oligonucleotides, lipids, hormones, vitamins, and cells.
[00262] Also encompassed by the present discosure are kits (e.g., pharmaceutical packs). The kits provided may comprise a provided pharmaceutical composition or compound and a container (e.g., a vial, ampule, bottle, syringe, and/or dispenser package, or other suitable container). In some embodiments, provided kits may optionally further include a second container comprising a pharmaceutical excipient for dilution or suspension of a provided pharmaceutical composition or compound. In some embodiments, a provided pharmaceutical composition or compound provided in the container and the second container are combined to form one unit dosage form. In some embodiments, a provided kits further includes instructions for use.
Methods of Use and Treatment
[00263] Compounds and compositions described herein are generally useful for the inhibition of PRMT5. In some embodiments, methods of treating PRMT5 -mediated disorder in a subject are provided which comprise administering an effective amount of a compound described herein (e.g., a compound of Formula (I)), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof), to a subject in need of treatment. In certain embodiments, the effective amount is a therapeutically effective amount. In certain embodiments, the effective amount is a prophylactically effective amount. In certain embodiments, the subject is suffering from a PRMT5-mediated disorder. In certain embodiments, the subject is susceptible to a PRMT5- mediated disorder.
[00264] As used herein, the term "PRMT5 -mediated disorder" means any disease, disorder, or other pathological condition in which PRMT5 is known to play a role.
Accordingly, in some embodiments, the present disclosure relates to treating or lessening the severity of one or more diseases in which PRMT5 is known to play a role.
[00265] In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides a method of inhibiting PRMT5 comprising contacting PRMT5 with an effective amount of a compound described herein (e.g., a compound of Formula (I)), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The PRMT5 may be purified or crude, and may be present in a cell, tissue, or subject. Thus, such methods encompass both inhibition of in vitro and in vivo PRMT5 activity. In certain embodiments, the method is an in vitro method, e.g., such as an assay method. It will be understood by one of ordinary skill in the art that inhibition of PRMT5 does not necessarily require that all of the PRMT5 be occupied by an inhibitor at once. Exemplary levels of inhibition of PRMT5 include at least 10% inhibition, about 10% to about 25% inhibition, about 25% to about 50% inhibition, about 50% to about 75% inhibition, at least 50% inhibition, at least 75% inhibition, about 80% inhibition, about 90% inhibition, and greater than 90% inhibition.
[00266] In some embodiments, provided is a method of inhibiting PRMT5 activity in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound described herein (e.g., a compound of Formula (I)), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00267] In certain embodiments, provided is a method of altering gene expression in a cell which comprises contacting a cell with an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In certain embodiments, the cell in culture in vitro. In certain embodiments, the cell is in an animal, e.g., a human. In certain embodiments, the cell is in a subject in need of treatment.
[00268] In certain embodiments, provided is a method of altering transcription in a cell which comprises contacting a cell with an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In certain embodiments, the cell in culture in vitro. In certain embodiments, the cell is in an animal, e.g., a human. In certain
embodiments, the cell is in a subject in need of treatment.
[00269] In some embodiments, a provided compound is useful in treating a proliferative disorder, such as cancer, a benign neoplasm, an autoimmune disease, or an inflammatory disease. For example, while not being bound to any particular mechanism, PRMT5 has been shown to be involved in cyclin Dl dysregulated cancers. Increased PRMT5 activity mediates key events associated with cyclin Dl -dependent neoplastic growth including CUL4 repression, CDT1 overexpression, and DNA re-replication. Further, human cancers harboring mutations in Fbx4, the cyclin Dl E3 ligase, exhibit nuclear cyclin Dl accumulation and increased PRMT5 activity (Aggarwal et al, Cancer Cell. 2010 18(4):329-40).
Additionally, PRMT5 has also been implicated in accelerating cell cycle progression through Gl phase and modulating regulators of Gl ; for example, PRMT5 may upregulate cyclin- dependent kinase (CDK) 4, CDK6, and cyclins Dl, D2 and El. Moreover, PRMT5 may activate phosphoinositide 3-kinase (PI3K)/AKT signaling (Wei et al, Cancer Sci. 2012 103(9): 1640-50). Thus in some embodiments, the inhibition of PRMT5 by a provided compound is useful in treating the following non-limiting list of cancers: breast cancer, esophageal cancer, bladder cancer, lung cancer, hematopoietic cancer, lymphoma, medulloblastoma, rectum adenocarcinoma, colon adenocarcinoma, gastric cancer, pancreatic cancer, liver cancer, adenoid cystic carcinoma, lung adenocarcinoma, head and neck squamous cell carcinoma, brain tumors, hepatocellular carcinoma, renal cell carcinoma, melanoma, oligodendroglioma, ovarian clear cell carcinoma, and ovarian serous
cystadenocarcinoma.
[00270] In some embodiments, the inhibition of PRMT5 by a provided compound is useful in treating prostate cancer and lung cancer, in which PRMT5 has been shown to play a role (Gu et al, PLoS One 2012;7(8):e44033; Gu et al, Biochem. J. (2012) 446 (235-241)). In some embodiments, a provided compound is useful to delay the onset of, slow the progression of, or ameliorate the symptoms of cancer. In some embodiments, a provided compound is administered in combination with other compounds, drugs, or therapeutics to treat cancer.
[00271] In some embodiments, compounds described herein are useful for treating a cancer including, but not limited to, acoustic neuroma, adenocarcinoma, adrenal gland cancer, anal cancer, angiosarcoma (e.g., lymphangiosarcoma, lymphangioendotheliosarcoma, hemangiosarcoma), appendix cancer, benign monoclonal gammopathy, biliary cancer (e.g., cholangiocarcinoma), bladder cancer, breast cancer (e.g., adenocarcinoma of the breast, papillary carcinoma of the breast, mammary cancer, medullary carcinoma of the breast), brain cancer (e.g., meningioma; glioma, e.g., astrocytoma, oligodendroglioma;
medulloblastoma), bronchus cancer, carcinoid tumor, cervical cancer (e.g., cervical adenocarcinoma), choriocarcinoma, chordoma, craniopharyngioma, colorectal cancer (e.g., colon cancer, rectal cancer, colorectal adenocarcinoma), epithelial carcinoma, ependymoma, endotheliosarcoma (e.g., Kaposi's sarcoma, multiple idiopathic hemorrhagic sarcoma), endometrial cancer (e.g., uterine cancer, uterine sarcoma), esophageal cancer (e.g., adenocarcinoma of the esophagus, Barrett's adenocarinoma), Ewing sarcoma, eye cancer (e.g., intraocular melanoma, retinoblastoma), familiar hypereosinophilia, gall bladder cancer, gastric cancer (e.g., stomach adenocarcinoma), gastrointestinal stromal tumor (GIST), head and neck cancer (e.g., head and neck squamous cell carcinoma, oral cancer (e.g., oral squamous cell carcinoma (OSCC), throat cancer (e.g., laryngeal cancer, pharyngeal cancer, nasopharyngeal cancer, oropharyngeal cancer)), hematopoietic cancers (e.g., leukemia such as acute lymphocytic leukemia (ALL) (e.g., B-cell ALL, T-cell ALL), acute myelocytic leukemia (AML) (e.g., B-cell AML, T-cell AML), chronic myelocytic leukemia (CML) (e.g., B-cell CML, T-cell CML), and chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL) (e.g., B-cell CLL, T- cell CLL); lymphoma such as Hodgkin lymphoma (HL) (e.g., B-cell HL, T-cell HL) and non-Hodgkin lymphoma (NHL) (e.g., B-cell NHL such as diffuse large cell lymphoma (DLCL) (e.g., diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL)), follicular lymphoma, chronic lymphocytic leukemia/small lymphocytic lymphoma (CLL/SLL), mantle cell lymphoma (MCL), marginal zone B-cell lymphomas (e.g., mucosa-associated lymphoid tissue (MALT) lymphomas, nodal marginal zone B-cell lymphoma, splenic marginal zone B-cell lymphoma), primary mediastinal B-cell lymphoma, Burkitt lymphoma, lymphoplasmacytic lymphoma (i.e., "Waldenstrom's macroglobulinemia"), hairy cell leukemia (HCL), immunoblastic large cell lymphoma, precursor B-lymphoblastic lymphoma and primary central nervous system (CNS) lymphoma; and T-cell NHL such as precursor T-lymphoblastic lymphoma/leukemia, peripheral T-cell lymphoma (PTCL) (e.g., cutaneous T-cell lymphoma (CTCL) (e.g., mycosis fungiodes, Sezary syndrome), angioimmunoblastic T-cell lymphoma, extranodal natural killer T-cell lymphoma, enteropathy type T-cell lymphoma, subcutaneous panniculitis-like T-cell lymphoma, anaplastic large cell lymphoma); a mixture of one or more leukemia/lymphoma as described above; and multiple myeloma (MM)), heavy chain disease (e.g., alpha chain disease, gamma chain disease, mu chain disease), hemangioblastoma, inflammatory myofibroblastic tumors, immunocytic amyloidosis, kidney cancer (e.g., nephroblastoma a.k.a. Wilms' tumor, renal cell carcinoma), liver cancer (e.g., hepatocellular cancer (HCC), malignant hepatoma), lung cancer (e.g., bronchogenic carcinoma, small cell lung cancer (SCLC), non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), adenocarcinoma of the lung), leiomyosarcoma (LMS), mastocytosis (e.g., systemic mastocytosis), myelodysplasia;
syndrome (MDS), mesothelioma, myeloproliferative disorder (MPD) (e.g., polycythemia Vera (PV), essential thrombocytosis (ET), agnogenic myeloid metaplasia (AMM) a.k.a. myelofibrosis (MF), chronic idiopathic myelofibrosis, chronic myelocytic leukemia (CML), chronic neutrophilic leukemia (CNL), hypereosinophilic syndrome (HES)), neuroblastoma, neurofibroma (e.g., neurofibromatosis (NF) type 1 or type 2, schwannomatosis),
neuroendocrine cancer (e.g., gastroenteropancreatic neuroendoctrine tumor (GEP-NET), carcinoid tumor), osteosarcoma, ovarian cancer (e.g., cystadenocarcinoma, ovarian embryonal carcinoma, ovarian adenocarcinoma), papillary adenocarcinoma, pancreatic cancer (e.g., pancreatic andenocarcinoma, intraductal papillary mucinous neoplasm (IPMN), Islet cell tumors), penile cancer (e.g., Paget's disease of the penis and scrotum), pinealoma, primitive neuroectodermal tumor (PNT), prostate cancer (e.g., prostate adenocarcinoma), rectal cancer, rhabdomyosarcoma, salivary gland cancer, skin cancer (e.g., squamous cell carcinoma (SCC), keratoacanthoma (KA), melanoma, basal cell carcinoma (BCC)), small bowel cancer (e.g., appendix cancer), soft tissue sarcoma (e.g., malignant fibrous histiocytoma (MFH), liposarcoma, malignant peripheral nerve sheath tumor (MPNST), chondrosarcoma, fibrosarcoma, myxosarcoma), sebaceous gland carcinoma, sweat gland carcinoma, synovioma, testicular cancer (e.g., seminoma, testicular embryonal carcinoma), thyroid cancer (e.g., papillary carcinoma of the thyroid, papillary thyroid carcinoma (PTC), medullary thyroid cancer), urethral cancer, vaginal cancer and vulvar cancer (e.g., Paget's disease of the vulva).
[00272] In some embodiments, a provided compound is useful in treating a metabolic disorder, such as diabetes or obesity. For example, while not being bound to any particular mechanism, a role for PRMT5 has been recognized in adipogenesis. Inhibition of PRMT5 expression in multiple cell culture models for adipogenesis prevented the activation of adipogenic genes, while overexpression of PRMT5 enhanced adipogenic gene expression and differentiation (LeBlanc et ah, Mol Endocrinol. 2012 Apr;26(4):583-97). Additionally, it has been shown that adipogenesis plays a pivotal role in the etiology and progression of diabetes and obesity (Camp et ah, Trends Mol Med. 2002 Sep;8(9):442-7). Thus in some embodiments, the inhibition of PRMT5 by a provided compound is useful in treating diabetes and/or obesity. [00273] In some embodiments, a provided compound is useful to delay the onset of, slow the progression of, or ameliorate the symptoms of, diabetes. In some embodiments, the diabetes is Type 1 diabetes. In some embodiments, the diabetes is Type 2 diabetes. In some embodiments, a provided compound is useful to delay the onset of, slow the progression of, or ameliorate the symptoms of, obesity. In some embodiments, a provided compound could be used in combination with other compounds, drugs, or therapeutics, such as metformin and insulin, to treat diabetes and/or obesity.
[00274] In some embodiments, a provided compound is useful in treating a blood disorder, such as sickle cell disease or β-thalassemia. For example, while not being bound to any particular mechanism, PRMT5 is a known repressor of γ-globin gene expression, and increased fetal γ-globin (HbF) levels in adulthood are associated with symptomatic amelioration in sickle cell disease and β-thalassemia (Xu et ah, Haematologica. 2012 Nov;97(l 1): 1632-40). Thus in some embodiments, the inhibition of PRMT5 by a provided compound is useful in treating a blood disorder, such as sickle cell disease or β-thalassemia.
[00275] In some embodiments, a provided compound is useful to delay the onset of, slow the progression of, or ameliorate the symptoms of, sickle cell disease. In some embodiments, a provided compound is useful to delay the onset of, slow the progression of, or ameliorate the symptoms of, β-thalassemia. In some embodiments, a provided compound could be used in combination with other compounds, drugs, or therapeutics, to treat sickle cell disease or β- thalassemia.
Synthetic Methods
[00276] In some embodiments, compounds described herein can prepared using methods shown in general Scheme A- 1. Compound Bb can be prepared via ring opening of a chiral or racemic epoxide group. This amino alcohol intermediate can be coupled to form an amide via normal amide coupling methodology using a carboxylic acid Aa wherein Z is hydrogen or via amination of an ester of intermediate Aa when Z is an optionally substituted aliphatic
Figure imgf000168_0001
Aa Bb
Scheme A-l
[00277] For example, exemplary Schemes A-2 and A-3 show such couplings.
Figure imgf000169_0001
Scheme A-2
Figure imgf000169_0002
Scheme A-3
[00278] In some embodiments, an amide coupling step can be used to provide a key intermediate for further synthesis, as shown, for example, in exemplary Scheme A-4.
Figure imgf000169_0003
Scheme A-4 [00279] In some embodiments, compounds described herein can prepared using methods shown in general Scheme B-1. Compound Bb can be prepared via ring opening of a chiral or racemic epoxide group. This amino alcohol intermediate can be coupled to form an amide via normal amide coupling methodology using a carboxylic acid Cc wherein Z is hydrogen or via amination of an ester of intermediate Cc when Z is an optionally substituted aliphatic
Figure imgf000170_0001
Scheme B-1
[00280] Analogous reactions may be performed to form a carbamate or urea bond using methods known to one of ordinary skill in the art.
[00281] In some embodiments, such couplings can be used to provide a key intermediate for further synthesis, as shown, for example, in exemplary Scheme B-2.
Figure imgf000170_0002
Scheme B-2
[00282] In other embodiments, an amide coupling step is the final synthetic step as shown in exemplary Scheme B-3.
Figure imgf000171_0001
Scheme B-3
[00283] In some embodiments, compounds described herein can prepared using methods shown in general Scheme C-1, which describes ring opening of a chiral or racemic epoxide group to form the amino alcohol moiety linker.
Figure imgf000171_0002
Scheme C-1
[00284] In some embodiments, epoxide opening can be performed in the final step as shown in exemplary Schemes C-2 and C-3.
Figure imgf000171_0003
Scheme C-3
[00285] In some embodiments, an amide coupling step can be used to provide a key intermediate for further synthesis, as shown in exemplary Schemes C-4 to C-6.
Figure imgf000172_0001
Scheme C-4
Figure imgf000172_0002
Scheme C-5
Figure imgf000172_0003
MW 120°C, 30 mins
H2 /PtQ2 / 50psi
Figure imgf000172_0004
Scheme C-6
[00286] In some embodiments, compounds described herein can prepared using methods shown in general Scheme D-1, comprising a ring opening of a chiral or racemic epoxide
Figure imgf000172_0005
Figure imgf000173_0001
Scheme D-l
[00287] In some embodiments, the epoxide opening is the final step in the synthesis, as shown in exemplary Scheme D-2.
Figure imgf000173_0002
Scheme D-2
[00288] In some embodiments, epoxide opening is employed to build key intermediates for addition synthesis as shown in exemplary schemes D-3 to D-6.
Figure imgf000173_0003
Figure imgf000174_0001
Figure imgf000174_0002
Scheme D-6
[00289] In some embodiments, compounds described herein can prepared using methods shown in general Scheme E- 1 ring opening of a chiral or racemic epoxide group to form an amino alcohol moiety. A ring opening step can be performed in either direction as shown in scheme 1.
Figure imgf000175_0001
Scheme E-l
[00290] In some embodiments, compounds described herein can prepared using methods shown in general Scheme E-2. Compound B can be prepared via ring opening of a chiral or racemic epoxide group. This amino alcohol intermediate can be coupled to form an amide via normal amide coupling methodology using a carboxylic acid A wherein Z\ is hydrogen or via amination of an ester of intermediate A when Z\ is an optionally substituted aliphatic group.
Figure imgf000175_0002
A B
Scheme E-2
[00291] In some embodiments, compounds described herein can prepared using methods shown in general Scheme E-3. Compound Be can be prepared via ring opening of a chiral or racemic epoxide group. This amino alcohol intermediate can be coupled to form an amide via normal amide coupling methodology using a carboxylic acid A wherein Z\ is hydrogen or via amination of an ester of intermediate A when Z\ is an optionally substituted aliphatic
Figure imgf000175_0003
Scheme E-3 [00292] In some embodiments, compounds described herein can prepared using methods shown in general Scheme E-4, which describes ring opening of a chiral or racemic epoxide group to form the amino alcohol moiety linker.
Figure imgf000176_0001
Scheme E-4
Examples
[00293] In order that the invention described herein may be more fully understood, the following examples are set forth. It should be understood that these examples are for illustrative purposes only and are not to be construed as limiting this invention in any manner.
PRMT5-MEP50 crystallization and structure determination
[00294] Crystals were grown using the coexpressed PRMT5-MEP50, stored in a buffer containing 50 mM Tris, 250mM sodium chloride, ImM TCEP, pH 8.0 and concentrated to 10-30 mg/ml. The protein (typically at 15 mg/ml) was incubated with 0.5-2 mM sinefungin or SAM or SAH, and 0.5-2 mM compound (solubilized at 50-200 mM in DMSO) on ice for 20-120 minutes prior to crystallization. Crystals were grown using vapor diffusion methods with hanging drop trays. 1 + 1 μΐ, or 2 + 2 μΐ, drops were suspended over well solutions containing 0.05-0.5 M sodium acetate, 0.05-0.2 M sodium citrate pH 5-6, 5-15% w/v PEG 4000 (measured pH 5.7-6.5), with typical crystallization conditions being 0.2 M sodium acetate, 0.1 M sodium citrate pH 5.5, 10% w/v PEG 4000 (measured pH = 6.1). Seeding techniques are used to reliably obtain crystals of protein-ligand complexes. Crystals appeared after 1-2 days and grew to full size in 5-7 days. A selection of PRMT5-MEP5- compound crystals is shown in Figure 1. Crystals were cryoprotected into a final solution of 0.2 M sodium acetate, 0.1 M sodium citrate pH 5.5, 10% w/v PEG 4000, 20% glycerol through a series of step increases in glycerol concentration and flash frozen in liquid nitrogen prior to data collection.
[00295] Data collection was done at home x-ray sources or at synchrotron sources (ie,
APS beamline 21-ID-F), with synchrotron sources being the preferred method of data acquisition. Typically, 180° of data were obtained using 0.5-1° oscillations per frame. Data reduction was done using a variety of programs, including but not limited to Xia2, HKL2000, d*TREK, XDS, MOSFLM, etc. Crystals usually belong to space group 1222 with unit cell parameters a = 103.6 A, b = 137.8 A, c = 178.8 A, α = β = γ = 90°; variation around these numbers is normal for individual datasets. Crystals also belonged to space group C2 with unit cell parameters a = 225.7 A, b = 104.3 A, c = 138.0 A, a = 90°, β = 127.5°, γ = 90°. Scaling of data was done using Aimless, Scala, XSCALE, d*TREK, Scalepack, or other programs. In some cases, molecular replacement can be performed using a previously determined structure of PRMT5-MEP50-compound using AMoRe, Phaser, MolRep or other crystallography programs, or using difference Fourier methods. Once phases were determined and the ligand was placed in the active site as defined by the difference density observed, refinement of the final structure typically was done using REFMAC5, but other programs such as BUSTER, CNX, PHENIX, etc can also be used.
Biological Assays
PRMT5 Biochemical Assay
[00296] General Materials. S-adenosylmethionine (SAM), S-adenosylhomocysteine (SAH), bicine, KC1, Tween20, dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), bovine skin gelatin (BSG), and Tris(2-carboxyethyl)phosphine hydrochloride solution (TCEP) were purchased from Sigma- Aldrich at the highest level of purity possible. 3H-SAM was purchase from American Radiolabeled Chemicals with a specific activity of 80 Ci/mmol. 384-well streptavidin Flashplates were purchased from PerkinElmer.
[00297] Substrates. Peptide representative of human histone H4 residues 1-15 was synthesized with a C-terminal linker-affinity tag motif and a C-terminal amide cap by 21st Century Biochemicals. The peptide was high high-perfomance liquid chromatography (HPLC) purified to greater than 95% purity and confirmed by liquid chromatography mass spectrometry (LC-MS). The sequence was Ac-SGRGKGGKGLGKGGA[K-Biot]-amide (SEQ ID NO. :3).
[00298] Molecular Biology: Full-length human PRMT5 (NM_006109.3) transcript variant 1 clone was amplified from a fetal brain cDNA library, incorporating flanking 5 ' sequence encoding a FLAG tag (MDYKDDDDK) (SEQ ID NO.:4) fused directly to Ala 2 of PRMT5. Full-length human MEP50 (NM_024102) clone was amplified from a human testis cDNA library incorporating a 5 ' sequence encoding a 6-histidine tag (MHHHHHH) (SEQ ID NO.:5) fused directly to Arg 2 of MEP50. The amplified genes were sublconed into pENTR/D/TEV (Life Technologies) and subsequently transferred by Gateway™ attL x attR recombination to pDEST8 baculvirus expression vector (Life Technologies).
[00299] Protein Expression. Recombinant baculovirus and Baculovirus-Infected Insect Cells (BIIC) were generated according to Bac-to-Bac kit instructions (Life Technologies) and Wasilko, 2006, respectively. Protein over-expression was accomplished by infecting exponentially growing Spodoptera frugiperda (SF9) cell culture at 1.2X106cell/ml with a 5000 fold dilution of BIIC stock. Infections were carried out at 27°C for 72 hours, harvested by centrifugation, and stored at -80°C for purification.
[00300] Protein Purification. Expressed full-length human Flag-PRMT5/6His-MeP50 protein complex was purified from cell paste by NiNTA agarose affinity chromatography after a five hour equilibration of the resin with buffer containing 50mM Tris-HCL, pH 8.0, 25 mM NaCl, and ImM TCEP at 4°C, to minimize the adsorption of tubulin impurity by the resin. Flag-PRMT5/6His-MeP50 was eluted with 300mM Imidazole in the same buffer. The purity of recovered protein was 87%. Reference: Wasilko, D.J. and S.E. Lee: "TIPS:
titerless infected-cells preservation and scale-up" Bioprocess J., 5 (2006), pp.29-32.
[00301] Predicted Translations:
[00302] Flag-PRMT5 (SEQ ID NO.:6)
MDYKDDDDKA AMAVGGAGGS RVSSGRDLNC VPEIADTLGA VAKQGFDFLC MPVFHPRFKR EFIQEPAKNR PGPQTRSDLL LSGRDWNTLI VGKLSPWIRP DSKVEKIRRN SEAAMLQELN FGAYLGLPAF LLPLNQEDNT NLARVLTNHI HTGHHSSMFW MRVPLVAPED LRDDIIENAP TTHTEEYSGE EKTWMWWHNF RTLCDYSKRI AVALEIGADL PSNHVIDRWL GEPIKAAILP TSIFLTNKKG FPVLSKMHQR LIFRLLKLEV QFI ITGTNHH SEKEFCSYLQ YLEYLSQNRP PPNAYELFAK GYEDYLQSPL QPLMDNLESQ TYEVFEKDPI KYSQYQQAIY KCLLDRVPEE EKDTNVQVLM VLGAGRGPLV NASLRAAKQA DRRIKLYAVE KNPNAWTLE NWQFEEWGSQ VTWSSDMRE WVAPEKADII VSELLGSFAD NELSPECLDG AQHFLKDDGV SIPGEYTSFL APISSSKLYN EVRACREKDR DPEAQFEMPY WRLHNFHQL SAPQPCFTFS HPNRDPMIDN NRYCTLEFPV EVNTVLHGFA GYFETVLYQD ITLSIRPETH SPGMFSWFPI LFPIKQPITV REGQTICVRF WRCSNSKKVW YEWAVTAPVC SAIHNPTGRS YTIG L
[00303] 6His-MEP50 (SEQ ID NO.:7)
MHHHHHHRKE TPPPLVPPAA REWNLPPNAP ACMERQLEAA RYRSDGALLL GASSLSGRCW AGSLWLFKDP CAAPNEGFCS AGVQTEAGVA DLTWVGERGI LVASDSGAVE LWELDENETL IVSKFCKYEH DDIVSTVSVL SSGTQAVSGS KDICIKVWDL AQQWLSSYR AHAAQVTCVA ASPHKDSVFL SCSEDNRILL WDTRCPKPAS QIGCSAPGYL PTSLAWHPQQ SEVFVFGDEN GTVSLVDTKS TSCVLSSAVH SQCVTGLVFS PHSVPFLASL SEDCSLAVLD SSLSELFRSQ AHRDFVRDAT WS PLNHSLLT TVGWDHQWH HVVPTEPLPA PGPASVTE
General Procedure for PRMT5/MEP50 Enzyme Assays on Peptide Substrates.
[00304] The assays were all performed in a buffer consisting of 20mM Bicine
(pH=7.6), ImM TCEP, 0.005% BSG, and 0.002% Tween20, prepared on the day of use. Compounds in 100% DMSO (lul) were spotted into a polypropylene 384-well V-bottom plates (Greiner) using a Platemate Plus outfitted with a 384-channel head (Thermo
Scientific). DMSO (lul) was added to Columns 1 1, 12, 23, 24, rows A-H for the maximum signal control and lul of SAH, a known product and inhibitor of PRMT5/MEP50, was added to columns 11, 12, 23, 24, rows I-P for the minimum signal control. A cocktail (40ul) containing the PRMT5/MEP50 enzyme and the peptide was added by Multidrop Combi (Thermo-Fisher). The compounds were allowed to incubate with PRMT5/MEP50 for 30 min at 25 degrees Celsius, then a cocktail (lOul) containing 3H-SAM was added to initiate the reaction (final volume = 5 lul). The final concentrations of the components were as follows: PRMT5/MEP50 was 4nM, 3H-SAM was 75nM, peptide was 40nM, SAH in the minimum signal control wells was lOOuM, and the DMSO concentration was 1%. The assays were stopped by the addition of non-radioactive SAM (lOul) to a final concentration of 600uM, which dilutes the 3H-SAM to a level where its incorporation into the peptide substrate is no longer detectable. 50ul of the reaction in the 384-well polypropylene plate was then transferred to a 384-well Flashplate and the biotinylated peptides were allowed to bind to the streptavidin surface for at least 1 hour before being washed three times with 0. l%Tween20 in a Biotek ELx405 plate washer. The plates were then read in a PerkinElmer TopCount plate reader to measure the quantity of 3H-labeled peptide bound to the Flashplate surface, measured as disintegrations per minute (dpm) or alternatively, referred to as counts per minute (cpm).
% inhibition calculati
Figure imgf000179_0001
where dpm = disintegrations per minute, cmpd = signal in assay well, and min and max are the respective minimum and maximum signal controls.
Four-parameter IC50 fit (Top— Bottom)
Bottom H y
ri _l_ r Λ niii Coefficient
where top and bottom are the normally allowed to float, but may be fixed at 100 or 0 respectively in a 3 -parameter fit. The Hill Coefficient normally allowed to float but may also be fixed at 1 in a 3 -parameter fit. Y is the % inhibition and X is the compound concentration.
Z-138 Methylation Assay
[00305] Z-138 suspension cells were purchased from ATCC (American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, VA). RPMI/Glutamax medium, penicillin-streptomycin, heat inactivated fetal bovine serum, and D-PBS were purchased from Life Technologies, Grand Island, NY, USA. Odyssey blocking buffer, 800CW goat anti-rabbit IgG (H+L) antibody, and Licor Odyssey infrared scanner were purchased from Licor Biosciences, Lincoln, NE, USA. Symmetric di-methyl arginine antibody was purchased from EMD Millipore, Billerica, MA, USA. 16% Paraformaldehyde was purchased from Electron Microscopy Sciences, Hatfield, PA, USA.
[00306] Z-138 suspension cells were maintained in growth medium (RPMI 1640 supplemented with 10% v/v heat inactivated fetal bovine serum and 100 units/mL penicillin- streptomycin) and cultured at 37 °C under 5% C02.
[00307] Cell Treatment, In Cell Western (ICW) for detection of Symmetric di-Methyl Arginine and DNA content. Z-138 cells were seeded in assay medium at a concentration of 50,000 cells per mL to a 384-well cell culture plate with 50 per well. Compound (100 nL) from 384 well source plates was added directly to 384 well cell plate. Plates were incubated at 37°C, 5% CO2 for 96 hours. After four days of incubation, 40 of cells from incubated plates were added to poly-D-lysine coated 384 well culture plates (BD Biosciences 356697). Plates were incubated at room temperature for 30 minutes then incubated at 37°C, 5% CO2 for 5 hours. After the incubation, 40 per well of 8% paraformaldehyde in PBS (16% paraformaldahyde was diluted to 8% in PBS) was added to each plate and incubated for 30 minutes. Plates were transferred to a Biotek 405 plate washer and washed 5 times with 100 per well of wash buffer (IX PBS with 0.1% Triton X-100 (v/v)). Next 30 μί per well of Odyssey blocking buffer were added to each plate and incubated 1 hour at room temperature. Blocking buffer was removed and 20 μί per well of primary antibody was added (symmetric di-methyl arginine diluted 1 : 100 in Odyssey buffer with 0.1% Tween 20 (v/v)) and plates were incubated overnight (16 hours) at 4°C. Plates were washed 5 times with 100 μί ρεΓ well of wash buffer. Next 20 μί per well of secondary antibody was added (1 :200 800CW goat anti -rabbit IgG (H+L) antibody, 1 : 1000 DRAQ5 (Biostatus limited) in Odyssey buffer with 0.1% Tween 20 (v/v)) and incubated for 1 hour at room temperature. The plates were washed 5 times with 100 μί per well wash buffer then 1 time with 100 μί per well of water. Plates were allowed to dry at room temperature then imaged on the Licor Odyssey machine which measures integrated intensity at 700nm and 800nm wavelengths. Both 700 and 800 channels were scanned.
for each well was determined by:
Figure imgf000181_0001
[00309] Each plate included fourteen control wells of DMSO only treatment (minimum inhibition) as well as fourteen control wells for maximum inhibition treated with 3 μΜ of a reference compound (Background wells). The average of the ratio values for each control type was calculated and used to determine the percent inhibition for each test well in the plate. Reference compound was serially diluted three- fold in DMSO for a total of nine test concentrations, beginning at 3 μΜ. Percent inhibition was determined and IC50 curves were generated using triplicate wells per concentration of compound.
[00310] Percent Inhibition = 100-
Figure imgf000181_0002
Z-138 Proliferation Assay
[00311] Z-138 suspension cells were purchased from ATCC (American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, VA). RPMI/Glutamax medium, penicillin-streptomycin, heat inactivated fetal bovine serum were purchased from Life Technologies, Grand Island, NY, USA. V-bottom polypropylene 384-well plates were purchased from Greiner Bio-One, Monroe, NC, USA. Cell culture 384-well white opaque plates were purchased from Perkin Elmer, Waltham, MA, USA. Cell-Titer Glo® was purchased from Promega Corporation, Madison, WI, USA. SpectraMax M5 plate reader was purchased from Molecular Devices LLC, Sunnyvale, CA, USA.
[00312] Z-138 suspension cells were maintained in growth medium (RPMI 1640 supplemented with 10% v/v heat inactivated fetal bovine serum and cultured at 37°C under 5% C02. Under assay conditions, cells were incubated in assay medium (RPMI 1640 supplemented with 10% v/v heat inactivated fetal bovine serum and 100 units/mL penicillin- streptomycin) at 37°C under 5% CO2.
[00313] For the assessment of the effect of compounds on the proliferation of the Z-138 cell line, exponentially growing cells were plated in 384-well white opaque plates at a density of 10,000 cells/ml in a final volume of 50 μΐ of assay medium. A compound source plate was prepared by performing triplicate nine-point 3 -fold serial dilutions in DMSO, beginning at 10 mM (final top concentration of compound in the assay was 20 μΜ and the DMSO was 0.2%). A 100 nL aliquot from the compound stock plate was added to its respective well in the cell plate. The 100% inhibition control consisted of cells treated with 200 nM final concentration of staurosporine and the 0% inhibition control consisted of DMSO treated cells. After addition of compounds, assay plates were incubated for 5 days at 37°C, 5% CO2, relative humidity > 90%.
Cell viability was measured by quantitation of ATP present in the cell cultures, adding 35 μΐ of Cell Titer Glo® reagent to the cell plates. Luminescence was read in the SpectraMax M5 microplate reader. The concentration of compound inhibiting cell viability by 50% was determined using a 4-parametric fit of the normalized dose response curves.
[00314] Results for certain compounds described herein are shown in Table A-2.
Figure imgf000182_0001
Figure imgf000183_0001
V III |) Ι ) DIOIIH IIIK-tl IV ~.|| l IiV'V »V» f I".fV i-n 11 111 1 III lull ΓΛ 511
A45 A A B
A46 B B D
A47 A B c
A48 A B D
A49 A B C
A50 A A C
A51 D
A52 C
A53 A B C
A54 B B
A55 B
A56 C
A57 D
A58 D
A59 C
A60 B C
A61 C
A62 C
A63 D
A64 A B c
A65 A B c
A66 A B c
A67 A A c
A68 A B
A69 B C
A70 A B
A71 A B
A72 C
A73 A A B
A74 A B C V III |) Ι ) DIOIIH IIIK-tl IV ~.|| l IiV'V »V» f I".fV i-n 11 111 1 III lull ΓΛ 511
A75 A A c
A76 A B c
A77 A A c
A78 B B
A79 A B c
A80 A B D
A81 A A B
A82 A A C
A83 B B D
A84 A B C
A85 C C
A86 A B D
A87 C
A88 A B D
A89 B C
A90 A B D
A91 A B C
A92 A A C
A93 A A C
A94 A B D
A95 A B D
A96 A B D
A97 B B C
A98 A A C
A99 A B C
A100 A A C
A101 A A C
A102 A A C
A103 A B
A104 B C
Figure imgf000186_0001
Table A-2. Bio o«ical Assa\ Results
( mptl No Biochemical Prolilcralion
A135 C — -
A136 C — -
A137 B c **
A138 B c -
A139 * — -
A140 C — -
A141 c — -
A142 B B **
A143 C — -
A144 * — -
A145 c — -
A146 A B -
A147 * — -
A148 * — -
A149 A B -
A150 B — -
A151 B — -
A152 C — -
For Table A-2, "A" indicates an IC50 or EC50 < 0.100 μΜ, "B" indicates an IC50 or EC50 of 0.101 - 1.000 μΜ, "C" indicates an IC50 or EC50 of 1.001 - 10.000 μΜ, "D" indicates an IC50 or EC50 of 10.001 - 50 μΜ, and "E" indicates an IC50 or EC50 > 50 μΜ. "-" indicates no data shown. "*" indicates an IC50 or EC50 > 10 μΜ. "**" indicates an IC50 or EC50 > 20 μΜ
[00315] Results for certain compounds described herein are shown in Table B-2.
Figure imgf000187_0001
Figure imgf000188_0001
Figure imgf000189_0001
For Table B-2, "A" indicates an IC50 or EC50 < 0.100 μΜ, "B" indicates an IC50 or EC50 of 0.101 - 1.000 μΜ, "C" indicates an IC50 or EC50 of 1.001 - 10.000 μΜ, "D" indicates an IC50 or EC50 of 10.001 - 50 μΜ, and "E" indicates an IC50 or EC50 > 50 μΜ. "-" indicates no data. "**" indicates an IC50 or ECso > 20 μΜ.
[00316] Results for certain compounds described herein are shown in Table C-2.
Figure imgf000189_0002
Figure imgf000190_0001
Figure imgf000191_0001
For Table C-2, "A" indicates an IC50 or EC50 < 0.100 μΜ, "B" ind icates an IC50 or EC50 of
0.101 - 1.000 μΜ, "C" indicates an IC50 or EC50 of 1.001 - 10.000 μΜ, "D" indicates an IC: or ECso of 10.001 - 50 μΜ, and "E" indicates an IC50 or EC50 > 50 μΜ. "-" indicates no data. "*" indicates an IC50 or EC50 > 10 μΜ. "**" indicates an IC50 or EC50 > 20 μΜ.
[00317] Results for certain compounds described herein are shown in Table D-2.
Figure imgf000191_0002
V III |) Ι ) DIOIIH IIIK-tl IV ~.|| l IiV'V »V» f I".fV i-n 11 111 1 III lull ΓΛ 511
D22. B D
D23. c D
D24. c E
D25. c D
D26. D E
D27. C E
D28. C E
D29. D D
D30. E D
D31. B c D
D32. C E
D33. C E
D34. C D
D35. C
D36. D
D37. C
D38. E
D39. B c
D40. C
D41. C
D42. D
D43. B c
D44. C
D45. A B C
D46. C
D47. A B c
D48. C
D49. B B c
D50. C
D51. E V III |) Ι ) DIOIIH IIIK-tl IV ~.|| l IiV'V »V» f I".fV i-n 11 111 1 III lull ΓΛ 511
D52. c
D53. B B D
D54. E
D55. c
D56. E
D57. C
D58. B c D
D59. B D D
D60. B B D
D61. E
D62. B C D
D63. B C D
D64. C
D65. A B D
D66. B
D67. B C D
D68. B D D
D69. C
D70. C
D71. C
D72. B C D
D73. C
D74. B c D
D75. B c D
D76. C
D77. C
D78. C
D79. D
D80. B C
D81. B B D
Figure imgf000194_0001
Dill. B c
Figure imgf000195_0001
Figure imgf000196_0001
Figure imgf000197_0001
Figure imgf000198_0001
V III |) Ι ) DIOIIH IIIK-tl IV ~.|| l IiV'V »V» f I".fV i-n 11 111 1 III lull ΓΛ 511
D232. B
D233. A A c
D234. A A B
D235. B B D
D236. A B c
D237. B B D
D238. A A C
D239. A A C
D240. A B C
D241. A B C
D242. B B C
D243. B B C
D244. B B D
D245. A B C
D246. A A B
D247. A A C
D248. B B D
D249. B B D
D250. A B C
D251. A B C
D252. A B C
D253. A B C
D254. A B C
D255. A A B
D256. A A B
D257. A B C
D258. B C
D259. B B D
D260. C
D261. A B D V III |) Ι ) DIOIIH IIIK-tl IV ~.|| l IiV'V »V» f I".fV i-n 11 111 1 III lull ΓΛ 511
D262. B c c
D263. B B D
D264. B C c
D265. A B c
D266. A C c
D267. B
D268. C
D269. A B D
D270. B B D
D271. B B
D272. B B C
D273. A B D
D274. C
D275. A B C
D276. B C c
D277.
D278. C
D279. C
D280. c D
D281. c
D282. D
D283. D
D284. D
D285. C
D286. B
D287. C
D288. C E
D289. E E
D290. C E
D291. C E Table l)-2. Bio o«ical Assa\ Results
( mptl No Biochemical Prolilcralion
D292. C — E
D293. E — E
D294. C — E
D295. E — E
D296. E — -
D297. E — E
D298. E — E
D299. D — E
D300. B — E
D301. C — E
D302. C — -
D303. C — E
D304. E — E
D305. D — E
D306. E — E
D307. E — E
D308. D — E
D309. C — E
D310. D — E
For Table D-2, "A" indicates an IC50 or EC50 < 0.100 μΜ, "B" indicates an IC50 or EC50 of 0.101 - 1.000 μΜ, "C" indicates an IC50 or EC50 of 1.001 - 10.000 μΜ, "D" indicates an IC50 or EC50 of 10.001 - 40 μΜ, and "E" indicates an IC50 or EC50 > 40 μΜ. "-" indicates no data shown. "*" indicates an IC50 or EC50 > 10 μΜ. "**" indicates an IC50 or EC50 > 20 μΜ.
[00318] Results for certain compounds described herein are shown in Table E-2.
Figure imgf000201_0001
Figure imgf000202_0001
For Table E-2, "A" indicates an IC50 or EC50 < 0.100 μΜ, "B" indicates an IC50 or EC50 of 0.101 - 1.000 μΜ, "C" indicates an IC50 or EC50 of 1.001 - 10.000 μΜ, "D" indicates an IC50 or EC50 of 10.001 - 50 μΜ, and "E" indicates an IC50 or EC50 > 50 μΜ. "-" indicates no data shown. "*" indicates an IC50 or EC50 > 10 μΜ. "**" indicates an IC50 or EC50 > 20 μΜ.
Other Embodiments
[00319] The foregoing has been a description of certain non-limiting embodiments of the invention. Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that various changes and modifications to this description may be made without departing from the spirit or scope of the present invention, as defined in the following claims.
Figure imgf000203_0001
Figure imgf000204_0001
Figure imgf000205_0001
Figure imgf000206_0001
Figure imgf000207_0001
Figure imgf000208_0001
Figure imgf000209_0001
Figure imgf000210_0001
uuozuuuozuuuuzuzzuozuuuouozuyuuu ozuuouuozuuuoE
Figure imgf000211_0001
Figure imgf000211_0002
uuozSS azSSSezwzI^ozSu^
ggggggg§ggggggggggggggggggggg§gggggggggggggg§ggggggggg88S8g8gg
Figure imgf000211_0003
3~™3S 33 3 33333SS^^^
<<<<<<< <<<< <<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<i t<<c:< r*i<fii<<i<f c<<<<<<<t << << <
Figure imgf000211_0004
yiiH!iigi!iiiiiiiiiiiiggsiigi§iiiiiiggiiiiiigg§giiiggiiigiiii S§§S§SigS8§§§§§§g§§Si§88§8§8SS8SgS8g§gg§gg§ggg§ggg§888§§§8S§§§8
Figure imgf000212_0001
Figure imgf000212_0002
iiii!iiiiiiiliiiili^
Figure imgf000213_0001
Figure imgf000214_0001
Figure imgf000215_0001
Figure imgf000216_0001
Figure imgf000217_0001
Figure imgf000218_0001
?™SaII ¾^
<<<<<<<<< <<<<<<<<<<<<<<< <<<<< « <<< <<< <<<<κ<<<<κι : <<-<<< < 33333333333333333333333333233333-13333333^
gggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggg
Figure imgf000218_0002
Figure imgf000219_0001
Figure imgf000220_0001
gggggg ggggggogoggggggg
Figure imgf000220_0002
SSSSSS-il S-!ISSStS-!!SSSS-iSSS-!SSSS!SS
lyiyiHgiiiiiiigiiigiiigigiigiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiigiiiiii
Figure imgf000221_0001
Figure imgf000222_0001
Figure imgf000223_0001
Figure imgf000224_0001
ggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggg
Figure imgf000225_0001
< <<<<<<<r<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<< <<<<< <t<<<<<<<¾<<<< < r< r < «i:<r «i:<<<
K £ s K 22 r; ~ s i :t 3 s
§§§§§§§§§§§§§§gS§§SS§g§8§§^ sasssssassaaa^
Figure imgf000225_0002
iiii igiHH iiiiiii!iiiiiiiiiiiiiggyigiisigigiiiiggiiiH
Figure imgf000226_0001
Figure imgf000227_0001
Figure imgf000228_0001
Figure imgf000229_0001
Figure imgf000230_0001
Figure imgf000231_0001
<<<< <<*t<-t [ r< r ; t < -!t !:<<d: z55ouoz5uuuoouoz58uuuuoz5uu89uoz5uoz5uouozu^
gggggSggggSggggggSggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggggg
Figure imgf000231_0002
untitled unt-i tied
ATOM 3550 c ASP A 442 10. .767 -42.369 -14. .188 1 .00 12. .89 ATOM 36L3 ASP A +51 8, ,873 -31.183 -10. .992 1.00 43. 98
ATOM 3551 c A5P A 442 9. .923 -41,952 -13. ,398 1 .00 !O. .30 ATOM 3614 CA ASP A 451 7. .650 -30.392 -11. ,128 1.00 44. 26
ATOM 3552 F* ASN A 443 11. .297 -43.581 -14. .101 1 .00 10. .07 ATOM 36L5 CB ASP A 451 6. .427 -31.287 -11. .392 1.00 45. 24
ATOM 3553 A ASN A 443 10. .608 -44.567 -13. .159 1 .00 !9. .57 ATOM 36L6 CG ASP +51 6, ,323 -31.744 -12. .819 1.00 47. 47 C
AIOM 3554 CB AS A 443 11. ,158 -45.989 -13, ,641 1 .00 16, .20 ATOM 3617 ODl ASP A +51 7. .263 -31.489 -13. .606 1.00 47. 02
ATOM 3555 CG ASN A 443 12. .664 -46.233 -13. .704 1 .00 38. .08 ATOM 36L8 0D2 AS 4S1 S. .289 -32.374 -13. .147 1.00 50. .02 0
ATOM 3556 CD1 ASN A 443 13. .403 -45.523 -14 .410 1 .00 35. .29 ATOM 36L9 C AS A 451 7. .3S9 -29.614 -9. .861 1.00 43. .71 C
ATOM 3557 ASN A 443 13. ,126 -47.24S -12. .963 1 .00 14 .02 ATOM 3630 0 AS A 451 6, .881 -28.485 -9, .916 1.00 .74 0
ATOM 355S ASN A 443 11. .260 -44.328 -11. .718 1 .00 32. .98 ATOM 3631 GLY ♦52 7, .588 -30.254 -8 .719 1.00 43, .07
ATOM 3559 c ASN A 443 10. .878 -45.069 -10. .800 1 .00 34. .91 ATOM 3632 CA GLY A 452 7. .249 -29.566 -7 .432 1.00 43, .54 C
ATOM 3560 GLU A 444 12, .065 -43.291 -11. .507 1 .00 35. .49 ATOM 36!3 C GLY A 452 8. .332 .722 -6, .946 43, .28 C
ATOM 3561 CA GLU A 444 12. .361 -42.847 -10. .144 1 .00 34. .91 ATOM 3634 0 GLY A 452 8, .221 -28.145 -5, .885 1.00 47, .72 0
ATOM 3562 CB GLO A 444 13. .870 -42.721 -9. .875 1 .00 36. .96 ATOM 3635 ALA 453 9. ,376 -78.573 -7 .745 1.00 43. .67
ATOM 3563 03 GLU A 444 14. .532 -44.097 -9. .855 1 ,00 35. .58 ATOM 3616 CA ALA A 453 10. .517 -27.732 .421 1.00 46, ,71 C
ATOM 3561 CD GLU A 444 16. ,003 -44.114 -9. .426 1 ,00 39. .30 ATOM 3637 CB ALA A 453 11. .823 -28.512 -7, .591 1.00 37, .90 c
ATOM 3565 CEl GLU A 444 16. .590 -43.090 -8, .993 1 ,00 '2. .13 ATOM 3638 C ALA A +53 10. .522 -26.518 -8 .335 1.00 47. .76 c
ATOM 3566 0E2 GLU A 444 16. .584 -45.203 -9. .503 1 .00 19. .69 ATOM 3619 0 ALA A +53 10. .948 -25.437 -7, ,936 1.00 48. .26 0
ATOM 3567 C GLU A 144 11. .623 -41.586 -9. .798 1 .00 34. .95 ATOM 3610 A 454 10. .039 -26.700 -9, ,559 1.00 49. .01 N
ATOM 3568 0 GLU A 444 11. .833 -41.024 -8. .745 1 .00 36. .50 A!QM 3611 CA GLN A 454 10. .246 -25.699 -10 ,591 55. .86 c
ATOM 3569 LEU A 445 10 .708 -41.167 -10, .659 1 .00 36, .11 ATOM 3612 CB GL A '54 9. .746 -26.L86 -1 .956 1.00 56. .88 c
ATOM 3570 CA LEU A 445 9 .848 -40.039 -10, .347 1 .00 38, .39 ATOM 3633 CG GLN A «54 8. .240 -26.L96 -12 .147 1.00 53. .74 c
ATOM 3571 CB LEU A 445 9 .192 -40.215 -8 .974 1 .00 36. .53 ATOM 3614 A <-S4 .824 -26.664 -1 .536 1.00 S3. .69 c
ATOM 3572 O LEU A 445 7 .913 -41.060 -8. .953 1 .00 38. ,86 ATOM 3635 OE1 GLN A i54 8 ,653 -27.368 -14 .356 1.00 50. .68 0
ATOM 3573 CD1 A 445 7. .851 -42.125 -10. .040 1 .00 39. .35 ATOM 3616 E2 GLN A '54 6. .520 -26.531 -13 .798 1.00 58. .30 N
ATOM 3574 <D2 LEU A 445 7 .749 -41.682 -7. .583 1 .00 36. .78 ATOM 3617 GLN A '54 9, .730 -24.293 -10, .244 1.00 56, .30 c
ATOM 3575 C LEU A 445 10. .530 -38. 66 -10. .461 1 .00 39. .27 ATOM 3618 0 GL A 4 10. .26? -73.308 -10, .758 1.00 56, .85
ATOM 3576 0 1-fU A 445 10. .058 -37.672 -9. .888 1 .00 37. .05 ATOM 3619 N A 455 8, ,728 -24.201 -9, .366 1.00 56, .87 N
ATOM 3577 SER A 446 11 .606 -38.613 -11. .247 1 .00 39. .82 ATOM 3640 CA HIS A '55 8, ,212 -22.398 -8. .911 1.00 53. .44 c
ATOM 357S CA SER A 446 12. .206 -37.341 -11. .634 1 .00 38. .00 ATOM 3641 CB HIS A 455 7. .139 -23.381 -7, .843 1.00 55. .12 c
ATOM 3579 CB SER A 446 13. .297 -37.559 -12. .668 .00 Ό. .03 ATOM 3642 HIS A 455 7, ,673 -23.511 -6, ,551 1.00 56, .09 c
ATOM 35SO CG SER A 446 1 .001 -36.356 -12. .922 I. .00 39. .42 ATOM 3643 ND1 HIS A 4 8. .046 -72.793 -5. .507 1.00 56. .78
ATOM 3581 C SER A 446 11 190 -36.289 -12. .122 1 .00 35. .49 ATOM 3644 CEl HIS A '55 8. .481 -23.531 -4, .504 1.00 53. .88 c ο 6 11 .127 .705 1 .00 .11 AIOM 5b<5 NE2 HIS '55 8 .421 -24.SUO .Bbb 1.00 52. .42
ATOM 3583 N PRO A 447 10 ,178 -36.682 -12 .917 1 .00 3.6 .32 ATOM 3646 C02 '55 .921 -24.577 -6 .142 1.00 55. .29 C
ATOM 3584 CA PRO A 447 .180 -35.658 -13. .281 1 .00 ;s .17 ATOM 3647 C HIS '55 .315 -21.577 -8 .364 1.00 59 .08 c
ATOM 3585 CB PRO A 447 8 .176 -36.442 -14. .132 I .00 33 .91 ATOM 3648 0 HIS A '55 9 .113 -20.768 -8, .258 1.00 62. .19 0
ATOM 3586 CG PRO A 447 9 ,049 -37.453 -14, ,815 1 .00 35, ,97 ATOM 3649 N PHE A '56 10 .464 -22.>43 -7, .995 1,00 56, .78
ATOM 3587 CD PRO A 44 10 .044 -37.883 -13, .771 1 .00 5 ,20 ATOM 36ΪΟ CA PHE A '56 11. .603 -21.723 -7. .583 1.00 50, .65 c
ATOM 3588 C PRO A 447 8 .469 -35.015 -12. .115 1. .00 ;6. .19 ATOM 36il CB PHE A i56 12. ,082 -22.360 -6, .162 1.00 50, .01 c
ATOM 3589 0 PRO A 447 8 .334 -33.792 -12. ,088 1 .00 :5, ,70 ATOM 3632 CG PHE A '-56 12. ,617 -23.+53 -5. .983 1.00 49. .62 c
ATOM 3590 01 U A 448 8 .012 -35.830 -11. .163 1 .00 .44 ATOM 36S3 CD1 PHE A '56 13, ,873 -23.312 -6. ,472 1.00 50. ,07 c
A 3591 CA GLU A 448 7. .148 -35.341 10. ,092 1 .00 •Ό. .30 ATOM 3654 CEl A '56 14. ,377 -25.392 -6. .278 1,00 43. .90 c
ATOM 3592 CB GLU A 448 6. 463 -36.491 -9. .339 1 .00 40. .88 ATOM 3655 cz PHE A '56 13. .639 -26.324 -5. .555 1.00 49. .75 c
ATOM 3S93 CG GLU A 448 5. .367 -32.231 -10. .098 1 .00 40 .59 ATOM 36Ϊ6 CE2 PHE '56 12. .396 -2S.574 -5. .045 1.00 SO. ,47 c
ATOM 3594 CD GLU A 448 5. .870 -38.138 -11. .221 1 .00 ,8S ATOM 3657 CD2 PHE '56 11. .893 -24.194 -5. .252 1.00 50. .17 c
ATOM 3595 OE1 GLU A 448 7 .087 -38.507 -11. .273 1 .00 1 .68 ATOM 36S8 PHE A '56 12 .748 -21.563 -8. ,600 1.00 51, ,88 c
VIOM 3596 L¾2 GLU A 448 5 .032 38.513 -12. .081 1 .00 ;8 .15 ATOM 36!9 0 PHE A '56 13 .886 -21.114 -8 .266 l.oo 52 .26 o
ATOM 3597 c GLU A 448 8. ,011 -34.513 -9. .158 I .00 58 .67 ATOM 3660 LEU A 457 12 .429 -21.391 -9, .846 1.00 52, .58
VTOM 3598 0 GLU A 448 7. .369 -33.468 -8. .663 I .00 Ξ5 .98 ATOM 3681 CA LEU A '57 13 ,314 -21.f42 -10. .967 1,00 53, .51 c
ATOM 3599 CYS A 449 9 .231 -34.979 -8. .935 L .00 :6, .18 ATOM 3662 CB LEU A 4S7 13 .223 -22.894 -11. .972 1.00 51 .36 c
ATOM 3600 CA CVS A 449 10. .158 -34.269 -8. .082 1 .00 55. .68 ATOM 3663 CG LLU A 457 14 .201 -22.(51 -13, .161 1,00 51. .83 c
3601 C3 CVS A 449 11. .454 -35.067 -7. .931 t .00 37. .23 ATOM 3664 col i A 457 15 ,598 -23.126 -12. .768 l.oo 47. .88 c
ATOM 3602 S3 CYS A 449 11. .285 -36.536 -6. .885 L .00 39. .22 ATOM 3665 C02 LEU A 457 13. ,643 -23.Ϊ16 -14. .284 l.oo 49. .11 c
ATOM 3603 C CVS A 449 10. ,451 -32.876 -8. .656 L .00 .15 ATOM 3666 C LEU A 457 12 896 -20.+21 -11. .610 1.00 58. .86 c
VTOM 3604 0 CYS A 449 10. 282 -31.864 -7. ,979 L, .00 39. ,58 ATOM 36(7 0 LEU 457 11. .698 -70.179 -11. 845 1.00 61. .53 0
ATOM 36U5 M LEU A 450 10. 873 -32.820 -9. .914 L .00 42. 61 ATOM 3668 LYS A 458 13, 670 -19..54 11, ,886 .oo 61. .04 N
ATOM 3606 CA LEU A 450 11. 250 -31.555 -10. 502 L, .00 42. 01 ATOM 36(9 LYS 458 13. .566 -1S.3S4 -12, .522 100 65. .44 c
ATOM 3607 ΓΪ LEU A 450 12. 039 -31.769 -11. 784 I, .00 40. 39 ATOM 3610 CB LYS A 456 14, B17 -17.172 -12. 629 100 65. .97 c
ATOM 3608 CC LEU A 450 13, ,445 -32. 94 -11. .668 L .00 46. .06 ATOM 3671 CG LYS A 458 15 ,367 -16.«28 -11 .275 100 69, .42 c
ATOM 3609 LEU A 450 14. .103 -32,533 -13, ,045 1 .00 40. .62 ATOM 3672 CD LYS 456 16 ,347 -15.'67 -11 .364 100 71, .98 c
ATOM 3610 02 LEU A 450 14. .372 -31.657 -10, .693 1 .00 41. .29 ATOM 3673 CE LYS A 458 17 .662 -16.193 -11 .981 1 69. .50 c
ATOM 3611 C LEU A 450 10, ,043 -30.617 -10. .698 I .00 44. ,72 ATOM 3674 N7 LYS 45 18 .649 -15.(177 -11 .934 100 76. ,12 N
ATOM 3612 0 1 FU A 450 10. .182 -29.395 -10. .561 t. .00 44. 85 ATOM 3675 C LYS A 458 12 .921 -18.+S4 -13 .888 100 64. .10 c
Page 59 Page 60
Figure imgf000233_0001
Figure imgf000234_0001
Figure imgf000235_0001
Figure imgf000236_0001
< < <! «:<<<<< <<<<<< <<<< <<<< « <<< <<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<
ggggg8ggggggg8ggggggggggg8888888g8ggggg888888SggggSgggggggggggg
Figure imgf000236_0002
Figure imgf000236_0003
Figure imgf000237_0001
Figure imgf000238_0001
Figure imgf000239_0001
Figure imgf000240_0001
4684 581 17 879 -52.437 -17497
4685 581 18 171 -52.992 -16 417 t
4686 582 16 625 -52.166 -17 863 1.
4587 . 582 15 490 -S2.601 073 1
4688 a 582 14 559 -51,408 -16 716 t
4689 582 13 934 -51.621 -15 335 t
4690 Oi 582 13 257 -50.423 -14 714 t
4691 -,2 582 458 .280 -17 739 1
4692 582 14 701 -53.711 -17 807 1
4693 582 14 640 -53.746 -19 032 1
4694 583 14 078 -54.613 -17 059 1
469S 583 13 297 -55.654 -17 703 1
4696 583 13 865 -57.046 -17 408 1
4697 cs 583 12 971 -58.248 -17 763 1
4698 col 583 12 582 -58,265 -19 236 1
4699 »2 583 13 741 -59,503 -17 405 1.
4700 c 583 11 826 -55,584 -17 321
4701 583 11 439 -55,627 -16 153 1
4707 584 11 005 -55,486 -18 335
4703 584 9 576 -55.681 -18 150
4704 584 826 -54,615 947
4705 584 8 871 -53.273 292
4706 col 584 7 904 -52,986 -17 263
4707 584 7 880 -51722 -16 658
4708 a 584 8 777 -50745 -17 082
4709 CE2 584 9 681 -51019 -18 112
4710 584 9 685 -52273 -18 719
4711 c 584 9 246 -57090 652
4712 584 9 364 -57352 -19 840
4713 585 8 910 -58014 -17 742
4714 585 8 477 -59363 -18 076
4715 585 8 483 -60097 -16 730
4717 a> 585 8 839 -57763 -16 294
4718 c 585 7 052 -59362 -18 604
4719 585 6 357 -58353 -18 454
4720 5S6 6 644 -60,472 -19 233
4721 586 5 219 -60,801 -19
4722 a 586 4 795 -60,654 -20 939
4723 586 5 635 -61,549 -21 842
4724 CDl 586 960 -61882 -23 162
4725 c¾2 586 4 903 -59,204 411
4726 c 586 4 867 -62.203 -18 861
4727 586 680 .123 -18 925
4728 587 3 668 -62.356 -18 294
4729 587 3 228 -63.604 -17 638 1 ,
4730 a 587 1 758 -63,535 -1? 233 L
473] 587 1 530 -63,021 -15 834 1.
4732 587 0 124 -62.459 -15 678
4733 587 -0 090 -61.901 -14 273 1.
4734 587 -1 455 .210 -13 729 1.
4735 587 3 403 -64,858 -18 475 1.
4736 587 3 846 -65.888 -17 950 1.
4737 588 3 042 -64.773 -19 757 1.
4738 a 588 3 310 -65,905 -20 647
4739 C! 588 1 703 -66.343 -21 086 1.
4740 588 0 975 -67.139 -20 010 1.
4741 588 569 -68.538 -19 617 1.
4742 588 1 641 -69.349 -20 762 3.
4743 588 1 983 -68.833 -18 590 1.
4744 588 3 959 -65.592 -21 852 1.
4745 588 3 768 -64.579 -22 494 1.
4746 589 4 930 -66.459 -22 154
77
Figure imgf000241_0001
Figure imgf000242_0001
Figure imgf000243_0001
Figure imgf000244_0001
Figure imgf000245_0001
Figure imgf000246_0001
Figure imgf000247_0001
iliilillij jjlllll lljgjliiii
SS88g§88§S8gg8§8g8S8gg88i8g§Sg§8§§8§§§8g§ggSggg8ggggggggggg§S§g
Figure imgf000247_0002
iiililiiiliiEiiiiiiiiiiililSsSiiii
Figure imgf000247_0003
liliililiilllii!i^
Figure imgf000248_0001
Figure imgf000249_0001
Figure imgf000250_0001
Figure imgf000251_0001
Figure imgf000252_0001
Figure imgf000253_0001
Figure imgf000254_0001
Figure imgf000255_0001
IliiiiiiiiiiSiilSSiiiiiiiiiii
Figure imgf000255_0002
saas s aassss&sss^
isisiiii^iiiiii iiiiiii iiiii^iiiii mmmmm mmmmm m mmmmmmm
Figure imgf000256_0001
Figure imgf000257_0001
Figure imgf000258_0001
Figure imgf000259_0001
Figure imgf000260_0001
Figure imgf000261_0001
Figure imgf000262_0001
Figure imgf000262_0002
iiiiiiiiiiliillilliiililiiiil il
Figure imgf000263_0001
Figure imgf000264_0001

Claims

Claims
What is claimed is:
1. A compound that can bind PRMT5 of the formula (I):
Ring AA-M-Ring BB; wherein
Ring AA is an optionally substituted aryl moiety,
Ring BB is an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl moiety, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl moiety is capable of forming a cation-pi interaction with S-adenosyl methionine (SAM),
M is an acyclic linker moiety 3-10 atoms in length, which allows for the planes of Ring AA and Ring BB to be between 75° and 105° relative to each other, and includes a carbonyl group, wherein Ring AA is attached directly to the carbonyl group, or to the alpha- carbon of the carbonyl group,
wherein the compound has a biochemical IC50 for PRMT5 of less than 100 nM.
2. The compound of claim 1, wherein Ring AA is a monocyclic aryl moiety.
3. The compound of claim 1, wherein Ring AA is an optionally substituted, fused bicyclic heteroaryl moiety.
4. The compound of claim 1, wherein Ring AA is an unsubstituted, fused bicyclic heteroaryl moiety.
5. The compound of claim 1, wherein Ring AA is a phenyl moiety fused to a heterocyclic moiety.
6. The compound of claim 1, wherein Ring AA is a phenyl moiety fused to a heteroaryl moiety.
7. The compound of claim 1, wherein Ring AA is a phenyl moiety fused to a 5- or 6- membered heteroaryl moiety.
8. The compound of claim 1, wherein Ring BB is an optionally substituted, bicyclic heteroaryl moiety.
9. The compound of claim 1, wherein Ring BB is an optionally substituted, bicyclic heteroaryl moiety with 1-4 nitrogen atoms.
10. The compound of claim 1, wherein Ring BB is an unsubstituted bicyclic heteroaryl moiety.
1 1. The compound of claim 1, wherein Ring BB is optionally substituted
tetrahydroisoquinoline.
12. The compound of claim 1, wherein Ring BB is unsubstituted tetrahydroisoquinoline.
13. The compound of claim 1, wherein Ring BB is optionally substituted isoindoline.
14. The compound of claim 1, wherein Ring BB is unsubstituted isoindoline.
15. The compound of claim 1, wherein Ring BB is an optionally substituted amino-aryl moiety.
16. The compound of claim 1, wherein Ring BB is optionally substituted benzylamine.
17. The compound of claim 1, wherein Ring BB is unsubstituted benzylamine.
18. The compound of claim 1, wherein M is a linker 4-8 atoms in length.
19. The compound of claim 1, wherein M is a linker 4 atoms in length.
20. The compound of claim 1, wherein M is a linker 5 atoms in length.
21. The compound of claim 1, wherein the atoms of M are selected from the group consisting of C, N, O, and S.
22. The compound of claim 1, wherein the atoms of M are selected from the group consisting of C, N, and O.
23. The compound of claim 1, wherein M comprises an amide moiety.
24. The compound of claim 1, wherein M comprises a hydroxyl moiety.
25. The compound of claim 1, wherein M comprises a sulfonamide moiety.
26. The compound of claim 1, wherein M comprises an ester moiety.
27. The compound of claim 1, wherein M provides a distance between Ring AA and Ring BB ranging from approximately 6 Angstroms to approximately 10 Angstroms.
28. The compound of claim 1, wherein L provides a distance between Ring AA and Ring BB ranging from approximately 8 Angstroms to approximately 9 Angstroms.
29. The compound of claim 1, wherein L allows for the planes of Ring AA and Ring BB to be at an angle ranging from 85° to approximately 95°.
A compound of the formula
Figure imgf000267_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,
wherein
-N(R)C(0)-, -C(0)N(R)-, -N(R)C(0)N(R)-,-N(R)C(0)0- S02NR-
OC(0)N(R)-;
each R is independently hydrogen, N- protecting group or optionally substituted Ci_6 aliphatic; Ar' is a monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic ring having 0-4 heteroatoms independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, wherein Ar is substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 Rx groups, as valency permits;
each Rx is independently selected from the group consisting of halo, -CN, optionally substituted aliphatic, -OR', and -N(R")2;
Ry is hydrogen, amino protecting group or optionally substituted aliphatic;
Rz is hydrogen or hydroxyl group;
R' and R" are independently hydrogen, N- or O- protecting group, optionally substituted Ci_6 aliphatic;
A, B, C, and D are independently 0, 1, or 2;
n is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5;
the nitrogen substituted by Ry optionally forms a ring system with the carbon linked with Rz, or forms a ring system with the phenyl group substituted by (Rx)n.
31. The compound of claim 30, wherein Ry is an optionally substituted aliphatic moiety connected to the ortho position of the phenyl group.
32. The compound of claim 30, wherein Rz is a hydroxyl group.
33. The compound of claim 30, wherein Q is -C(0)N(R)-.
34. The compound of claim 30, wherein Ar' is a monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic ring with one or two nitrogen.
35. The compound of claim 30, wherein Ar' is
Figure imgf000268_0001
36. A method for the design and identification of a potential binding compound for protein arginine N-methyltransferase 5 (PRMT5) comprising the steps of:
(a) generating, on a computer, a three-dimensional structure of methyltransf erase PRMT5 having the structural coordinates of Table A; (b) identifying amino acid residues forming an active site in the three-dimensional structure of PRMT5 from step (a), wherein the active site comprises S-adenosyl methionine (SAM) and amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Glu435, Leu437, Glu444, and Phe580, according to Table A;
(c) generating a three-dimensional model of the active site;
(d) designing and/or selecting a compound that potentially binds to the active site using the three-dimensional model of the active site; and
(e) synthesizing and/or choosing the potential binding compound.
37. The method of claim 36, wherein the active site comprises S-adenosyl methionine (SAM) and amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Lys333, Glu435, Leu437, Gly438, Ser439, Glu444, Val503, Ser578, Trp579, and Phe580, according to Table A.
38. The method of claim 36, wherein the active site comprises S-adenosyl methionine (SAM) and amino acids Leu312, Leu319, Thr323, Tyr324, Phe327, Glu328, Lys333, Tyr334, Glu435, Leu437, Gly438, Ser439, Glu444, Val503, Ser578, Trp579, Phe580, and Pro581, according to Table A.
39. A method of identifying a binding compound of protein arginine N-methyltransferase 5 (PRMT5), the method comprising:
computationally identifying a binding compound that binds to PRMT5 using the atomic coordinates of S-adenosyl methionine (SAM) and amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Glu435, Leu437, Glu444, and Phe580, according to Table A.
40. A method of identifying a binding compound of protein arginine N-methyltransferase 5 (PRMT5), the method comprising:
computationally identifying a binding compound that binds to PRMT5 using the atomic coordinates of S-adenosyl methionine (SAM) and amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Lys333, Glu435, Leu437, Gly438, Ser439, Glu444, Val503, Ser578, Trp579, and Phe580, according to Table A.
41. A method of identifying a binding compound of protein arginine N-methyltransferase 5 (PRMT5), the method comprising: computationally identifying a binding compound that binds to PRMT5 using the atomic coordinates of S-adenosyl methionine (SAM) and amino acids Leu312, Leu319, Thr323, Tyr324, Phe327, Glu328, Lys333, Tyr334, Glu435, Leu437, Gly438, Ser439, Glu444, Val503, Ser578, Trp579, Phe580, and Pro581, according to Table A.
42. A method of identifying a binding compound of protein arginine N-methyltransferase 5 (PRMT5), the method comprising:
a) providing a set of atomic coordinates for a PRMT5 as set forth in Table A; and b) identifying in silico a binding compound that binds to PRMT5 using the coordinates of step (a).
43. A method of identifying a drug candidate for the treatment of a disease, the method comprising:
a) using the atomic coordinates set forth in Table A to form a three-dimensional structure of PRMT5;
b) selecting a test compound having the best fit with the structure of PRMT5; and c) assaying the ability of the test compound to modulate PRMT5 activity, wherein a test compound that modulates PRMT5 activity is considered a drug candidate for treating a disease.
44. A PRMT5 inhibitor having molecular dimensions compatible with the shape of a PRMT5-active site as defined by the atomic coordinates of S-adenosyl methionine (SAM) and amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Glu435, Leu437, Glu444, and Phe580, according to Table A, wherein the compound has a biochemical IC50 for PRMT5 of less than 100 nM.
45. The PRMT5 inhibitor of claim 44, wherein the active site is defined by the atomic coordinates of S-adenosyl methionine (SAM) and amino acids Leu319, Phe327, Lys333, Glu435, Leu437, Gly438, Ser439, Glu444, Val503, Ser578, Trp579, and Phe580, according to Table A.
46. The PRMT5 inhibitor of claim 44, wherein the active site is defined by the atomic coordinates of S-adenosyl methionine (SAM) and amino acids Leu312, Leu319, Thr323, Tyr324, Phe327, Glu328, Lys333, Tyr334, Glu435, Leu437, Gly438, Ser439, Glu444, Val503, Ser578, Trp579, Phe580, and Pro581, according to Table A.
47. The PRMT5 inhibitor of claim 44, wherein the inhibitor is capable of undergoing a pi- cation interaction with SAM.
48. The PRMT5 inhibitor of claim 44, wherein the inhibitor is capable of undergoing a pi- stacking interaction with Phe327.
49. The PRMT5 inhibitor of claim 44, wherein the inhibitor is capable of interacting with Glu444
50. A compound that can bind a PRMT5 of the formula:
Ring AA-M-Ring BB;
wherein Ring AA is an optionally substituted aromatic moiety;
M is an aliphatic linker;
wherein Ring BB is an aromatic moiety capable of undergoing a pi-cation interaction with S-adenosyl methionine (SAM) and capable of undergoing a pi-stacking interaction with Phe327 of PRMT5;
wherein the planes of Ring AA and Ring BB are at between 75° and 105° relative to each other;
wherein the compound has a biochemical IC50 for PRMT5 of less than 100 nM.
51. A composition comprising a PRMT5 and a compound of the formula:
Ring AA-M-Ring BB;
wherein Ring AA is an optionally substituted aromatic moiety;
is an aliphatic linker;
wherein Ring BB is an aromatic moiety capable of undergoing a pi-cation interaction with SAM of the PRMT5-SAM complex and capable of undergoing a pi-stacking interaction with Phe327 of PRMT5;
wherein the planes of Ring AA and Ring BB are at between 75° and 105° relative to each other;
wherein the compound has a biochemical IC50 for PRMT5 of less than 100 nM.
52. A computer readable medium comprising the atomic coordinates of PRMT5- Compound A6, as set forth in Table A
Figure imgf000272_0001
Compound A6
53. The computer readable medium of claim 52 further comprising programming for displaying a molecular model of PRMT5 -Compound A6
Figure imgf000272_0002
Compound A6
54. The computer readable medium of claim 52 further comprising programming for identifying a binding compound to PRMT5.
55. A crystal structure of PRMT5 -Compound A6
Figure imgf000272_0003
Compound A6
56. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of any one of claims 1-35, 50 or an inhibitor of claims 44-49, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient
57. A kit or packaged pharmaceutical comprising a compound of any one of claims 1-35, 50 or an inhibitor of claims 44-49, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and instructions for use thereof.
58. A method of inhibiting PRMT5 comprising contacting a cell with an effective amount of a compound of any one of claims 1-35, 50 or an inhibitor of claims 44-49, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
59. A method of altering gene expression comprising contacting a cell with an effective amount of a compound of any one of claims 1-35, 50 or an inhibitor of claims 44-49, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
60. A method of altering transcription comprising contacting a cell with an effective amount of a compound of any one of claims 1-35, 50 or an inhibitor of claims 44-49, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
61. The method of any one of claims 58-60, wherein the cell is in vitro.
62. The method of any one of claims 58-60, wherein the cell is in a subject.
63. A method of treating a PRMT5 -mediated disorder, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any one of claims 1-35, 50 or an inhibitor of claims 44-49, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition of claim 56.
64. The method of claim 63, wherein the disorder is a proliferative disorder.
65. The method of claim 63, wherein the disorder is cancer.
66. The method of claim 65, wherein the cancer is hematopoietic cancer, lung cancer, prostate cancer, melanoma, or pancreatic cancer.
67. The method of claim 63, wherein the disorder is a metabolic disorder.
68. The method of claim 67, wherein the metabolic disorder is diabetes.
69. The method of claim 67, wherein the metabolic disorder is obesity.
70. The method of claim 63, wherein the disorder is a blood disorder.
71. The method of claim 70, wherein the disorder is sickle cell anemia.
72. The method of claim 70, wherein the disorder is β-thalessemia.
PCT/US2013/077308 2012-12-21 2013-12-20 Methods of inhibiting prmt5 WO2014100764A2 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CA2894230A CA2894230A1 (en) 2012-12-21 2013-12-20 Methods of inhibiting prmt5
US14/654,213 US20150344457A1 (en) 2012-12-21 2013-12-20 Methods of inhibiting prmt5
EP13824250.8A EP2935242A2 (en) 2012-12-21 2013-12-20 Methods of inhibiting prmt5
JP2015549843A JP2016511744A (en) 2012-12-21 2013-12-20 Method for inhibiting PRMT5

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201261745537P 2012-12-21 2012-12-21
US61/745,537 2012-12-21

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014100764A2 true WO2014100764A2 (en) 2014-06-26
WO2014100764A3 WO2014100764A3 (en) 2014-09-18

Family

ID=50001266

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2013/077308 WO2014100764A2 (en) 2012-12-21 2013-12-20 Methods of inhibiting prmt5

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (1) US20150344457A1 (en)
EP (1) EP2935242A2 (en)
JP (1) JP2016511744A (en)
CA (1) CA2894230A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2014100764A2 (en)

Cited By (41)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8906900B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2014-12-09 Epizyme, Inc. PRMT5 inhibitors and uses thereof
US8940726B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2015-01-27 Epizyme, Inc. PRMT5 inhibitors and uses thereof
US8993555B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2015-03-31 Epizyme, Inc. PRMT5 inhibitors and uses thereof
US9221794B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2015-12-29 Epizyme, Inc. PRMT5 inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2016038550A1 (en) 2014-09-11 2016-03-17 Novartis Ag Inhibition of prmt5 to treat mtap-deficiency-related diseases
US9346802B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-05-24 Epizyme, Inc. CARM1 inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2016089883A1 (en) 2014-12-01 2016-06-09 Novartis Ag Compositions and methods for diagnosis and treatment of prostate cancer
US9365555B2 (en) * 2012-12-21 2016-06-14 Epizyme, Inc. PRMT5 inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2016117647A1 (en) * 2015-01-21 2016-07-28 大日本住友製薬株式会社 New benzimidazole derivative and pharmaceutical use thereof
WO2016178870A1 (en) 2015-05-04 2016-11-10 Eli Lilly And Company 5'-substituted nucleoside analogs
US9598374B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2017-03-21 Epizyme, Inc. Arginine methyltransferase inhibitors and uses thereof
US9630961B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2017-04-25 Epizyme, Inc. Arginine methyltransferase inhibitors and uses thereof
US9718816B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-08-01 Epizyme, Inc. 1-phenoxy-3-(alkylamino)-propan-2-ol derivatives as CARM1 inhibitors and uses thereof
US9724332B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2017-08-08 Epizyme, Inc. Arginine methyltransferase inhibitors and uses thereof
US9732041B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2017-08-15 Epizyme, Inc. Arginine methyltransferase inhibitors and uses thereof
US9738651B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-08-22 Epizyme, Inc. CARM1 inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2017153515A1 (en) * 2016-03-09 2017-09-14 Ctxt Pty Limited Tetrahydroisoquinolines as prmt5-inhibitors
WO2018100532A1 (en) 2016-12-01 2018-06-07 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Combination therapy
WO2018100535A1 (en) 2016-12-01 2018-06-07 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Combination therapy
US10227307B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2019-03-12 Epizyme, Inc. PRMT1 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10421743B2 (en) 2016-03-09 2019-09-24 Ctxt Pty Ltd Tetrahydroisoquinolines as PRMT5 inhibitors
WO2019219805A1 (en) 2018-05-16 2019-11-21 Ctxone Pty Ltd Combination therapy
WO2019229614A1 (en) 2018-05-31 2019-12-05 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Combination of a type ii protein arginine methyltransferase inhibitor and an icos binding protein to treat cancer
US10519167B2 (en) 2016-03-09 2019-12-31 Ctxt Pty Ltd 3-oxa-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane derivatives and their use in the treatment of cancer and hemoglobinopathies
CN110650950A (en) * 2017-03-17 2020-01-03 阿古诺治疗有限公司 Compounds for treating or preventing PRMT5 mediated diseases
CN110950801A (en) * 2019-11-13 2020-04-03 济南大学 Preparation and application of sulfanilamide and benzothiazole compounds containing tetrahydroisoquinoline
US10653693B2 (en) 2014-08-04 2020-05-19 Epizyme, Inc. PRMT5 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10745380B2 (en) 2016-03-09 2020-08-18 Ctxt Pty Ltd Pyridine derivatives and their use in the treatment of cancer and hemoglobinopathies
US10787434B2 (en) 2016-03-09 2020-09-29 Ctxt Pty, Ltd Benzopiperdine derivatives and their use in the treatment of cancer and hemoglobinopathies
US10961256B2 (en) 2016-03-09 2021-03-30 Ctxt Pty Ltd PRMT5 inhibitors
WO2021088992A1 (en) * 2019-11-07 2021-05-14 江苏先声药业有限公司 Tetrahydroisoquinoline spiro compound as prmt5 inhibitor
US11111237B2 (en) 2019-10-02 2021-09-07 Sk Biopharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. Bicyclic compound and use thereof
WO2022048631A1 (en) 2020-09-04 2022-03-10 上海翊石医药科技有限公司 Compound having antitumor activity and use thereof
US11365205B2 (en) 2018-03-22 2022-06-21 Aurigene Discovery Technologies Limited Imidazolidin-2-one compounds as PRMT5 modulators
US11426412B2 (en) 2017-10-18 2022-08-30 Jubilant Epipad LLC Imidazo-pyridine compounds as PAD inhibitors
US11459338B2 (en) 2017-11-24 2022-10-04 Jubilant Episcribe Llc Heterocyclic compounds as PRMT5 inhibitors
WO2022237858A1 (en) 2021-05-13 2022-11-17 上海翊石医药科技有限公司 Compound having anti-tumor activity and use thereof
US11529341B2 (en) 2018-03-13 2022-12-20 Jubilant Prodel LLC Bicyclic compounds as inhibitors of PD1/PD-L1 interaction/activation
US11542275B2 (en) 2018-03-22 2023-01-03 Aurigene Discovery Technologies Limited Substituted imidazolidin-2-one derivatives as PRMT5 inhibitors
US11629135B2 (en) 2017-11-06 2023-04-18 Jubilant Prodell Llc Pyrimidine derivatives as inhibitors of PD1/PD-L1 activation
US11833156B2 (en) 2017-09-22 2023-12-05 Jubilant Epipad LLC Heterocyclic compounds as pad inhibitors

Families Citing this family (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
AU2014244183A1 (en) * 2013-03-13 2015-08-13 Abbvie Inc. Pyridine CDK9 kinase inhibitors
EP2970133B1 (en) 2013-03-14 2018-10-24 Epizyme, Inc. Pyrazole derivatives as prmt1 inhibitors and uses thereof
US9045455B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2015-06-02 Epizyme, Inc. Arginine methyltransferase inhibitors and uses thereof
EP2970220A2 (en) 2013-03-14 2016-01-20 Epizyme, Inc. Arginine methyltransferase inhibitors and uses thereof
GB201415573D0 (en) * 2014-09-03 2014-10-15 Cancer Therapeutics Crc Pty Ltd Compounds
PT3548033T (en) 2016-11-28 2024-08-09 Praxis Prec Medicines Inc Compounds and their methods of use
WO2018148745A1 (en) 2017-02-13 2018-08-16 Praxis Precision Medicines , Inc. Compounds and their methods of use
WO2018187480A1 (en) * 2017-04-04 2018-10-11 Praxis Precision Medicines, Inc. Compounds and their methods of use
BR112020024379A2 (en) 2018-05-30 2021-03-02 Praxis Precision Medicines, Inc. ion channel modulators
US11505554B2 (en) 2019-05-31 2022-11-22 Praxis Precision Medicines, Inc. Substituted pyridines as ion channel modulators

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4022776A (en) * 1974-01-31 1977-05-10 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Company Limited 5-[1-Hydroxy-2-(substituted-amino)]ethyl-8-hydroxycarbostyril derivatives
US4059621A (en) * 1972-07-21 1977-11-22 Science Union Et Cie, Societe Francaise De Recherche Medicale Substituted benzamido propanolamines
US4113463A (en) * 1974-10-08 1978-09-12 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited Method for controlling the growth of plants
US4746655A (en) * 1987-06-10 1988-05-24 A. H. Robins Company, Incorporated Fused aromatic-spiropiperidine oxazepinones(and thiones)
US20020169101A1 (en) * 1999-05-10 2002-11-14 Gonzalez Maria Isabel Treatment of sexual dysfunction
US20100048590A1 (en) * 2001-07-11 2010-02-25 Andrea Gailunas N-(3-amino-2-hydroxy-propyl) substituted alkylamide compounds
WO2011079236A1 (en) * 2009-12-22 2011-06-30 The Ohio State University Research Foundation Compositions and methods for cancer detection and treatment

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2004078114A2 (en) * 2003-02-28 2004-09-16 Encysive Pharmaceuticals Inc. Pyridine, pyrimidine, quinoline, quinazoline, and naphthalene urotensin-ii receptor antagonists.
US7408008B2 (en) * 2003-12-09 2008-08-05 Janssen Pharmaceutica, N.V. Method of producing highly functionalized 1,3-diamino-propan-2-ols from solid support

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4059621A (en) * 1972-07-21 1977-11-22 Science Union Et Cie, Societe Francaise De Recherche Medicale Substituted benzamido propanolamines
US4022776A (en) * 1974-01-31 1977-05-10 Otsuka Pharmaceutical Company Limited 5-[1-Hydroxy-2-(substituted-amino)]ethyl-8-hydroxycarbostyril derivatives
US4113463A (en) * 1974-10-08 1978-09-12 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited Method for controlling the growth of plants
US4746655A (en) * 1987-06-10 1988-05-24 A. H. Robins Company, Incorporated Fused aromatic-spiropiperidine oxazepinones(and thiones)
US20020169101A1 (en) * 1999-05-10 2002-11-14 Gonzalez Maria Isabel Treatment of sexual dysfunction
US20100048590A1 (en) * 2001-07-11 2010-02-25 Andrea Gailunas N-(3-amino-2-hydroxy-propyl) substituted alkylamide compounds
WO2011079236A1 (en) * 2009-12-22 2011-06-30 The Ohio State University Research Foundation Compositions and methods for cancer detection and treatment

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
BROWN G R ET AL: "RECEPTOR BINDING SITES OF HYPOGLYCEMIC SULFONYLURES AND RELATED Ä(ACYLAMINO)ALKYLÜBENZOIC ACIDS", JOURNAL OF MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY, AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY, US, vol. 27, 1 January 1984 (1984-01-01), pages 79-81, XP002939947, ISSN: 0022-2623, DOI: 10.1021/JM00367A016 *
CHIMENTI ET AL: "Sintesi di Isoindoline N-Sostituite", IL FARMACO, ELSEVIER FRANCE * EDITIONS SCIENTIFIQUES ET MEDICALES, IT, vol. 30, 1 January 1974 (1974-01-01), pages 884-890, XP009177733, ISSN: 0014-827X *
STEVEN GUNAWAN ET AL: "Synthesis of tetrazolo-fused benzodiazepines and benzodiazepinones by a two-step protocol using an Ugi-azide reaction for initial diversity generation", TETRAHEDRON, ELSEVIER SCIENCE PUBLISHERS, AMSTERDAM, NL, vol. 68, no. 27, 18 April 2012 (2012-04-18), pages 5606-5611, XP028521662, ISSN: 0040-4020, DOI: 10.1016/J.TET.2012.04.068 [retrieved on 2012-04-26] *

Cited By (73)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US9732072B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2017-08-15 Epizyme, Inc. PRMT5 inhibitors and uses thereof
US8940726B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2015-01-27 Epizyme, Inc. PRMT5 inhibitors and uses thereof
US8993555B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2015-03-31 Epizyme, Inc. PRMT5 inhibitors and uses thereof
US9221794B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2015-12-29 Epizyme, Inc. PRMT5 inhibitors and uses thereof
US9266836B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2016-02-23 Epizyme, Inc. PRMT5 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10980794B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2021-04-20 Epizyme, Inc. PRMT5 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10391089B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2019-08-27 Epizyme, Inc. PRMT5 inhibitors and uses therof
US10307413B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2019-06-04 Epizyme, Inc. Tetrahydro- and dihydro-isoquinoline PRMT5 inhibitors and uses thereof
US9365519B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2016-06-14 Epizyme, Inc. PRMT5 inhibitors and uses thereof
US9365555B2 (en) * 2012-12-21 2016-06-14 Epizyme, Inc. PRMT5 inhibitors and uses thereof
US9388173B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2016-07-12 Epizyme, Inc. PRMT5 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10150758B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2018-12-11 Epizyme, Inc. PRMT5 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10118918B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2018-11-06 Epizyme, Inc. PRMT5 inhibitors and uses thereof
US9908887B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2018-03-06 Epizyme, Inc. PRMT5 inhibitors and uses thereof
US9604930B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2017-03-28 Epizyme, Inc. Tetrahydro- and dihydro-isoquinoline PRMT5 inhibitors and uses thereof
US9611257B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2017-04-04 Epizyme, Inc. PRMT5 inhibitors and uses thereof
US9777008B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2017-10-03 Epizyme, Inc. PRMT5 inhibitors and uses thereof
US9675614B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2017-06-13 Epizyme, Inc. PRMT5 inhibitors and uses thereof
US9765068B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2017-09-19 Epizyme, Inc. PRMT5 inhibitors and uses thereof
US8906900B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2014-12-09 Epizyme, Inc. PRMT5 inhibitors and uses thereof
US9745291B2 (en) 2012-12-21 2017-08-29 Epizyme, Inc. PRMT5 inhibitors containing a dihydro- or tetrahydroisoquinoline and uses thereof
US9724332B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2017-08-08 Epizyme, Inc. Arginine methyltransferase inhibitors and uses thereof
US11185531B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2021-11-30 Epizyme, Inc. Arginine methyltransferase inhibitors and uses thereof
US9732041B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2017-08-15 Epizyme, Inc. Arginine methyltransferase inhibitors and uses thereof
US10632103B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2020-04-28 Epizyme, Inc. Arginine methyltransferase inhibitors and uses thereof
US10227307B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2019-03-12 Epizyme, Inc. PRMT1 inhibitors and uses thereof
US9630961B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2017-04-25 Epizyme, Inc. Arginine methyltransferase inhibitors and uses thereof
US11512053B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2022-11-29 Epizyme, Inc. Arginine methyltransferase inhibitors and uses thereof
US10800743B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2020-10-13 Epizyme, Inc. Arginine methyltransferase inhibitors and uses thereof
US9598374B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2017-03-21 Epizyme, Inc. Arginine methyltransferase inhibitors and uses thereof
US10633389B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2020-04-28 Epizyme, Inc. CARM1 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10118931B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2018-11-06 Epizyme, Inc. CARM1 inhibitors and uses thereof
US9856267B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2018-01-02 Epizyme, Inc. CARM1 inhibitors and uses thereof
US9738651B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-08-22 Epizyme, Inc. CARM1 inhibitors and uses thereof
US9718816B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-08-01 Epizyme, Inc. 1-phenoxy-3-(alkylamino)-propan-2-ol derivatives as CARM1 inhibitors and uses thereof
US9346802B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-05-24 Epizyme, Inc. CARM1 inhibitors and uses thereof
US11834455B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2023-12-05 Epizyme, Inc. Carm1 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10653693B2 (en) 2014-08-04 2020-05-19 Epizyme, Inc. PRMT5 inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2016038550A1 (en) 2014-09-11 2016-03-17 Novartis Ag Inhibition of prmt5 to treat mtap-deficiency-related diseases
WO2016089883A1 (en) 2014-12-01 2016-06-09 Novartis Ag Compositions and methods for diagnosis and treatment of prostate cancer
WO2016117647A1 (en) * 2015-01-21 2016-07-28 大日本住友製薬株式会社 New benzimidazole derivative and pharmaceutical use thereof
WO2016178870A1 (en) 2015-05-04 2016-11-10 Eli Lilly And Company 5'-substituted nucleoside analogs
US9840532B2 (en) 2015-05-04 2017-12-12 Eli Lilly And Company 5′-substituted nucleoside compounds
WO2017153515A1 (en) * 2016-03-09 2017-09-14 Ctxt Pty Limited Tetrahydroisoquinolines as prmt5-inhibitors
US10421743B2 (en) 2016-03-09 2019-09-24 Ctxt Pty Ltd Tetrahydroisoquinolines as PRMT5 inhibitors
US10745380B2 (en) 2016-03-09 2020-08-18 Ctxt Pty Ltd Pyridine derivatives and their use in the treatment of cancer and hemoglobinopathies
US10787434B2 (en) 2016-03-09 2020-09-29 Ctxt Pty, Ltd Benzopiperdine derivatives and their use in the treatment of cancer and hemoglobinopathies
US10550096B2 (en) 2016-03-09 2020-02-04 Ctxt Pty Ltd Tetrahydroisoquinolines as PRMT5 inhibitors
US10961256B2 (en) 2016-03-09 2021-03-30 Ctxt Pty Ltd PRMT5 inhibitors
US11028101B2 (en) 2016-03-09 2021-06-08 Ctxt Pty Ltd 3-oxa-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane derivatives and their use in the treatment of cancer and hemoglobinopathies
US10519167B2 (en) 2016-03-09 2019-12-31 Ctxt Pty Ltd 3-oxa-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane derivatives and their use in the treatment of cancer and hemoglobinopathies
WO2018100532A1 (en) 2016-12-01 2018-06-07 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Combination therapy
WO2018100535A1 (en) 2016-12-01 2018-06-07 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Combination therapy
US11485731B2 (en) 2017-03-17 2022-11-01 Argonaut Therapeutics Limited Compounds and methods useful in the treatment of a PRMT5-mediated disorder
CN110650950B (en) * 2017-03-17 2023-09-19 阿古诺治疗有限公司 Compounds for the treatment or prophylaxis of PRMT5 mediated diseases
CN110650950A (en) * 2017-03-17 2020-01-03 阿古诺治疗有限公司 Compounds for treating or preventing PRMT5 mediated diseases
US11833156B2 (en) 2017-09-22 2023-12-05 Jubilant Epipad LLC Heterocyclic compounds as pad inhibitors
US11426412B2 (en) 2017-10-18 2022-08-30 Jubilant Epipad LLC Imidazo-pyridine compounds as PAD inhibitors
US11629135B2 (en) 2017-11-06 2023-04-18 Jubilant Prodell Llc Pyrimidine derivatives as inhibitors of PD1/PD-L1 activation
US11459338B2 (en) 2017-11-24 2022-10-04 Jubilant Episcribe Llc Heterocyclic compounds as PRMT5 inhibitors
US11529341B2 (en) 2018-03-13 2022-12-20 Jubilant Prodel LLC Bicyclic compounds as inhibitors of PD1/PD-L1 interaction/activation
US11365205B2 (en) 2018-03-22 2022-06-21 Aurigene Discovery Technologies Limited Imidazolidin-2-one compounds as PRMT5 modulators
US11542275B2 (en) 2018-03-22 2023-01-03 Aurigene Discovery Technologies Limited Substituted imidazolidin-2-one derivatives as PRMT5 inhibitors
WO2019219805A1 (en) 2018-05-16 2019-11-21 Ctxone Pty Ltd Combination therapy
WO2019229614A1 (en) 2018-05-31 2019-12-05 Glaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited Combination of a type ii protein arginine methyltransferase inhibitor and an icos binding protein to treat cancer
US11111237B2 (en) 2019-10-02 2021-09-07 Sk Biopharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. Bicyclic compound and use thereof
US11725001B2 (en) 2019-10-02 2023-08-15 Sk Biopharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. Bicyclic compound and use thereof
CN114728938A (en) * 2019-11-07 2022-07-08 江苏先声药业有限公司 Tetrahydroisoquinoline spiro compounds as PRMT5 inhibitors
WO2021088992A1 (en) * 2019-11-07 2021-05-14 江苏先声药业有限公司 Tetrahydroisoquinoline spiro compound as prmt5 inhibitor
CN114728938B (en) * 2019-11-07 2024-05-24 南京再明医药有限公司 Tetrahydroisoquinoline spiro compounds as PRMT5 inhibitors
CN110950801A (en) * 2019-11-13 2020-04-03 济南大学 Preparation and application of sulfanilamide and benzothiazole compounds containing tetrahydroisoquinoline
WO2022048631A1 (en) 2020-09-04 2022-03-10 上海翊石医药科技有限公司 Compound having antitumor activity and use thereof
WO2022237858A1 (en) 2021-05-13 2022-11-17 上海翊石医药科技有限公司 Compound having anti-tumor activity and use thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2014100764A3 (en) 2014-09-18
CA2894230A1 (en) 2014-06-26
EP2935242A2 (en) 2015-10-28
JP2016511744A (en) 2016-04-21
US20150344457A1 (en) 2015-12-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2014100764A2 (en) Methods of inhibiting prmt5
US10150758B2 (en) PRMT5 inhibitors and uses thereof
US10227307B2 (en) PRMT1 inhibitors and uses thereof
EP2935247B1 (en) Prmt5 inhibitors and uses thereof
EP2970134B1 (en) Pyrazole derivatives as prmt1 inhibitors and uses thereof
EP3087080B1 (en) Cortistatin analogues and syntheses and uses thereof
US9447079B2 (en) PRMT1 inhibitors and uses thereof
US20180098987A1 (en) PRMT5 Inhibitors and Uses Thereof
EP2935243A1 (en) Prmt5 inhibitors containing a dihydro- or tetrahydroisoquinoline and uses thereof
EP3024327A2 (en) Inhibitors of transcription factors and uses thereof
AU2013364067A1 (en) Methods of inhibiting PRMT5
AU2013364160A1 (en) PRMT5 inhibitors and uses thereof
AU2013364037A1 (en) PRMT5 inhibitors and uses thereof
AU2013364033A1 (en) PRMT5 inhibitors containing a dihydro- or tetrahydroisoquinoline and uses thereof
AU2013364163A1 (en) Teatrahydro- and dihydro-isoquinoline PRMT5 inhibitors and uses thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13824250

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2894230

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2013824250

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 14654213

Country of ref document: US

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2015549843

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2013364067

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20131220

Kind code of ref document: A